sanford_reader.md

title	author	date	lang	edited	license	original_scan	notes
A Junior Latin Reader	Frederick Warren Sanford Harry Fletcher Scott	1922	la	false	CC-BY-SA 4.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/	http://www.archive.org/details/juniorlatinreade00sanfrich

A JUNIOR LATIN READER

PART I

THE STORY OF PERSEUS

1. SET ADRIFT

Haec nārrantur ā poētīs dē Perseō. Avus ejus Acrisius appellābātur.

Jovis, maximī deōrum.

Perseus fīlius erat

Acrisius volēbat Perseum, nepōtem suum, necāre; nam propter

ōrāculum puerum timēbat.

adhūc īnfantem, et cum mātre in arcā ligneā inclūsit. arcam ipsam in mare conjēcit. pere territa est; tempestās enim magna mare turbābat.

Comprehendit igitur Perseum,

Tum Danaē, Perseī māter, magno- Per-

seus autem in sinū mātris dormiēbat.

1. Haec, these things, i.e., the following stories. This substantive use of

the neuter plural of hic is very common. 2. Ācrisius: predieate nominative after the passive of a verb of calling. 6. Danaē: a Greek name, with genitive ending in -ēs, aee. in -ēn. T. enim: postpositive, i.e., it stands after one or more words of its sen-

tenee; nam (see l. 38) regularly stands first in a sentence.

positive word is autem, 1. S.

Another post-

In section 1 point out two appositives; an ablative of agent.

2. avus, -ī, m., grandfather.

3. nepōs, -ōtis, m., grandson, neph- ew.

4. ōrāculum, -ī, n. [ērō], oracle.

com-prehendō, -hendere, -hendī, -hēnsum, tr., seize, arrest.

5. ad-hīūc, adv., until now, as yet. īn-fāns, gen. -fantis, adj., infant; subst., m. and f., infant, babe.

arca, -ae, f., chest, box. ligneus, -a, -um, adj., llignum], of wood, wooden.

inclūdō, -clūdere, -clūsī, -clūsus, tr. lin4claudō], shut up, enclose.

6. conjiciō, -jicere, -jēcī, -jectum, tr. [com-4jaciō], throw together; hurl, cast.

T. enim, conj. (postpositive), for.

turbō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. Iturbal, disturb, throw into confusion.

8. autem, conj., but, on the other hand, however, furthermore.

sinus, -ūs, m., a fold; bosom. dormiō, -īre, -īvī, -ītum, intr., sleep. 2= e3 Q

m 25 4 Jus ȳ. 4 — 25 ] m. Z

Al

A JUNIOR LATIN READER 3

2. CAST ON AN ISLAND

Juppiter tamen haec omnia vīdit, et fīlium suum servāre

cōnstituit. lam Serīphum perdūxit. erat. quiētem capiēbat.

reperta est, et ad domum rēgis Polydectis adducta est.

Fēcit igitur mare tranquillum, et arcam ad īnsu- Hujus īnsulae Polydectēs tum rēx Postquam arca ad lītus appulsa est, Danaē in harēnā Post breve tempus ā piscātōre quōdam

Ille

mātrem et puerum benignē excēpit, et sēdem tūtam in fīnibus

suīs dedit. beneficiō rēgī grātiās ēgit.

Danaē hoc dōnum libenter accēpit, et prō tantō

9. tamen: usually postpositive, but sometimes stands first in its clause;

the same is true of igitur, l. 4.

10. mare tranquillum: two accusatives after a verb of making.

OŌne

accusative may be an adjective, as here.

11. Serīphum: in apposition with īnsulam.

“the island of,” “the city of.”

We usually say in English

12. Postquam: with postquam and ubi the perfect is the tense most fre-

quently employed. or ‘“when,” past.

13. piscātōre quōdam:

In translation, with the English equivalents “after” we sometimes employ the past perfect tense, sometimes the

the forms of quīdam sometimes precede and

sometimes follow the word they modify.

16. dedit: eīs, dative of indirect object, is to be understood.

In section objcct.

2 point out a complementary infinitive; a dative of indirect

10. tranquillus, -a, -um, adj., calm, still.

11. per-dūcō, -dūcere, -dūxī, -duc- tum, tr., lead through, lead, bring, conduct.

12. appelīō, -ere, -pulī, -pulsum, tr. lad4pellō], drive to, bring to; with or without nāvem, land, put in.

harēna (sometimes spelled arēna), -ae, f.. sand; shore, beach.

13. quiēs, -ētis, f., rest; peace, quiet.

piscātor, -ōris, m. [piscor, to fish], fisherman.

14. domus, -ūs, (-ī), f., home, house.

ad-dūcō, -dūcere, -dūxī, -ductum, tr., lead to, conduct, bring; incite, induce.

156. benignē, adv. [benignus], kindly.

excipiō, -cipere, -cēpī, -ceptum, tr. [ext4capiō], take out, take up, catch; receive, entertain.

sēdēs, -is, f. Isedeō]l, seat, chair; residence, abode.

17. grātia, -ae, f. Igrātus], favor, in- fluence; gratitude, thanks, re- quital; grātiās agere, to express thanks; grātiam referre, to make requital, to requite; grātiā (with gen.), for the sake of.

10 20

4 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

3. PERSEUS SENT ON HIS TRAVELS

Perseus igitur multōs annōs ibi habitāvit, et cum mātre

suā vītam ēgit beātam.

amābat atque eam in mātrimōnium dūcere volēbat. tamen cōnsilium Perseō minimē grātum erat. igitur Perseum dīmittere cōnstituit.

At Polydectēs Danaēn magnopere

Hoc Polydectēs Tum juvenem ad sē

vocāvit et haec dīxit: “Turpe est vītam hanc ignāvam agere;

jam dūdum tū adulēscēns es; quousque hīc manēbis? pus est arma capere et virtūtem praestāre.

caput Medūsae mihi refer.”

Tem- Hinc abī, et

18. annōs: accusative of duration of time.
19. Perseō: dependent on grūtum; for the case see App. 50.
20. haec: used as in l. 1; with dīxit, spoke as follous.

agere: subject of est; an infinitive used as a noun is in the neuter gender; hence the predicate adjective, turpe, is neuter.

24. jam dūdum es, you have long been; with jam dūdum a present tense is translated by an English present perfect, an imperfeet by an English past perfect; jam dūdum erās would mean you had long been.

25. abī: imperative of abeō.

Whnat is the imperative of eō?

26. refer: the present imperative of ferō and its compoundes is irregular.

See App. 34.

19. beātus, -a, -um, adj., happvy, prosperous.

20. atque, conj., and also, and.

mātrimōnium, -ī, n. Imāter], mar- riage; in mātrimōnium dare, give in marriage, arrange a marriage for,. in mātrimōnium dūcere, marry.

21. minimē, superl. adv. I[minimus], least, very little; by no means, not at all.

23 vocō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. lvōx], call, summon.

turpis, -e, adj., unseemly, shameful, disgraceful.

ignāvus, -a, -um, adj. lin-+gnāvus, busy], inactive, cowardly.

24. dūdum, adv., before, formerly; jam dūdum, this long time, a long time ago.

adulēscēns, adulēscentis, -ium, ads. pr. part. of adolēscō]l, youthful; subst., m., a young man, a youth.

quo-usque, adv., till when? how long?

25. prae-stō, -stāre, -stitī, -stitum, intr. and tr., stand before; excel, be better; exhibit, show.

hinc, adv. fhic], from this plaee, hence.

ab-eō, -īre, -iī, -itum, intr., go away, depart.

26. re-ferō, -ferre, -tulī, -lātum, tr., bear back, bring back; pedem referre, withdraw, retire, retreat; grātiam referre, requite. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 5

27. PEĒRSEUS GEĒTS HI1S OUTFIT

Perseus, ubi haec audīvit, ex īnsulā discessit et, postquam ad continentem vēnit, Medūsam quaesīvit. Diū frūstrā quaerēbat; nam nātūram locī ignōrābat. Tandem Apollō et Minerva viam dēmōnstrāvērunt. Prīmum ad CGraeās, sorōrēs Medūsae, pervēnit. Ab hīs tālāria et galeam magicam ac-

cēpit. Apollō autem et Minerva falcem et speculum de- dērunt. Tum postquam tālāria pedibus induit, in āera as- cendit. Diū per āera volābat; tandem tamen ad eum locum

vēnit ubi Medūsa cum cēterīs Gorgonibus habitābat. Cor- gonēs autem mōnstra erant speciēō horribilī; capita enim eārum serpentibus omnīnō contēcta erant; manūs etiam ex aere factae erant.

2. Perseus: in Latin, when the verbs of a principal and a subordinate clause express action by the same person or thing, the noun or pronoun used to denote the subject frequently stands before the subordinate clause.

haec, this; see note on haecc, l. 23.

30

31. galeam magicam: this rendered the wearer invisible.

32. pedibus, on his feet; dative, used with the compound induit.

[ āerā: a word of Greek origin, which retains its Greek accusative form. 36. speciē horribilī, of horrible aspect, ablative of description.

37. aere: from aes.

38. continēns, -entis, f. [contineō], continent, mainland.

frūstrā, adv., in vain, to no purpose.

29. ignōrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, fr., not know, be unaware of.

tandem, adv., at length, finally.

30. prīmum, adv. Iprīmus], in the first place, first of all; cum prīmum, as soon as; quam prī- mum, as soon as possible.

31. tālāria, -ium, n. pl., winged sandals.

galea, -ae, f., helmet.

magicus, -a, -um, uadj., magical, magic.

32. falx, falcis, f., sickle.

speculum, -ī, n. Ispeciō, look], mir- ror.

33. induō, -duere, -duī, -dūtum, tr., put on.

āēr, āeris, m., the air.

35. cēterī, -ae, -a, adj., pl., the other, the rest of.

36. mōnstrum, -ī, n., [moneō], a divine omen, portent; monster. speciēs, -ēī, f., appearance, aspect. horribilis, -e, adj. (horreō], terrible, fearful, dreadful.

37. serpēns, gen. -entis, f. pr. part. of serpō, crawl], serpent.

omninō, adv. lomnis], altogether, entirely, at all; only.

con-tegō, -tegere, -tēxī, -tēctum, fr., cover.

aes, aeris, n., copper, bronxe. 5 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

5. THE GORGON’S HEAD

Rēs erat difficillima abscīdere caput Gorgonis; ejus enim 10 cōnspectū hominēs in saxum vertēbantur. Propter hanc cau- sam Minerva illud speculum dederat. Perseus igitur tergum vertit, et in speculum īnspiciēbat; hōc modō ad locum vēnit ubi Medūsa dormiēbat. Tum falce suā caput ejus ūnō ictū abscīdit. Cēterae Gorgonēs statim ē somnō excitātae sunt s5 et, ubi rem vīdērunt, īrā commōtae sunt. Arma rapuērunt, et Perseum occīdere volēbant; ille autem, dum fugit, galeam magicam induit et, ubi hoc fēcit, statim ē cōnspectū eārum ēvāsit.

40. vertēbantur: the Latin imperfect, like the English past, often ex- presses repeated or customary action.

41. speculum: ancient mirrors consisted of polished metal plates.

hōc modō: ablative of manner.

46. dum fugit, while he fled, while fleeing; when a dum clause denotes situation, it takes the present indicative, regardless of the tense of the principal verb.

In section what is the subject of the first sentence? Account for the case of ictū, 43; for the tense of fēcit, 4. Wxhat different forces have the perfects vertit, vēnit, and the imperfects īnspiciēbat, dormiēbat, 42-43?

39. abscīdō, -cīdere, -cīdī, -cīsum, 4ō. īra, -ae, f., anger, wrath, ire. tr. labs 1caedōl, cut off. com-moveō, -movēre, -mōvī, -mō-
40. cōnspectus, -ūs, m. sight, view. tum, tir., move deeply, excite,

• • l vertō, -ere, vertī, versum, Ir., tum. ārbuse, atssmsī rapiō, -ere, rapuī, raptum, tr., seize,

42. īnspiciō, -spicere, -spexī, -spec- carry off. tum, look into, look. ne2 ūs: sxs5bit3 . I 46. occīdō, -cīdere, -cīdī, -cīsum, fr.

43. ictus, -ūs, m., blow, stroke. lob rcaedōl, cut down, kill.

44. somnus, -ī, m., sleep. dum, conj., while; until. excitō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr., call 48. ē-vādō, -vādere, -vāsī, -vāsum, out, rouse. intr., come out, escape.

45. THE SEA SERPENT

Post haec Perseus in fīnēs Aethiopum vēnit. Ibi Cēpheus s0 quīdam illō tempore rēgnābat. Hic Neptūnum, maris deum,

49. Cēpheus quīdam, a certain Cepheus, or a man named Cepheus.
50. tempore: ablative of time. Hic: a pronoun referring to Cepheus. 2s

crīn.

22 el ā

e3 2 z 9

ē4 2 2ā ā 2ē

A

ō5

3 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

ōlim offenderat. Neptūnus autem mōnstrum saevissimum mīserat. Hoc cotīdiē ē marī veniēbat et hominēs dēvorābat. Ob hanc causam pavor animōs omnium occupāverat. Cēpheus igitur ōrāculum deī Hammōnis cōnsuluit, atque ā deō jussus est fīliam mōnstrō trādere. Ejus autem fīlia, nōmine An- dromeda, virgō fōrmōsissima erat. Cēpheus, ubi haec audī- vit, magnum dolōrem percēpit. Volēbat tamen cīvēs suōs ē tantō perīculō extrahere, atque ob eam causam cōnstituit imperāta Hammōnis facere.

52. marī: it should be remembered that neuter nouns with the genitive plural in -ium have the ending ī in the ablative singular.

53. omnium, of all (i.e., men); a substantive use of an adjective; com- pare the neuter haec, l. 23.

54. ōrāculum: the word may mean the seat of an oraele, as here, or the reply given by an oracle. The consultation of oraeles sprang from the belief that information and advice could be obtained from certain divini- ties. Oracles were usually given by oral utterances of a priest or priestess in a state of real or pretended frenzy, or by signs. The temple (with its oracle) of the Egyptian god Hammonstood in an oasis of the Libyan desert. His oracles were signs interpreted by a priest. The most famous oracle of antiquity was that of Apollo at Delphi, in Greece, where the oracular response was delivered by a priestess in a state of excitement resembling madness.

55. mōnstrō: trādere takes an indirect object.

nōmine: ablative of respeet.

56. Cēpheus, ubi: the order for translation is explained in the note on Perseus, ubi, 1. 27. :

In section 6 explain the ease of deō, 54; of Andromeda, 55; of virgō, 56. Wnaat are the principal parts of volō?

51. offendō, -fendere, -fendī, -fēn- 6ō6. virgō, virginis, f., young woman, sum, tr., lob4fendō, strike], of- maiden, virgin. fend. fōrmōsus, -a, -um, adj. [fōrmal,

saevus, -a, -um, adj., fierce, savage. beautiful, handsome.

52. dē-vorō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, fr., swallow, devour.

53. ob, prep. with acc., on aceount of.

pavor, -ōris, m. I[paveō, be afraid], terror, alarm.

64. cōnsulō, -sulere, -suluī, -sultum, : ; ī tr. and intr., consult; consult the 59. imperātum, -ī, n. [pf. part. of interests of (with dative). imperō], command, order.

65. percipiō, -cipere, -cēpī, -ceptum, tr. I[per4capiō], perceive, feel.

66. ex-trahō, -trahere, -trāxī, -trac-

tum, tr., draw out; extricate, re- lease. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 9

T. A HUMAN SACRIFICE

Tum rēx diem certam dīxit et omnia parāvit. Ubi ea diēs vēnit, Andromeda ad lītus dēducta est et in cōnspectū omnium ad rūpem alligāta est. ŌOmnēs fātum ejus dēplō- rābant, nec lacrimās tenēbant. At subitō, dum mōnstrum expectant, Perseus accurrit; et, ubi lacrimās vīdit, causam dolōris quaerit. Illī rem tōtam expōnunt et puellam dēmōn- strant. Dum haec geruntur, fremitus terribilis audītur; simul mōnstrum, horribilī speciē, procul cōnspicitur. Ejus cōr- spectus timōrem maximum omnibus injēcit. At mōnstrum

60. diem: in the plural, diēs is always masculine, in the singular some- times masculine, sometimes feminine. omnia, all things, everything; or with parāvit, made all preparations. The maseuline plural forms of omnis used substantively mean all men, as in l. 53, the neuter plural forms, all things.

61. nec tenēbant, and did not restrain; neque is regularly used in Latin for and not.

dum... expectant, while they were awaiting; the present tense with dum, as in l. 46.

64. accurrit: for vivid effeet a past event or situation may be repre- sented as present. The present in this use is ealled the historical present,

whieh may often be translated by the English past.

ples oceur in this seetion.

Several other exam-

ēT. speciē: the case use is the same as in l. 36.

68. timōrem ... omnibus injēcit, inspired all with the greatest fear; literally, threw the greatest fear into all; omnibus is a dative with a eompound

verb, as in l. 33.

60. certus, -a, -um, adj. p. part. of cernō], fixed, certain.

61. dē-dūcō, -dūcere, -dūxī, -duc- tum, tr., lead away; draw down; nāvem dēdūcere, to launeh a ship.

62. rūpēs, -is, f., roek, celiff.

alligō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. lad ligō, bind], bind to, tie to.

fātum, -ī, n. Ip. part. of for, speak], fate, destiny.

dē-plōrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr., de- plore, lament.

64. accurrō, -currere, -currī, -cur- sum, intr. lad4currō], run to, come up hurriedly.

65. ex-pōnō, -pōnere, -posuī, -po- situm, tr., set forth, explain; ex- pose, abandon; set ashore.

66. fremitus, -ūs, m. Ifremō, roar], a roar, a loud noise.

terribilis, -e, adj. terreō], dreadful, terrible.

67. procul, advr., in the distance, at a distance, far off.

cōnspiciō, -spicere, -spexī, -spectum, tr., lcon-xspeciō], look, perceive. observe.

68. injiciō, -jicere, -jēcī, -jectum, fr. lintjaciō]l, throw into, hurl upon; inspire in, cause.

60

65 10 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

magnā celeritāte ad lītus contendit, jamque ad locum appro-

70 pinquābat ubi puella stābat.

69. magnā celeritāte: ablative of manner. In section 7 account for the tense of geruntur, 66; of stābat, 70.

70. THE RESCUE

At Perseus, ubi haec vīdit, gladium suum rapuit, et, post-

quam tālāria induit, in āera sublātus est.

Tum dēsuper in

mōnstrum impetum subitō fēcit et gladiō suō collum ejus

graviter vulnerāvit.

mersit.

Mōnstrum, ubi sēnsit vulnus, fremitum 75 horribilem ēdidit et sine morā tōtum corpus sub aquam Perseus, dum circum lītus volat, reditum ejus ex-

pectābat; mare autem intereā undique sanguine īnficitur. Post breve tempus, bēlua rūrsus caput sustulit; mox tamen ā Perseō ictū graviōre vulnerāta est. Tum iterum sē sub

so undās mersit, neque posteā vīsa est.

72. in (mōnstrum), on.
73. neque: translate as in l. 63.

In section S account for the case of gladiō, 73; of Perseō, 79; of ictū, 79.

Whnat case is governed by sub with a verb of motion?

into? By circum? Bry sine?

By in meaning

72. tollō, -ere, sustulī, sublātum, ir., lift, elevate, raise; elate; remove.

dē-super, adv., from above.

738. collum, -ī, n., neck.

T4. graviter, adv. I[gravis], heavily; severely; with dignity, impres- sively.

sentiō, -īre, sēnsī, sēnsum, tr., feel, see, perceive.

76. ē-dō, -dere, -didī, -ditum, tr., give out, put forth; give birth to; exhibit; inflict.

sub, prep. with acc. and abl., under.

r.

76. mergō, -ere, mersī, mersum, tr., plunge, sink. reditus, -ūs, m. Iredeō], return.

T77. inter-eā, adv., meanwhile, in the meantime.

undique, adv., from all parts, on all sides, all around, everywhere.

sanguis, sanguinis, m., blood.

īnficiō, -ficere, -fēcī, -fectum, tr. lin +faciō], stain, dye, color.

78. bēlua, -ae, f, wild beast, mon- ster.

79. unda, -ae, f., wave. A JUNIOR LATIN READER

11

9. THE REWARD OF VALOR

Perseus, postquam in lītus dēscendit, prīmum tālāria exuit;

tum ad rūpem vēnit ubi Andromeda vīncta erat.

Ea autem

omnem spem salūtis dēposuerat et, ubi Perseus adiit, terrōre

paene exanimāta erat. patrī reddidit. est.

praetereā Andromedam ipsam eī in mātrimōnium dedlt. libenter hoc dōnum accēpit, et puellam dūxit.

Ille vincula statim solvit et puellam Cēpheus ob hanc rem maximō gaudiō affectus Meritam grātiam prō tantō beneficiō Perseō rettulit;

Ille Paucōs annōs

cum uxōre suā in eā regiōne habitāvit, et in magnō honōre erat

apud omnēs Aethiopēs. suam rūrsus vidēre. Cēpheī discessit.

Magnopere tamen cupiēbat mātrem Tandem igitur cum uxōre ē rēgnō

83. terrōre: ablative of cause, App. 7s.
84. meritam grātiam rettulit, made a deserved requital, or repaid the

favor as it deserved. prō, in return for.

88. puellam dūxit, married. Dūcō has reference to that part of the ceremony in which the bridegroom led the bride to his own house. With regard to the woman, the verb for marry is nūbere, literally, to veil oneself, with the dative of the bridegroom’s name.

In section 9 account for the case of patrī S5; of Perseō, S6; of annōs,

88S. Point out a complementary infinitive.

the prepositions ad, ob, apud?

Whnat cases are governed by

81. exuō, -uere, -uī, -ūtum, tr., take off, remove.

82. vinciō, -īre, vīnxī, vīnctum, tr., bind, fasten.

83. dē-pōnō, -pōnere, -posuī, -posi- tum, tr., set down, deposit; lay aside.

ad-eō, -īre, -iī or īvī, -itum, intr., go or come up to, come up, ap- proach.

terror, -ōris, m. Iterreō], terror, fright.

84. paene, adv., nearly, almost.

ex-animō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr., put out of breath, stun, exhaust.

vinculum, -ī. n. [vinciō], bond, fetter.

solvō, -ere, solvī, solūtum, tr., loosen, unbind, release; relax; of ships, with or without nāvem or nāvēs, set sail, weigh anchor.

85. afficiō, -ficere, -fēcī, -fectum, tr. ladfaciōl, do to; treat; affect.

86. meritus, -a, -um, adj. p. part. of mereōl, due, deserved, just.

8ī7. praeter-eā, adv., in addition, besides, further.

89. regiō, -ōnis, f. Iregōl, region, district.

honor, -ōris, m., honor, repute, es- teem; Honor, -ōris, m., Honor personified as a god.

90. apud, prep. with acc., among,

with; near; at the house of; on

the bank of.

90 95

100

12 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

10. TURNED TO STONE.

Postquam Perseus ad īnsulam nāvem appulit, sē ad locum contulit ubi māter ōlim habitāverat. At domum invēnit vacuam et omnīnō dēsertam. Trēs diēs per tōtam īnsulam mātrem quaerēbat; tandem quārtō diē ad templum Diānae pervēnit. Hūc Danaē refūgerat, quod Polydectem timēbat. Perseus, ubi haec cognōvit, īrā magnā commōtus est; ad rēgiam Polydectis sine morā contendit et, ubi eō vēnit, statim in ātrium irrūpit. Polydectēs magnō timōre affectus est, et fugere volēbat. Dum tamen ille fugit, Perseus caput Me- dūsae mōnstravit; ille autem, simul atque hoc vīdit, in saxum

versus est.

93. sē.... contulit, betook himself, proceeded.

94. quod: a conjunction.

95. eō: an adverb.

96. magnō timōre affectus est, was very badly frightened.

literally?

Whuat is it

102. simul atque, as soon as; the same rule as to the tense of the verb applies to this phrase as to postquam and ubi, explained in the note on l. 12.

In section 10 accounc for the case of vacuam, dēsertam, 95; of diē, 96;

of ātrium, 100; of Medūsae, 101.

Whnat case does per govern?

Whhnat are

the meanings of the adverbs hīc, hinc, hūc?

95. dē-serō, -serere, -seruī, -ser- tum, tr., Iserō, join], abandon, desert.

96. quārtus, -a, -um, adj. [quattuor], fourth.

97. hūc, adv. Ihic], this way, to this place.

re-fugiō, -fugere, -fūgī, -fugitūrus, intr., flee back; flee away, escape.

99. rēgia, -ae, f. [rēgius], palace.

eō, adv. lis], to that place, thither; on that account.

100. ātrium, -ī, n., atrium, the prin- cipal room or hall of a house.

irrumpō, -rumpere, -rūpī, -ruptum, tr. and intr. lin4rumpōl, burst, break in, rush into, burst into.

102. mōnstrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, fr. Imōnstrum], show, exhibit; point out.

103. THE ORACLE FULFILLED

Post haec Perseus cum uxōre suā ad urbem Acrisiī rediit. 105 Ille autem, ubi Perseum vīdit, magnō terrōre affectus est. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 13

Nam propter ōrāculum istud nepōtem suum adhūc timēbat. In Thessaliam igitur ad urbem Lārissam statim refūgit; frūstrā tamen, neque enim fātum suum vītāvit. Post paucōs annōs rēx Lārissae lūdōs magnōs fēcit; nūntiōs in omnēs partēs dīmīserat et diem ēdīxerat. Multī ex omnibus urbibus Graeciae ad lūdōs convēnērunt. Ipse Perseus inter aliōs certāmen discōrum iniit. At, dum discum conjicit, avum suum cāsū occīdit; Ācrisius enim inter spectātōrēs ejus cer- tāminis forte stābat.

106. istud: this word is declined like ille, and usually mecans that or that of yours. Here the force is, that oracle of which you knouw.

107. Lārissam, of Larissa; an appositive translated like Serīphum, 1. 11.

108. 1ūdōs fēcit, gave games. in omnēs partēs, in all directions.

109. discōrum: the discus was a flat piece of stone or metal.

110. cāsū, by chance, accidentally; cūsus is one of a class of very com- mon nouns used without prepositions to express manner.

What cases are governed by the prepositions propter, ex, inter?

is the regular position of enim?

What

106. iste, ista, istud, demonstr. pron., that of yours, that.

107. lūdus, -ī, m., game, sport.

108. ē-dīcō, -dīcere, -dīxī, -dictum, tr., declare, proclaim, appoint.

109. certāmen, -inis, n. fcertōl, struggle, contest, rivalry.

discus, -ī, m., discus, quoit.

in-eō, -īre, -iī or -īvī, -itum, tr., enter; cnter upon, form.

113. spectātor, -ōris, m. Ispectōl, onlooker, spectator.

114. forte, adv. labl. of fors, chancel, perhaps, by chance.

110 HERCULES

Hercules was a Greek hero, celebrated for his feats of strength. Whnile only an infant he strangled two serpents which had been sent by Juno to destroy him. In his boy- hood he devoted himself to athletic pursuits, and in a fit of anger he slew the centaur who was his teacher of music. Having been seirzed by the King of Egypt as a victim for sacrifice, he killed the king, as well as the priest who was about to sacrifice him. His next exploit was to cut off the ears of the envoys of the Minyae who had come to Thebes to demand tribute, thus causing a war in which the Thebans under the leadership of Hercules were victorious. Wxnile in a state of temporary madness he slew his children, and there- upon was ordered by the oracle at Delphi to give himself up to the service of Eurystheus, King of Tiryns. At his com- mand he performed the celebrated Twelve Labors, as fol- lows: 1. Slaying the Nemean lion. 2. Slaying the Hydra of Lerna. 3. Capturing the Cerynian stag. 4. Capturing the boar of Erymanthus. 5. Cleaning the Augean stables. 6. Killing the birds of Stymphalus. 7. Capturing the Cretan bull. S. Capturing the horses of Diomede. 9. Obtaining the girdle of Hippolyte. 10. Bringing the oxen of Geryon from the island of Erythia. 11. Procuring the golden apples of the Hesperides. 12. Bringing Cerberus from the underworld. In connection with these labors he also performed numerous other exploits.

His death came from the putting on of a poisoned robe which had been dipped in the blood of the centaur, Nessus. After his death he was taken by Jupiter to Olympus.

14 THE STORY OF HERCULES

1. THE INFANT PRODIGY

Herculēs, Alemēnae fīlius, ōlim in Graeciā habitābat. Hic dīcitur omnium hominum validissimus fuisse. At Jūnō, rē- gīna deōrum, Alemēnam ōderat, et Herculem adhūc īnfantem necāre voluit. Mīsit igitur duās serpentēs saevissimās; hae mediā nocte in cubiculum Alemēnae vēnērunt, ubi Herculēs cum frātre suō dormiēbat. Nec tamen in cūnīs, sed in scūtō magnō cubābant. Serpentēs jam appropinquāverant et scūtum movēbant; itaque puerī ē somnō excitātī sunt.

1. Hic dīcitur fuisse, he is said to have been; dīcō and verbs of similar meaning are frequently employed in the passive with a personal subject and a dependent infinitive.

2. ōderat, hated; this verb has only the tenses formed on the perfect stem; the perfeet, however, is translated as a present, the past perfect as an imperfect, and the future perfect as a future.

3. mediā nocte, in the middle of the night.

4. itaque, and so; more frequently the word means thereforce.

5. ōdī, ōdisse, ōsūrus, defect., tr, cubiculum, -ī, n. (cubō], bedcham- hate. ber.

6. medius, -a, -um, adj., middle, 6q. cūnae, -ārum, f. pl., a cradle. intervening, middle of. T7. cubō, -āre, cubuī, cubitum, intr.,

lie down, recline.

2. HERCULES AND THE SERPENTS

īphiclēs, frāter Herculis, magnā vōce exclāmāvit; at Her- culēs ipse, puer fortissimus, haudquāquam territus est. Par- vīs manibus serpentēs statim prehendit et colla eārum magnā vī compressit. Tālī modō serpentēs ā puerō interfectae sunt.

9. ex-clāmō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr., 12. comprimō, -primere, -pressī, ery out, exelaim. -pressum, ir. [com-4premōl, press
10. haud-quāquam, adv., not at all,. together, squeeze; suppress.

by no means. tālis, -e, adj., such, of such a kind. 1

10 JUNIOR LATIN READER

A

16

ītit

s

ct

ss15

: nnr

t,

t..

JUNO A JUNIOR LATIN READER 17

Alemēna autem, māter

puerōrum, marītum suum ē somnō excitāverat.

clāmōrem audīverat et Ille lūmen accendit et

gladium suum rapuit; tum ad puerōs properābat, sed, ubi

ad locum vēnit,

rem mīram vīdit; Herculēs enim rīdēbat et serpentēs mortuās mōnstrābat.

13. clāmor, -ōris, m. [clāmō], shout,

shouting, noise. 14. marītus, -ī, m., husband.

lūmen, -inis, n. lcompare lūx], light, a light.

accendō, -cendere, -cendī, -cēnsum, tr. lad4cendō, burn], kindle, light.

16. mīrus, -a, -um, adj., wonderful, strange.

17. mortuus, -a, -um, adj. [p. part. of morior], dead.

18. Tne Mevusic LEssON

Herculēs ā puerō corpus suum dīligenter exercēbat. nam partem diēī in palaestrā cōnsūmēbat; arcum intendere et tēla conjicere. In mūsicā etiam ā Linō Centaurō

(Centaurī autem equī erant, sed caput hominis Huic tamen artī minus dīligenter studēbat.

ejus cōnfirmātae sunt. ērudiēbātur. habēbant.)

Mags- didicit etiam Hīs exercitātiōnibus vīrēs

Hic

18. ā puerō, from boyhood,; literally, from a boy. exercēbat: the imperfect of repeated or habitual action.

19. palaestrā: the name given by the Greeks to the place in which instruction and training were given the young in wrestling and boxing.

20. vīrēs: review the declension of 1īs, App. 3, (ō).

21. huic artī... special verb, App. 31.

studēbat, he devoted himself to this art; dative with a

18. dīligenter, adv. (dīligēns, indus- trious], industriously, diligently.

exerceō, -ēre, -uī, -itum, tr. lexH arceō, enclosel, train, drill. 19. palaestra, -ae, s f.,, wrestling-

place, place of exercise. cōn-sūmō, -sūmere, -sūmpsī, -sūmp- tum, tr., consume, spend.

discō, -ere, didicī, —, tr., learn.

20. in-tendō, -tendere, -tendī, -ten- tum, tr., stretch; bend, aim.

vstudeō, -ēre, studuī,

exercitātiō, -ōnis, f. lexercitō, trainl, exercise, training.

21. cōn-firmō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr., strengthen, establish.

mūsica, -ae, f., music.

22. ērudiō, -īre, -īvī, -ītum, tr. ē- rudis, rough], educate, instruct.

23. ars, artis, -ium, f., art.

minus, adv. neut. of minor], less.

—, intr. (takes datire), be devoted, apply oneself, study; favor. 25

30

18 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

Linus Herculem ōlim culpābat, quod parum studiōsus erat. Tum puer īrātus citharam subitō rapuit et summīs vīribus caput magistrī īnfēlīcis percussit. Ille ictū prōstrātus est, et paulō post ē vītā excessit, neque quisquam posteā id officium suscipere voluit.

26. Ille: he (i.e., Linus); ille is used to refer to some person other than the subiject of the sentence immediately preceding.

27. paulō: an adverb, but in origin an ablative of degree of difference;

with post, a little later; īterally, later by a little. id officium: i.e., the task of instructing Hercules in music.

24. culpō, -āre, -āvī, [culpa], blame, rebuke.

parum, adv., too little, insufficiently.

studiōsus, -a, -um, adj. Istudium], eager, fond, studious.

26. cithara, -ae, f., cithara, guitar.

summus, -a, -um, adj. [superl. of superus], highest; utmost, great- est; top of, highest part of.

26. magister, -trī, m., master, teacher.

īn-fēlīx, gen. -fēlīcis, adj., unfortu- nate, unhappy.

-ātum, tr.

percutiō, -cutere, -cussī, -cussum, fr. [per4quatiō, shake], pierce, strike.

prō-sternō, -sternere, -strāvī, -strā- tum, tr., spread out; overthrow, lay prostrate.

27. paulō, adv. labl. of paulum, a little], (by) a little, a little.

quisquam, quicquam, indef. pron., any one, any thing.

officium, -ī, n. lopus4faciōl, service.

28. suscipiō, -cipere, -cēpī, -ceptum, tr., l[sub Hcapiō], undertake.

duty,

4. HERCULES ESCAPES FROM BEING SACRIFICED

Dē Hercule haec etiam inter alia nārrantur.

ōlim, dum

iter facit, in fīnēs Aegyptiōrum vēnit; ibi rēx quīdam, nōmine Būsīris, illō tempore rēgnābat; hic autem, vir crūdēlissimus,

hominēs immolāre cōnsuēverat.

Herculem igitur corripuit et

29. haec inter alia, these things among others.

30. vir: in apposition with hic.

31. cōnsuēverat, was accustomed; cōnsuēscō means become accustomed; its perfect tense therefore denotes a present state, has become accustomed, i.e., is accustomed; likewise the past perfect cōnsuēveérat denotes a past

state, he had become accustomed, i.e.,

was accustomed.

31. crūdēlis, -e, adj., cruel.

32. immolō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. l[in4-mola, meal], sacrifice.

cōn-suēscō, -suēscere, -suēvī, -suē- tum, intr., become accustomed;

pf., be accustomed, be in the habit of.

corripiō, -ripere, -ripuī, -reptum, tr. [com-4rapiō], seize, take hold of, snatch up. A JUNIOR LATIN READER

in vincula conjēcit. ēdīxit.

19

Tum nūntiōs dīmīsit et diem sacrificiō Mox ea diēs appetīvit, et omnia rītē parāta sunt.

Manūs Herculis catēnīs ferreīs vīnctae sunt, et mola salsa in

caput ejus īnspersa est.

et fār capitibus victimārum impōnere. stābat; jam sacerdōs cultrum sūmpserat. culēs magnō cōnātū vincula perrūpit.

Mōs enim erat apud antīquōs salem

Jam victima ad āram Subitō tamen Her- Tum ictū sacerdōtem

prōstrāvit, alterō rēgem ipsum occīdit.

—a

33. sacrificiō, for the sacrifice, dative.

34. capitibus: dative with a compound verb, App. 55.

35. alterō: ictū is to be supplied.

36. sacrificium, -ī, n. l[compare sa- crificōJ, sacrifice.

37. rītē, adv. compare rītus,] in a proper manner, fitly, duly.

38. catēna, -ae, f., chain.

ferreus, -a, -um, adj. ferrum], of iron.

mola, -ae, f., meal, coarse flour.

salsus, -a, -um, adj. [sāl], salted.

36. īnspergō, -spergere, -spersī, -spersum, tr. lin+spargō, sprin- kle], sprinkle over.

antīquus, -a, -um, adj., ancient, of long ago.

sāl, salis, m., salt.

37. fār, farris, n., grain, meal.

victima, -ae, f., victim (for sacrifice).

impōnō, -pōnere, -posuī, -positum, tr. lin4+pōnōl, place upon, impose; put on board.

āra, -ae, f., altar.

38. sacerdōs, -ōtis, m. and f. [sacerl, priest, priestess.

culter, -trī, m., knife.

sūmō, -ere, sūmpsī, sūmptum, fIfr. [sub +emō], take, take up.

39. cōnātus, -ūs, m. [cōnor], attempt.

per-rumpō, -rumpere, -rūpī, -rup- tum, tr., burst through, burst asunder.

5. EAR-CROPPING

Herculēs, jam adulēscēns, urbem Thēbās incolēbat. Thēbārum, vir ignāvus, Creōn appellābātur. bellicōsissima, Thēbānīs fīnitimī erant.

Rēx Minyae, gēns Lēgātī autem ā Mi-

nyīs ad Thēbānōs quotannīs veniēbant et centum bovēs postu-

43. Thēbānīs: dative, depending on the adjective fīnitimī.

44. veniēbant: imperfect of repeated action.

45. bellicōsus, -a, -um, adj. [bellum], warlike, martial.

46. centum, indecl. num. adj., hun-

dred.

35

40 50

20

A JUNIOR LATIN READER

lābant. Thēbānī enim ōlim ā Minyīs superātī erant; tribūta

igitur rēgī Minyārum quotannīs pendēbant. cīvēs suōs hōc stīpendiō līberāre cōnstituit. comprehendit, atque aurēs eōrum abscīdit.

At Herculēs Lēgātōs igitur Lēgātī autem

apud omnēs gentēs sacrī habentur.

47. cīvēs suōs, his fellow citiaens.

App. 64. 49. habentur, are considered.

stīpendiō: ablative of separation,

Ill treatment of envoys was assigned

as the reason for several wars in antiquity. In section 5 aecount for the gender, number, and ease of sacrī, 49.

45. tribūtum, -ī, n. [p. part. of tribuō, assign], tribute, payment.

46. pendō, -ere, pependī, pēnsum, tr., weigh, pay out, pay.

47. līberō, -āre,

-āvī, -ātum, tr. jtībexl, set free, free, liberate, re- ease.

6. DEFEAT OF THE MINYAE

EĒrgīnus, rēx Minyārum, ob haec vehementer īrātus erat, et

cum omnibus cōpiīs in fīnēs Thēbānōrum contendit.

Creōn

adventum ejus per explōrātōrēs cognōvit; ipse tamen pugnāre nōluit; nam magnō timōre affectus est; Thēbānī igitur Her-

culem imperātōrem creāvērunt. Tum proximō diē cum magnō ex- Locum idōneum dēlēgit et aciem īn- Tum Thēbānī ē superiōre locō impetum in hostēs

dīmīsit et cōpiās coēgit. ercitū profectus est. strūxit.

Ille nūntiōs in omnēs partēs

ē3. magnō timōre: sce note on Per., 100.

50. vehementer, adbv. [vehemēns, vehement, violent], violently; very much, greatly.

51. explōrātor, -ōris, m. [explōrōl, scout.

52. nōlō, nōlle, nōluī, tr. and intr. ne +volō], be unwilling, not to wish.

b5. cōgō, cōgere, coēgī, coāctum, ir. [com-4-agō], drive together, bring together, eollect; eompel, force.

56. proficīscor, proficīscī, profectus sum, intr., set out, start, depart.

57. superior, -ius, adj. lcomp. of superus], higher; previous, pre- ceding; superior. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 21

fēcērunt. Illī autem impetum sustinēre nōn potuērunt, itaque aciēs hostium pulsa est atque in fugam conversa.

59. conversa: supply est, which, like the other forms of sum, is some- times omitted in the perfect passive.

In section 6 account for the case of timōre, Herculem, 53; of imperūtōrem, 54; of diē, 55.

58. sustineō, -tinēre, -tinuī, -ten- 5ō9. pellō, -ere, pepulī, pulsum, tr., tum, tr. (sub Hteneōl, hold up, beat; drive out, drive away, rout. sustain, withstand. con-vertō, -vertere, -vertī, -versum,

tr., turn around, turn.

T. MADNESS AND MCRDER

Post hoc proelium Herculēs cōpiās suās ad urbem redūxit. Omnēs Thēbānī propter victōriam maximē gaudēbant. Creōn autem magnīs honōribus Herculem decorāvit, atque fīliam suam eī in mātrimōnium dedit. Herculēs cum uxōre suā vītam beātam agēbat; sed post paucōs annōs subitō in furō- rem incidit, atque līberōs suōs ipse suā manū occīdit. Post breve tempus ad sānitātem reductus est, et propter hoc facinus magnō dolōre affectus est; mox ex urbe effūgit et in silvās sē recēpit. Nōlēbant enim cīvēs sermōnem cum eō habēre.

61. gaudēbant: what are the principal parts of this verb? Wnat kind of verb is it?
62. in furōrem incidit, became insane; how literally?

ē5. ipse suā, his own; but the two Latin words are more emphatic than the English translation.

68. sē recēpit, betook himself, withdrew; compare sē contulit, Per. 93.

69. re-dūcō, -dūcere, -dūxī, -duc- 65. incidō, -cidere, -cidī, —, intr.

tum, ir., lead back. linHcadōl, fall in, fall into. 61. maximē, superl. adr. Imaximus], 66. sānitās, ātis, f. [sānus], health, in the highest degree, most, espe- sanity. 35 cially, exceedingly. . 67. facinus, facinoris, n., deed; crime. :

; ffugiō, -f -fūgī, —, intr [decus, decoration], adorn, honor. effugiō, -fugere, -fūī, ā intr. lex

+fugiōl, escape. 64. furor, -ōris, m. sfurō, to ragel, 68. sermō, -ōnis, m. I[serō, entwinel, madness, fury. talk, conversation.

60 70

75

29 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

8. HERCULES CONSULTS THE ORACLE

Herculēs magnopere cupiēbat tantum scelus expiāre. Cōn- stituit igitur ad ōrāculum Delphicum īre; hoc enim ōrāculum erat omnium celeberrimum. Ibi templum erat Apollinis, plūrimīs dōnīs ōrnātum. Hōc in templō sedēbat fēmina quae- dam, nōmine Pȳthia, et cōnsilium dabat iīs quī ad ōrāculum veniēbant. Haec autem fēmina ab ipsō Apolline docēbātur, et voluntātem deī hominibus ēnūntiābat. Herculēs igitur, quī Apollinem praecipuē colēbat, hūc vēnit. Tum rem tōtam exposuit, neque scelus cēlāvit.

T72. omnium: supply ōrāculōrum. 73. dōnīs: presented by states and individuals.

Hōc in templō: a monosyllabic preposition may stand between a noun and a modifier. In section S, account for the case of omnium, 72; of nōmine, ī74.

70. scelus, sceleris, n., wickedness, furnish, equip; adorn. crime. sedeō, -ēre, sēdī, sessum, intr., sit. ex-piō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. Ipiō, 795. doceō, -ēre, -uī, doctum, tr., appeasel, atone for, appease. teach; show, explain.

71. celeber, -bris, -bre, adj., Tī6. ē-nūntiō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr., thronged; renowned, famous. assert; proclaim, reveal.

72. plūrimus, -a, -um, adj. [superl. T7ī. praecipuē, adv. [praecipuus, es- of multus], most, very much, pecial], especially. very many. colō, -ere, coluī, cultum, tr., culti- ōrnō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr., fit out, vate, till.

73. THE ORACLE’S REPLY

Ubi Herculēs fīnem fēcit, Pȳthia diū tacēbat. Tandem tamen jussit eum ad urbem Tīryntha īre, et Eurystheī rēgis omnia imperāta facere. Herculēs, ubi haec audīvit, ad urbem illam contendit, et Eurystheō rēgī sē in servitūtem trādidit.

80. Tīryntha: a word of Greek origin, retaining its Greek accusative form. Proper names must always be translated by the nominative.

81. in servitūtem, in slavery.

82. taceō, ēre, tacuī, tacitum, intr. 32. servitūs, -ūtis, f. [servus], servi- and tr., be silent, be silent about. tude, slavery. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 23

Duodecim annōs in servitūte Eurystheī tenēbātur, et duode- cim labōrēs, quōs ille imperāverat, cōnfēcit. Hōc enim ūnō modō tantum scelus expiārī potuit. Dē hīs labōribus plūrima ā poētīs serīpta sunt. Multa tamen quae poētae nārrant vix crēdibilia sunt.

86. plūrima, a great many things, an adjective used substantively. In section 9 account for the case of eum, SO; of rēgī, S2.

87. duodecim, indecl. num. adj. intr. lin Hparō], command; con- [duo4+decem], twelve. trol.

88. labor, -ōris, m., labor, toil. 87. crēdibilis, -e, adj. [crēdōl, credi-

imperō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. and ble.

10. FIRST LABOR — SLAYING THE NEMEAN LION -

Prīmum ab Eurystheō jussus est Herculēs leōnem occīdere, quī illō tempore vallem Nemaeam reddēbat īnfestam. In silvās igitur quās leō incolēbat statim sē contulit. Mox feram vīdit, et arcum quem sēcum attulerat intendit; ejus tamen pellem, quae dēnsissima erat, trājicere nōn potuit. Tum clāvā magnā, quam semper gerēbat, leōnem percussit. Frūs- trā tamen, neque enim hōc modō eum occīdere potuit. Tum dēmum collum mōnstrī bracchiīs suīs complexus est, et faucēs ejus summīs vīribus compressit. Hōc modō leō brevī tem-

91. sēcum: the preposition cum regularly follows, and is attached to, a personal, a reflexive, or a relative pronoun.

90

95

88. leō, -ōnis, m., lion. trājiciō, -jicere, -jēcī, -jectum, tr.

89. īnfestus, -a, -um, adj., unsafe, and intr. [trānstjaciō, hurl. hostile. across; p1ercēe.

o1. fera, -ae, f., wild beast, wild 6393. clāva, -ae, f., staff, club. animal. 95. dēmum, adv., at last, at length.

afferō, afferre, attulī, allātum, ir. bracchium, -ī, n., the fore-arm, lad4ferō], bring to, bring. arm.

92. pellis, pellis, -ium, f., skin, com-plector, -plectī, -plexus sum, tr. hide, pelt. [plector, embrace], clasp, embrace.

dēnsus, -a, -um, adj., close, thick. faucēs, -ium, f. pl., throat.

r 100

105

110

24 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

pore exanimātus est; nūlla enim respīrandī facultās eī dabā- tur. Tum Herculēs cadāver ad oppidum in umerīs rettulit et pellem quam dētrāxerat posteā prō veste gerēbat. Omnēs autem quī eam regiōnem incolēbant, ubi fāmam dē morte leōnis accēpērunt, vehementer gaudēbant, et Herculem magnō in honōre habēbant.

97. respīrandī facultās, chance of breathing, chance to breathe; respīrandī is a gerund.

98. prō veste, as a garment.

99. re-spīrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, intr, umerus, -ī, m., upper arm, shoulder. breathe out; breathe. 99. dē-trahō, -trahere, -trāxī, -trac-

facultās, -ātis, f. [facilis], means, op- tum, ir., draw off, strip off. portunity, chance. vestis, -is, f., garment, clothing.

98. cadāver, -eris, n., a dead bodv; 100. fāma, -ae, f., report, rumor, corpsc. talk.

99. SECOND LABOR — SLAYING THE LERNAEAN HYDRA

Post haec jussus est ab Eurystheō Hydram necāre. Hoc autem mōnstrum erat quod novem capita habēbat. Her- culēs igitur cum amīcō Iolāō profectus est ad palūdem Ler- naeam, quam Hydra incolēbat. Mox mōnstrum invēnit et, quamquam rēs erat magnī perīculī, collum ejus laevā pre- hendit. Tum dextrā capita novem abscīdere coepit. Quotiēns tamen hoc fēcerat, nova capita exoriēbantur. Diū frūstrā labōrāvit; tandem hōc cōnātū dēstitit; cōnstituit deinde ar-

108. Hoc: although the reference is to Hydram, a feminine noun, the demonstrative, in accordance with Latin usage, takes its gender from the

predicate noun mōnstrum. -

109. exoriēbantur, grew out; imperfect of repeated action.

110. cōnātū: ablative of separation.

111. palūs, -ūdis, f., swvamp, marsh. often as.

112. laeva, -ae, f. laevus, on the 109. ex-orior, -orīrī, -ortus sum, left side], the left hand. intr., come forth, arise, appear.

113. quotiēns, adv. lquot, how many], 110. dē-sistō, -sistere, -stitī, -sti- interrog., how often? relative, as tum, intr., leave off, desist from. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 25

borēs suceīdere et ignem accendere. Hoc celeriter fēcit, et, postquam ligna ignem comprehendērunt, face ardente colla adussit, unde capita exoriēbantur. Nec tamen sine magnō labōre haec fēcit. Auxilium enim Hydrae tulit cancer ingēns, quī, dum Herculēs capita abscīdit, crūra ejus mordēbat. Postquam mōnstrum tālī modō interfēcit, sagittās suās san- guine ejus imbuit, itaque mortiferās reddidit.

112. comprehendērunt, cauglt.
113. unde, from which, =ex quibus.

In section 11 account for the gender of hoc, 109; for the case of mortiferūs, 1175.

111. succīdō, -cīdere, -cīdī, -cīsum, 114. cancer, -crī, m., a crab. 2: sm... cut, 2uī miī 1165. crūs, crūris, n., leg. . lignum, -ī, n., wood, firewood. Nb5 s 5 Jtītsī: ānīsvood, me mordeō, -ēre, momordī, morsum, fr., fax, facis, f., torch, fircbrand. bite. ārdēns, gen. ārdentis, adj. [pr. part. of ārdeō], glowing, fiery.
112. ad-ūrō, -ūrere, -ussī, -ustum, tr., burn, scar.

unde, adv., from vwnich placc, whence.

117. imbuō, -ere, -uī, -ūtum, tr., soak, steep.

mortifer, -era, -erum, adj. [mors + ferōl, death-dealing, deadly.

12. THIRD LABOR — CAPTURE OF THE CERYNIAN STAG

Postquam EĒurystheō caedēs Hydrae nūntiāta est, magnus timor animum ejus occupāvit. Jussit igitur Herculem cervum quendam ad sē referre; nōluit enim virum tantae audāciae in urbe retinēre. Hic autem cervus, cujus cornua aurea fuisse trāduntur, incrēdibilī fuit celeritāte. Herculēs igitur prīmum

120. tantae audāciae: genitive of description, App. 44.

121. fuisse trāduntur, are said to have been.

122. celeritāte: ablative of description; cither the ablative or the genitive in this use may stand in the predicate.

123. cervus, -ī, m., stag. an army).

124. audācia, -ae, f. laudāx], bold- aureus, -a, -um, adj. laurum], of ness. gold, golden.

125. cornū, -ūs, n., horn; wing (of 122. in-crēdibilis, -e, adj., incredible.

115

120 125

130

26 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

vestīgia ejus in silvīs animadvertit. Deinde, ubi cervum ipsum vīdit, summīs vīribus currere coepit. Usque ad ves- perum cucurrit, neque nocturnum tempus sibi ad quiētem relīquit. Frūstrā tamen, nūllō enim modō praedam cōnsequī poterat. Tandem, postquam tōtum annum cucurrerat (ita trāditur), cervum cursū exanimātum cēpit et vīvum ad Eurystheum rettulit.

126. sibi: dative after relīquit, but may be omitted in translation. ad, for.

127. cucurrerat: with postquam and ubi the perfect is the tense most frequently used, as has been stated before. The past perfect is here em-

ployed because its clause denotes a situation.

ita trāditur, so the story goes.

In section 12 account for the case of Eurystheō, 118; of Herculem, 119;

of annum, 127; of cursū, 12S8.

123. vestīgium, -ī, n., footstep, track.

animadvertō, -vertere, -vertī, -ver- sum, tr. [animus +advertōl, direct the mind to, observe, notice; punish.

124. usque, adv., all the way, even, all the time, until.

vesper, -erī, m., evening.

125. nocturnus, -a, -um, adj. [nox], nightly, at night, night (as adjec- tive).

126. cōn-sequor, -sequī, -secūtus sum, tr., follow up; overtake; gain.

127. cursus, -ūs, m., chariot. vīvus, -a, -um, adj. [vīvōl, living, alive.

128. FoURTH LABOR — THE ERYMANTHIAN BOAR

Post haec jussus est Herculēs aprum quendam capere, quī illō tempore agrōs Erymanthiōs vāstābat et incolās hujus

regiōnis magnopere terrēbat. Arcadiam profectus est.

Herculēs rem suscēpit et in

Postquam in silvam paulum pr5ō-

132. rem, task; rēs is to be rendered freely according to the context.

133. aper, aprī, m., a wild boar.

134. incola, -ae, m. and f. lincolōl, inhabitant, resident.

135. paulum, adv. lacc. of paulum,

a little], somewhat.

prōgredior, -gredī, -gressus sum, intr. I[prōAgradior, step], go on, advance, proceed. A JUNIOR LATIN READER

gressus est, aprō occurrit.

27

Ille autem, simul atque Herculem

vīdit, statim refūgit et, timōre perterritus, in altam fossam

sē prōijēcit.

et summā cum difficultāte aprum ē fossā extrāxit.

Herculēs igitur laqueum quem attulerat injēcit,

Ille, etsī

multum relūctābātur, nūllō modō sē līberāre potuit, et ab Hercule ad Eurystheum vīvus relātus est.

134. aprō: dative with occurrit, which is a compound of ob and currō.

In section 13, is the preposition cum, 137, necessary to the expression of manner? Account for the case of vīvus, 139.

134. occurrō, -currere, -currī, -cur-

sum, intr. lob4currō], run to meet, meet. 135. per-terreō, -terrēre, -terruī,

-territum, tr., frighten thoroughly, terrify.

136. prōijiciō, -jicere, -jēcī, -jectum, tr. [prōjaciō], hurl forward, hurl down.

laqueus, -ī, m., noose.

137. difficultās, -ātis, f. [difficilis], difficulty.

etsī, conj., though, although, even if.

138. multum, adv. lacc. of multum], much, greatly.

relūctor, -ārī, -ātus sum, intr., strug- gle against, resist.

14. HERCULES AT THE CENTAUR’S CAVE

Dē quārtō labōre, quem suprā nārrāvimus, haec etiam

trāduntur.

Herculēs, dum iter in Arcadiam facit, ad eam regiōnem vēnit quam Centaurī incolēbant.

Mox, quod nox

jam appetēbat, ad antrum dēvertit, in quō Centaurus quīdam,

nōmine Pholus, habitābat.

Ille Herculem benignē excēpit et cēnam parāvit. culēs, postquam cēnāvit, vīnum ā Pholō postulāvit.

At Her- Frat

i40. nārrāvimus: the plural as used by the author to refer to himself was formerly common in English also, especially in newspaper editorials.

143. jam, now, or by this time; nunc means now (absolutely), at the

present time.

140. suprā, adv. Isuperus], above, before.

141. antrum, -ī, n.. cave. dē-vertō, -vertere, -vertī, —, intr.,

turn away, turn aside.

146. cēna, -ae, f., dinner.

147. cēnō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, intr. and tr. [cēna], dine, dine upon.

135

140 150

155

28 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

autem in antrō magna amphora, vīnō optimō replēta, quam Centaurī ibi dēposuerant. Pholus hoc vīnum dare nōlēbat, quod reliquōs Centaurōs timēbat; nūllum tamen vīnum prae- ter hoc in antrō habēbat. ‘“Hoc vīnum,” inquit, “mihi com- missum est. Sī igitur hoc dabō, Centaurī mē interficient.” Herculēs tamen eum irrīsit, et ipse cyathum vīnī ex amphorā hausit.

150. inquit: this verb is regularly used in the present tense with direct quotations and stands after one or more words of a quotation; it corre- sponds to the English “said I- It is defective, that is, it lacks some forms of person, tense, and mooxd.

151. amphnora, -ae, f., jar, flagon. 180. inquam, inquis, inquit, intr.

optimus, -a, -um, adj. superl. of defeet., say, empleyed in direct quo- bonus], best. tations.

re-pleō, -ptēre, -plēvī, -plētum, tr., 152. irrīdeō, -rīdēre, -rīsī, -rīsum, fill again, refill. intr. lintrīdeō], laugh at, jeer,

149. praeter, prep. with acc. Icom- mock.

pare prae, beforel, except; past, cyathus, -ī, m., cup. beyond; in addition to; contrary 3ēā buni5, -īre, hausī, haustum, to. , draw, drain; swallow.

18. THE FIGHT WwWITH THE CENTAURS

Simul atque amphora aperta est, odor jūcundissimus un- dique diffūsus est; vīnum enim suāvissimum erat. Centaurī nōtum odōrem sēnsērunt, et omnēs ad locum convēnērunt.

Ubi ad antrum pervēnērunt, magnopere īrātī erant, quod Herculem bibentem vīdērunt. Tum arma rapuērunt, et Pho- lum interficere volēbant. Herculēs tamen in aditū antrī

184. odor, -ōris, m., smell, odor. 166. nōtus, -a, -um, adj. Ip. part. jūcundus, -a, -um, adj., pleasant, of nōscō, learn. know], known, agreeable. familiar.
185. diffundō, -fundere, -fūdī, -fū- 16ō8. bibō, bibere, bibī, —, tr. and sum, tr. [dis-+fundō], pour out, intr., drink. spread, diffuse. 1ē9. aditus, ,-ūs, m. ladeō, -irel, suāvis, -e, adj., sweet, agreeable, entrance, means of approach,

pleasant. access. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 29

cōnstitit, et impetum eōrum fortissimē sustinēbat. Facēs ārdentēs in eōs conjēcit; multōs etiam sagittīs suīs vulnerāvit. Hae autem sagittae eaedem erant quae sanguine Hydrae ōlim imbūtae erant. Omnēs igitur quōs ille sagittīs vulnerāverat venēnō statim absūmptī sunt; reliquī autem, uhbi hoc vīdērunt, terga vertērunt et fugā salūtem petiērunt.

161. in, at, the usual meaning of in with words meaning to throu.

162. fugā, in flight; the ablative denotes means, however.

163. cōn-sistō, -sistere, -stitī,. —, ab- sūmō, -sūmere, -sūmpsī, -sūmp- intr., take one’s stand, halt, make tum, tr., consume, destroy. a stand.

164. venēnum, -ī, n., drug, poison. 16ō. tergum, -, n., back.

165. THE FATE OF PHOLUS

Postquam reliquī fūgērunt, Pholus ex antrō ēgressus est, et corpora spectābat eōrum quī sagittīs interfectī erant. Mags- nopere autem mīrātus est, quod tam levī vulnere exanimātī erant, et causam ejus reī quaerēbat. Adliit igitur locum ubi cadāver cujusdam Centaurī jacēbat et sagittam ē vulnere trāxit. Haec tamen, sīve cāsū sīve cōnsiliō deōrum, ē mani- bus ejus lāpsa est et pedem leviter vulnerāvit. Ille extemplō dolōrem gravem per omnia membra sēnsit, et post breve tempus vī venēnī exanimātus est. XMox Herculēs, quī re- liquōs Centaurōs secūtus erat, ad antrum rediit, et magnō cum dolōre Pholum mortuum vīdit. Multīs cum lacrimīs

171, sīve ... deōrum, cither by chance or by design of the gods. In section 16 point out two ablatives of manner; a deponent verb.

16. spectō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, ir. 171. trahō, -ere, trāxī, tractum, tr., Lfreq. of speciō, look], observe, draw, drag. watch, look at, look to. 172. lābor, lābī, lāpsus sum, intr.,

17. mīror, -ārī, -ātus sum, fr. and glide, slip, fall. Sti: [mīrus], be astonished; Ieviter, adv. ſlevis], lightly, slightly. īXXxtsāias- extemplō, adr., immediately, forth- levis, -e, adj., light, slight, trifling. with, without delay.

18. jaceō, ēre, jacuī, —, intr., lie, 1ī3. membrum, -ī, n., limb, mem- be prostrate. ber.

160

16ō

170 180

185

30

A JUNIOR LATIN READER

corpus amīcī ad sepultūram dedit; tum, postquam alterum cyathum vīnī hausit, somnō sē dedit.

177. sepultūra, -ae, f. Isepeliō], burial.

178. FIFrrH LABOR — CLEANSING THE AUGEAN STABLĒS

Deinde Eurystheus Herculī hunc labōrem graviōrem im-

posuit.

obtinēbat, tria mīlia boum habēbat. Stabulum autem

magnitūdinis inclūdēbantur.

Augēās quīdam, quī illō tempore rēgnum in Ē;lide

Hī in stabulō ingentis illuviē ac

squālōre obsitum erat; neque enim ad hoc tempus umquam

pūrgātum erat. diēī pūrgāre. cēpit.

Hoc jussus est Herculēs intrā spatium ūnīus Ille, etsī rēs erat multae operae, negōtium sus- Prīmum, magnō labōre fossam duodēvīgintī pedum

fēcit, per quam flūminis aquam dē montibus ad mūrum

stabulī perdūxit.

Tum, postquam mūrum perrūpit, aquam

179. Herculī, upon Hercules.

180. tria mīlia boum, three thousand cattle; it must be kept in mind that the singular mālle is an adjective, the plural mālia a noun, used with

a genitive of the whole. 183. neque umquam, never.

Boum is the genitive plural of bōs, App. 3, (ō).

186. erat multae operae, was one of great labor; a genitive of description standing in the predicate, like the ablative of description in l. 122.

187. duodēvīgintī pedum: the genitive of description with numerals is

regularly employed to express measure. In section 17 account for the case of magnitūdinis, 182.

governed by intrā? By contrā?

The reference is to width. What case is

mn

181. obtineō, -tinēre, -tinuī, -ten- tum, tr. lob 4teneō], hold, possess.

stabulum, -ī, n., stable, stall.

182. magnitūdō, -inis, f. Imagnus], size, magnitude.

illuviēs, —, abl. -ē, f., overflow; dirt, filth.

183. squālor, -ōris, m., squalor, filth.

ob-serō, -serere, -sēvī, -situm, tr., plant; cover, fill.

umquam, adv., ever.

184. pūrgō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. [pūrus+agō], clean, cleanse; ex- cuse; pūrgātus, -a, -um, p. part. as adj., free from blame.

spatium; -ī, n., space, distance, in- terval.

186. opera, -ae, f. lopus], effort, labor, toil.

negōtium, -ī, n. Inec 4ōtium], busi- ness, matter; affair, task; diffi- culty, trouble.

186. duodēvīgintī, indecl. num. adj., twenty. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 31

in stabulum immīsit et tālī modō, contrā opīniōnem omnium, opus cōnfēcit.

opīniō, -ōnis, f. lopīnor, supposel, opinion; expectation.

189. immittō, -mittere, -mīsī, -mis- sum, tr. l[in+mittō], send in, let in.

190. SixXTH LABOR — THE BIRDS OF STYMPHALUS

Post paucōs diēs Herculēs ad oppidum Stymphnālum iter fēcit; jusserat enim eum Eurystheus avēs Stymphālidēs necāre. Hae avēs rōstra aēnea habēbant, et carne hominum vēscēbantur. Ille, postquam ad locum pervēnit, lacum vīdit; in hōc autem lacū, quī nōn procul erat ab oppidō, avēs habi- tābant. Nūlla tamen dabātur appropinquandī facultās. La- cus enim nōn ex aquā sed ē līmō cōnstitit; Herculēs igitur neque pedibus neque lintre prōgredī potuit.

Tandem postquam magnam partem diēī frūstrā cōnsūmpsit, hōc cōnātū dēstitit et ad Vulcānum sē contulit auxilium- que ab eō petiit. Vulcānus, quī ā fabrīs maximē colēbātur, crepundia, quae ipse ex aere fabricātus erat, Herculī dedit. Hīs Herculēs dīrum ecrepitum fēcit, et avēs perterritae

193. carne: ablative governed by vēscēbantur. Name the deponent

verbs that govern the ablative. 197. cōnstitit: from cōnstō.

198. pedibus, on foot; ablative of means, here suggesting in addition

the idea of manner.

In section 18 account for the case of Stymphālum, 191; of lintre, 198; of

cōnūtū, 200; of fabrīs, 201.

193. rōstrum, -ī, n. [rōdō, gnaw]l, beak; pl., rōstra, -ōrum, the Rostra, a platform for speakers in the Forum, adorned uwith beaks of captured ships.

aēneus, -a, -um, adj. laes], of cop- per, of bronse.

carō, carnis, f., flesh.

194. vēscor, -ī, —, —, intr., (takes ablative) feed upon.

195. līmus, -ī, m., mud, mire.

cōn-stō, -stāre, -stitī, -stātūrus, intr.,

stand together; consist; impers., cōn-stat, it is known, it is certain.

198. linter, -tris, f., boat, skiff.

199. faber, -brī, m.,workman, smith.

200. crepundia, -ōrum, n., pl. [crepō, to rattle], a child’s rattle, a rattle.

fabricor, -ārī, -ātus sum, tr. [faber], make, construct, build.

203. dīrus, -a, -um, adj., dreadful, dire.

crepitus, -ūs, m. ſcrepō, to rattle], clattering, noise.

190

19ō

200 210

215

32 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

āvolāvērunt; ille autem, dum āvolant, magnum numerum

eōrum sagittīs trānsfīxit. 204. ā-volō, -āre, -āvī, -ātūrus, intr., 205. trāns-fīgō, -fīgere, -fīxī, -fīx- fly away. um, tr., pierce, transfix.

19. SEVENTH LABOR — THE CRETAN BULL

Tum jussit Herculem Eurystheus taurum quendam ferō- cissimum ex īnsulā Crētā vīvum referre. Ille igitur nāvem cōnscendit et, cum prīmum ventus idōneus fuit, solvit. Ubi tamen īnsulae jbjam appropinquābat, magna tempestās subitō coōrta est nāvisque cursum tenēre nōn poterat. Nautae paene omnem spem salūtis dēposuērunt; tantus timor animōs eōrum occupāverat. Herculēs, tamen, etsī nāvigandī imperītus erat, haudquāquam territus est.

Post breve tempus summa tranquillitās cōnsecūta est, et nautae, quī sē ex timōre jam recēperant, nāvem incolumem ad terram perdūxērunt. Herculēs ē nāvī ēgressus est, et, ubi

206. ferōcissimum, very savage. The translation of the superlative by very is frequently necessary.

207. cum prīmum, as soon as. With this phrase, as with ubi, postquam, simul atque, the perfect indicative is most frequently employed, as ex- plained in the note on Perseus, 12.

solvit, set sail. Solvō is Snt in this sense either with or without nārem.

Ubi ... jam appropinquābat: the imperfect, like the past perfect, is empioyed with postquam and ubi in clauses denoting situation; compare l. 125.

209. īnsulae: dative with appropinquābat.

210. nāvigandī imperītus, ignorant of, unskilled in, naviqation. The genitive of the gerund here depends upon an adjective; in l. 196 it was used

vwith a noun, facultās.

215. sē recēperant, had recovered.

216. taurus, -ī, m., bull. Ināvis agōl, sail, navigate.

217. cōnscendō, -scendere, -scendī, 1213. imperitus, -a, -um, adj. lin--

-scēnsum, tr. [com- +scandō, erītus], inexperienced, unskilled. climb], climb; go aboard, embark P h 1

on. 214. tranquillitās, -ātis, f. [tranquil- 210. co-ōrior, -ōvrīrī, -ōrtus sum, lus], stillness; a calm (at sea). intr., come forth, arise. 215. incolumis, -e, adj , unharmed,

212. nāvigō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, intr. safe. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 33

ad rēgem Crētae vēnit, causam veniendī docuit. Deinde, postquam omnia parāta sunt, ad eam regiōnem contendit quam taurus vāstābat. Mox taurum vīdit, et, quamquam rēs erat magnī perīculī, cornua ejus prehendit. Tum ingentī labōre mōnstrum ad nāvem trāxit et cum praedā in Graeciam rediit.

20. EIGHTH LABOR — CAPTURE OF THE HORSES OF DIOMEDE

Postquam ex īnsulā Crētā rediit, Herculēs ab Eurystheō in Thrāciam missus est et equōs Diomēdis redūcere jussus. Hī equī carne hominum vēscēbantur; Diomēdēs autem, vir crū- dēlissimus, iīs prōjiciēbat peregrīnōs omnēs quī in eam regiōnem vēnerant. Herculēs igitur magnā celeritāte in Thrāciam contendit et hōs equōs ab Diomēde postulāvit. Quod tamen ille hōs trādere nōlēbat, Herculēs, īrā com- mōtus, rēgem interfēcit et cadāver ejus equīs prōjicī jussit.

Ita mīra rērum commūtātiō facta est; is enim quī anteā multōs cum cruciātū necāverat ipse eōdem suppliciō necātus est. Ubi haec nūntiāta sunt, omnēs quī eam regiōnem in- colēbant maximā laetitiā affectī sunt, et Herculī meritam grātiam referēbant. Nōn modo maximīs honōribus et prae- miīs eum decorāvērunt, sed rēgnum etiam eī obtulērunt. Ille tamen rēgnum accipere nōlēbat et, postquam ad mare rediit, nāvem occupāvit. Ubi omnia ad nāvigandum parāta

225. carne: why ablative?

226. meritam grātiam referēbant: for the translation consult the note on Per. S6.

227. ad nāvigandum, for sailing; one of the commonest uses of the gerund is the accusative with ad in expressions of purpose.

228. peregrīnus, -a, -um, adj. [per 234. laetitia, -ae, f., llaetus, joy, tager], strange, foreign; subst., happiness. peregrīnus, -ī, m., a foreigner.

229. commūtātiō, -ōnis, f. [com- mīūtō], change.

230. cruciātus, -ūs, m. [cruciō, to 236. offerō, -ferre, obtulī, oblātum, torture], torture. tr. lob4ferōl, bring before, offer.

231. modo, adv. labl. of modus], only, merely, a little while ago; recently.

tō tō =īl

235 240

245

250

34 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

sunt, equōs in nāvem collocāvit; deinde idōneam tempestā- tem nactus sine morā ē portū solvit et paulō post equōs in Iītus Argolicum exposuit.

239. tempestātem, weather; with what meaning has the word been used previously?

240. nactus: the past participle of a deponent verb is usually active in meaning. It therefore agrees with the subject when denoting an act of the subject; an act attributed to the subject, if expressed by the past participle of a non-deponent verb, requires the ablative absolute construc- tion.

paulō post: see note on l. 27.

In section 20, would it be proper to use cum with magnā celeritāte, 2272 Would it be proper to omit cum in the phrase cum cruciātū, 232?

240. nancīscor, -ī, nactus sum, ir., get, obtain; meet with, find.

241. NINTH LABOR — THE GIRDLE OF HIPPOLYTE

Gēns Amāzonum dīcitur omnīnō ex mulieribus cōnstitisse. Hae summam scientiam reī mīlitāris habēbant, et maximam virtūtem praebēbant; nam etiam cum virīs proelium com- mittere audēbant. Hippolytē, Amāzonum rēgīna, balteum habuit celeberrimum, quem Mars eī dederat. Admēta autem, Eurystheī fīlia, fāmam dē hōc balteō accēperat, et eum pos- sidēre vehementer cupiēbat. Eurystheus igitur Herculem jussit cōpiās cōgere et bellum Amāzonibus īnferre. Ille nūntiōs in omnēs partēs dīmīsit et, postquam magna multi- tūdō convēnit, eōs dēlēgit quī maximum ūsum in rē mīūlitārī habēbant.

242. cōnstitisse: from cōnstō.

243. reī mīlitāris, military seience, art of war.

244. proelium committere, to engage in battle.

245. bellum Amāzonibus īnferre, to make war on the Amaasons.

246. mulier, -eris, f., woman. exhibit, show.

247. scientia, -ae, f. [sciēns, know- 245. balteus, -ī, m., girdle, belt. ingl, knowledge, expertness, skill. 247. possideō, -sidēre, -sēdī, -ses- mīlitāris, -e, adj. (mīles], military. sum, tr. [por for prō 4 sedeōl, pos-

248. praebeō, -ēre, praebuī, prae- sess, have. bitum, tr. Iprae, before 4habeō], 251. ūsus, -ūs, m. [ūtor], use; prac- hold forth, offer; furmsh, supply; tice, experience. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 35

249. THE GIRDLE REFUSED

Hīs virīs Herculēs causam itineris exposuit; illī auctōritāte ejus adductī iter cum eō facere cōnstituērunt. Tum cum iīs quibus persuāserat nāvem cōnscendit et, ventum idōneum nactus, post paucōs diēs ad ōstium flūminis Thermōdontis appulit. Postquam in fīnēs Amāzonum vēnit, nūntium ad Hippolytam mīsit, quī causam veniendī docuit et balteum poposcit. Ipsa Hippolytē balteum trādere volēbat, quod dē Herculis virtūte fāmam accēperat; quod tamen reliquae Amāzonēs nōlēbant, negāvit. At Herculēs, ubi haec nūnti- āta sunt, bellī fortūnam temptāre cōnstituit.

Proximō igitur diē cōpiās ēdūxit. Tum locum idōneum dēlēgit et hostēs ad pugnam ēvocāvit. Amāzonēs quoque cōpiās suās ex castrīs ēdūxērunt et nōn magnō intervāllō aciem īnstrūxērunt.

263. Hīs virīs: dative of indirect object. auctōritāte: ablative of cause. 3ī

264. quibus: dative with persuūserat, App. ōlI.

265. post paucōs diēs: in this phrase post is employed as a preposition. It has also been employed as an adverb in phrases of the same or similar meaning, with ablative of degree of difference; e.g., paucīs post diēbus.

ad ōstium Thermōdontis: the Thermodon was a river in Pontus, a country on the southern coast of the Black Sea. The Amaxzons were also represented as dwelling to the north on the river Don.

269. volēbat, was willing.
270. nōlēbant: the words balteum trādere are to be understood.

negāvit: this is the common word for say that not accompanied by indirect discourse. It is often used also, as here, with the meaning refuse.

haec: neuter plural used substantively.

265. nōn magnō intervāllō, at no great distance (interval); ablative of degree of difference.

Wnat part of the verb is veniendī, 258?

266. ōstium, -ī, n. lcompare ōs], 262. temptō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tIr.

door; mouth, entrance. lintens. of tendō], try, make trial 269. poscō, -ere, poposcī, —, tr., ask, of.

request, demand. 264. ē-vocō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, fr., 261. negō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. and call out.

intr., say no, say that not; refuse, 265ō. intervāllum, -ī, n., interval, deny. distance.

2535

260

t2 ē =ī] 270

36 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

23. THE BATTLE

Palūs erat nōn magna inter duōs exercitūs; neutrī tamen initium trānseundī facere volēbant. Tandem Herculēs sig- num dedit et, ubi palūdem trānsiit, proelium commīsit.

Amāzonēs impetum virōrum fortissimē sustinuērunt et contrā opīniōnem omnium magnam virtūtem praestitērunt; multōs quidem eōrum occīdērunt, multōs etiam in fugam conjēcērunt. Virī enim novō genere pugnae perturbābantur, nec solitam virtūtem praestābant. Herculēs autem, ubi haec vīdit, dē suīs fortūnīs dēspērāre coepit. Mīlitēs igitur ve- hementer cohortātus ad prīstinam virtūtem tantum dēdecus dēprecātus est; quibus verbīs animī omnium ērēctī sunt; nam multī, etiam quī vulneribus cōnfectī erant, proelium sine morā redintegrāvērunt.

267. nōn magna, of no great exteut. neutrī: the plural of neuter is employed with reference to two groups.

268. Amāzonēs magnam virtūtem praestitērunt: the Amazons were said to have ventured to attack the territories of other nations, and to have made their way even into Attica, the district about Athens.

2ī1. praestitērunt: praestō may be transitive, as here, in the sense of exhibit, display, or it may be intransitive with the meaning excel, in which case it usually governs a dative.

274. nec: translate and not.
275. quibus: translate by a demonstrative, thesce.
276. etiam quī, even those who.

In section 23 point out a gerund; a genitive of the whole; an ablative of of cause.

273. genus, generis, n., race, fam- ily, birth, descent; kind, elass. per-turbō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr.,

throw into confusion, throw into disorder, disturb. 275. dē-spērō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. and intr., despair of, despair. 276. Catiuteen -ārī, -ātus sum, tr., encourage, rally, admonish. prīstinus, -a, -um, adj. [compare

prior], former, original. dē-decus, -decoris, n. [decus, decor- ation, honor], disgrace, dishonor. 277. dē-precor, -ārī, -ātus sum, ir., avert by prayer, deprecate. ērigō, -rigere, -rēxī, -rēctum, tr. ē +regō], lift up; arouse, encourage. 279. red-integrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. fintegrō, make wholel], renew, restore. READER

5 b— 5 5 — & ] — Z 5

A

MAZON

AN A

280

285

290

38 A JUNIOR LATIN READER ūlh

24. DEFEAT OF THE AMAIZONS

Diū et ācriter pugnātum est; tandem tamen ad sōlis oc- cāsum magna commūtātiō rērum facta est, et mulierēs terga vertērunt atque fugā salūtem petiērunt. Multae autem vul- neribus dēfessae, dum fugiunt, captae sunt; in quō numerō ipsa erat Hippolytē. Herculēs summam clēmentiam praestitit et, postquam balteum accēpit, lībertātem omnibus captivīs dedit. Post haec sociōs ad mare redūxit et, quod nōn mul- tum aestātis supererat, in Graeciam proficīscī mātūrāvit. Nāvem igitur cōnscendit et, tempestātem idōneam nactus, statim solvit. Antequam tamen in Graeciam pervēnit, ad urbem Trojam nāvem appellere cōnstituit; frūmentum enim quod sēcum habēbat jam dēficere coeperat.

280. Diū... rugnātum est, the battle was long and fierce; literally, it was fought long and fiercely. ad sēōlis occāsum, about sunset.

281. nōn multum aestātis, not much of the summer; multum is neuter of the adjective used as a noun; aestūtis is genitive of the whole.

In section 24 point out two complementary infinitives.

280. occāsus, -ūs, m. [ob 4cāsus], maātūrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, inir. [mā- falling down, setting; sōlis occā- tūrus], set about early, hasten. sus, sunset.

281. clēmentia, -ae, f. Iclēmēns], 289. ante-quam, conj., before.

forbearance, mercy. 291. dēficiō, -ficere, -fēcī, -fectum, 287. super-sum, -esse, -fuī, —, intr., tr. and intr. [dē4faciō], fail, run be left over, survive, remain. out; withdraw, desert.

25. LAOMEDON AND THE SEA MONSTER

Lāomedōn quīdam illō tempore rēgnum Trojae obtinēbat; ad hunc Neptūnus et Apollō annō superiōre vēnerant et, quod Troja nōndum moenia habēbat, ad hoc opus auxilium obtulerant. Postquam tamen hōrum auxiliō moenia cōnfecta sunt, nōlēbat Lāomedōn praemium quod prōposuerat per- solvere.

294. moenia, -ium, n. pl., walls (of situm, tr., set forth, relate; offer, a city). propose.
295. prō-pōnō, -pōnere, -posuī, -po- per-solvō, -solvere, -solvī, -solūtum, tr., pay, pay ovecr. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 30

Neptūnus igitur et Apollō, ob hanc causam īrātī, mōn- strum quoddam mīsērunt speciē horribilī, quod cotīdiē ē marī veniēbat et hominēs pecudēsque vorābat. Trojānī igitur, timōre perterritī, in urbe continēbantur, et pecora omnia ex agrīs intrā mūrōs compulerant. Lāomedōn, hīs rēbus com- mōtus, ōrāculum cōnsuluit; ā deō autem jussus est fīliam Hēsionem mōnstrō obiicere.

301. continēbantur, were confining themselves; the passive voice is some- times used in a reflexive sense, i.e., it denotes an act done by the actor to or for himself; sē continēbant might have been used.

In section 25 point out an ablative of eause; an ablative of time; an ablative of description.

300. pecus, -udis, f., a head of eattle, pecus, -oris, n., eattle, herd, flock.

beast; pl., floc, herd. 302. com-pello, -pellere, uī, -pul- sum, tr., drive together, collect.

vorō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr., devour. ā 304. Bhstetō -jicere, -jēcī, -jectum,

301. contineō, -tinēre, -tinuī, -ten- tr. lob4jaciōl, throw before, throw tum, tr. [com-4teneō], hold to- to, offer, erupose; set against, gether; shut in, confine. oppose.

302. THE RESCUE OF HESIONE

Lāomedōn, ubi hoc respōnsum renūntiātum est, magnum dolōrem percēpit. Sed tamen, quod cīvēs suōs tantō perīculō līberāre volēbat, ōrāculō pārēre cōnstituit et diem sacrificiō dīxit. Sed, sīve cāsū sīve cōnsiliō deōrum, Herculēs tempore opportūnissimō Trojam attigit; ipsō enim temporis pūnctō quō puella catēnīs vīncta ad lītus dēdūcēbātur ille nāvem appulit. Herculēs, ē nāvī ēgressus, dē rēbus quae gerēbantur certior factus est; tum, īrā commōtus, ad rēgem sē contulit

307. ōrāculō: dative with the special verb pāār:

sacrificiō, for the sacrifiee, dative.

309. ipsō... temporis pūnctō quō, at the very moment when.

310. certior factus est, was informed; literally, was made more certain.

311. re-nūntiō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, attingō, -tingere, -tigī, -tāctum, tr.

intr., bring back word, report, lad4tangōl, touch; arrive at. announce. pūnctum, -ī, n. īp. part. of pungōl, 309. opportūnus, -a, -um, adj. lob4 point; moment.

portus], fit, opportune.

300

305

310 320

s omnem spem salūtis dēposuerat,

40 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

et auxilium suum obtulit. Rēx libenter ejus auxilium accēpit; deinde Herculēs mōnstrum interfēcit et puellam, quae jam incolumem ad patrem redūxit. Lāomedōn magnō cum gaudiō fīliam suam accēpit, et Herculī prō tantō beneficiō meritam grātiam rettulit.

In section 26 account for the case of perīculō 306; of incolumem, 315. Cive the principal parts of vinciō and vincō.

27. TENTH LABOR — THE OXEN OF GERYON

Post haec jussus est Herculēs ad īnsulam FĒrythīam īre bovēsque Gēryonis arcessere. Rēs erat summae difficultātis, quod bovēs ā gigante Eurytiōne et ā cane bicipite custōdiē- bantur. Ipse autem Gēryōn speciem horribilem praebēbat; habēbat enim tria corpora inter sē conjūncta. Herculēs tamen, etsī intellegēbat perīculum magnum esse, negōtium suscēpit et, postquam per multās terrās iter fēcit, ad eam partem Libyae pervēnit quae Eurōpae proxima est. Ibi in utrāque parte fretī quod Eurōpam ā Libyā dīvidit columnās cōnstituit, quae posteā Herculis Columnae appellātae sunt.

322. inter sē, together, to one another; how literally?

323. perīculum magnum esse: what class of verbs take the infinitive with subject accusative?

324. in utrāque parte, on both sides.

325. Herculis Columnae: the Rock of Gibraltar and a hill on the oppo- site side of the Straits doubtless gave rise to this legend.

In section 27 account for the case of difficultātis 319; of Eurōpae 3325; of Columnae 327.

319. arcessō, -cessere, -cessīvī, -cessītum, tr., send for, summon.

320. gigās, -antis, m., giant. biceps, -cipitis, adj., two-headed.

custōdiō, īre, -īvī, -ītum, ir. [custōs], watch, guard.

323. intellegō, -legere, -lēxī, -lēc- tum, tr. linter +legōl, perceive, understand, know.

324. uterque, utraque, utrumque, pron., each (of tuo).

fretum, -ī, n., a strait, channel.

columna, -ae, f., column, pillar. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 41

28. THE GOLDEN SHIP

Dum hīe morātur, Herculēs magnum incommodum ex calōre sōlis aceipiēbat. Tandem igitur, īrā commōtus, arcum suum intendit et sōlem sagittīs petiit. sōl tamen, audāciam virī admīrātus, lintrem auream eī dedit. Herculēs hoc dōnum libentissimē accēpit; nūllam enim nāvem in hīs regiōnibus invenīre potuerat. Tum lintrem dēdūxit et, ventum nactus idōneum, post breve tempus ad īnsulam pervēnit. Postquam ex incolīs cognōvit dē locō ubi bovēs erant, eō statim profec- tus est et ā rēge Gēryone bovēs postulāvit. Quod tamen ille hōs . trādere nōlēbat, Herculēs et rēgem ipsum et gigantem Eurytiōnem interfēcit.

328. Dum morātur: a dum clause of situation, as in Per. 63, which regu- larly takes a present indicative even if the principal verb is past.

329. admīrātus: to be translated as a present participle, a force which the past participles of certain deponent verbs often have.

marmm—

328. moror, -ārī, -ātus sum, fr. and 329. calor, -ōris, m., heat.

intr. [mora], dela linger; hinder- ni/”3 : y, 331. ad-mīror, -ārī, -ātus sum, ir., in-commodum, -ī, n., inconvenicnce, be astonished at, admire. misfortune, loss.

29. A MIRACULOUS HAIL-STORM

Tum Herculēs bovēs per Hispāniam et Liguriam compel- lere cōnstituit. Postquam igitur omnia parāta sunt, bovēs ex īnsulā ad continentem trānsportāvit. Ligurēs tamen, gēns bellicōsissima, dum ille per fīnēs eōrum iter facit, magnīs cōpiīs convēnērunt, atque eum longius prōgredī prohibēbant. Hereculēs magnam lifāeultātem habēbat; barbarī enim in locīs

342. fīnēs: not boundaries. magnīs cōpiīs, with large forces; ablative of accompaniment, App. 70, b.
343. eum. . . prōgredī prohibēbant, iried to prevent him from proceeding:.

The infinitive with subject accusative often depends on prohibeō. The imperfect tense here denotes an attempted action.

341. trāns-portō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, 343. prohibeō, -hibēre, -hibuī, -hibi- ir., carry over, transport. tum, tr. [prōhabeōl, check, stop, restrain; keep out, prohibit.

3360

335

340 345-

350

355

42 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

superiōribus cōnstiterant, et saxa tēlaque in eum conjiciēbant. Ille quidem paene omnem spem salūtis dēposuerat; sed tem- pore opportūnissimō Juppiter imbrem lapidum ingentium ē caelō dēmīsit. Hī magnā vī cecidērunt et magnum numerum Ligurum occīdērunt; ipse tamen Herculēs, ut in tālibus rēbus accidere cōnsuēvit, nihil incommodī cēpit.

3346. quidem: this word often has a concessive force, it is true, to be sure; it is then followed in the next sentence by some adversative word, here sed, but, nevertheless.

3347. in tālibus rēbus: i.e., when favored with divine help.

3348. cōnsuēvit: the force of the tenses of this verb is explained in the note on l. 32.

nihil incommodī, no harm; incommodī is a genitive of the whole. In seetion 29 account for the tense of facit 342; for the case of 1ī 348.

347. imber, -bris, m., rain, storm. 350. accidō, -cidere, -cidī, —, intr. : 2 lad +cadōl, fall upon; happen, lapis, lapidis, m., stone. come about.

348. PASSAGE OF THE ALPS

Postquam Ligurēs hōc modō superātī sunt, Herculēs quam celerrimē prōgressus est, et post paucōs diēs ad Alpēs per- vēnit. Necesse erat hōs trānsīre, quod in Italiam bovēs dūcere volēbat; rēs tamen summae erat difficultātis. Hī enim montēs, quī Galliam ulteriōrem ab Italiā dīvidunt, nive perennī teguntur; quam ob causam neque frūmentum neque pābulum in hīs regiōnibus invenīrī potest. Herculēs igitur,

381. quam celerrimē, as rapidly as possible; quam is employed with a superlative to indicate the highest degree possible.

382. Galliam ulteriōrem: i.e., Gaul north of the Alps; the valley of the Po in Italy was also inhabited at one time by a Gallic population and was known to the Romans as Gallia citerior, nearer Gaul.

383. quam ob causam, for this reason; for the position of the preposi- tion see the note on hōc in templō, l. 7?3.

In section 30, what is the subject of erat 353?

353. necesse, indcel. adj., necessary. 3656. perennis, -e, adj. I[pertannus], 36ō. ulterior, -ius, compar. adj., far- lasting through the year, perennial.

ther. 357. pābulum, -ī, n. [compare pāscō], nix, nivis, f., snow. food, pasturage, fodder. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 43

antequam ascendere coepit, magnam cōpiam frūmentī et pābulī comparāvit, et bovēs onerāvit. Postquam in hīs rēbus trēs diēs cōnsūmpserat, quārtō diē profectus est et, contrā omnium opīniōnem, bovēs incolumēs in Italiam trādūxit.

a burden], load, fill. 361. trādūcō, -dūcere, -dūxī, -duc- tum, fr. [trāns 4-dūcō], lead across.

3ō9. com-parō, -parāre, -parāvī, -parātum, ir., prepare.

onerō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, fr. lonus,

31. CAcCUS STrEALS THE OXEN

Post breve tempus ad flūmen Tiberim vēnit; illō tamen tempore nūlla erat urbs in eō locō. Rōma enim nōndum condita erat. Herculēs, itinere fessus, cōnstituit ibi paucōs diēs morārī atque sē ex labōribus recreāre. Haud procul ā valle ubi bovēs pāscēbantur antrum erat, in quō gigās quīdam, nōmine Cācus, tum habitābat. Hic speciem terri- bilem praebēbat, nōn modo quod ingentī magnitūdine corporis erat, sed quod ignem ex ōre expīrābat. Cācus autem dē adventū Herculis fāmam accēperat; noctū igitur vēnit et, dum Herculēs dormit, quattuor pulcherrimōrum boum abri- puit. Hōs caudīs in antrum trāxit; hōc enim modō putāvit Herculem vestīgiīs dēceptum bovēs nōn inventūrum essc.

362. Tiberim: a few third declension nouns have -im as the ending of the accusative singular.

363. ingentī magnitūdine: ablative of description; what other case

might be employed?

364. fessus, -a, -um, adj., wearied, tired, exhausted.

365. re-creō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr., renew, restore, refresh.

366. pāscō, pāscere, pāvī, pāstum, tr., supply with food, feed; pass., graze, feed.

367. ōs, ōris, n., mouth.

expīrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. lex spīrō, breathe], breathe out.

370. noctū, ade. nox], at night, by night.

371. abripiō, -ripere, -ripuī, -rep- tum, fr. lab4rapiōl, snatch away, steal.

372. cauda, -ae, f., tail.

putō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. (ciean, prune); think, suppose.

373. dēcipiō, -cipere, -cēpī, -cep- tum, tr. [dē4capiōl], beguile. de- ceive.

360

365 380

44 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

32. HERCULES DISCOVERS THE THEFT

Posterō diē, simul atque ē somnō excitātus est, Herculēs fūrtum animadvertit, et bovēs āmissōs undique quaerēbat. Hōs tamen nusquam reperīre poterat, nōn modo quod locī nātūram ignōrābat, sed quod vestīgiīs falsīs dēceptus est. Tandem, ubi magnam partem diēī frūstrā cōnsūmpsit, cum reliquīs bōbus prōgredī cōnstituit. At, dum proficīscī parat, ūnus ē bōbus quōs sēcum habuit mūgīre coepit. Ēxtemplō iī quī in antrō inclūsī erant mūgītum reddidērunt; hōc modō Herculēs locum invēnit. Tum vehementer īrātus, ad spēlun- cam quam celerrimē sē contulit. At Cācus saxum ingēns dējēcerat et aditum spēluncae omnīnō obstrūxerat.

374. simul atque: the tensc of the verb with this phrase was explained in the note on Per. 102.

375. ūnus ē bōbus: with cardinal numbers and with quīdam an ablative with ex or dē is more common than a genitive of the whole; the latter, however, sometimes occurs, as in l. 371.

376. quam celerrimē: to be translated as in l. 351.

377. fūrtum, -ī, n. Ifūr, thief], theft. iiī mūgītus, -ūs, m. Imūgiōl, low-

378. nusquam, adv. [ne +usquam], 1g, bellowing. nowhere. 382. spēlunca, -ae, f., cave, cavern.

379. falsus, -a, -um, adj. p. part.

of fallōl], false, deceptive, mis- 384. dējiciō, -jicere, -jēcī, -jectum,

leading. tr. [dē4jaciō], throw down. 380. mūgiō, -īre, -īvī, —, intr., low, ob-struō, -struere, -strūxī, -strūc- bellow. tum, ir., stop up, bar.

33. RECOVERY OF THE OXEN

Herculēs, quoniam nūllum alium introitum reperīre poterat, hoc saxum āmovēre cōnātus est; sed propter ejus magnitū- dinem rēs erat difficillima. Diū labōrābat, neque quidquam efficere poterat. Tandem tamen magnō cōnātū saxum

387. neque, but not; oceasionally neque is used as the equivalent of sed nōn instead of et nōn.

388. quoniam, conj. lquom, for cum, entrance.

4jaml, since, inasmuch as. 386. ā-moveō, -movēre, -mōvī, -mō- introitus, -ūs, m. lintroeō, go in], tum, (r., move awav. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 15 āmōvit et spēluncam patefēcit. Ibi āmissōs bovēs magnō cum gaudiō cōnspexit. Sed Cācum ipsum vix cernere potuit, quod spēlunca replēta erat fūmō quem ille mōre suō ēvomē- bat. Herculēs, inūsitātā speciē turbātus, breve tempus haesitābat; mox tamen in spēluncam irrūpit et collum mōn- strī bracchiīs complexus est. Ille, etsī multum relūctātus est,

nūllō modō sē līberāre potuit; et, quod nūlla facultās respī-:

randī dabātur, mox, quod necesse fuit, exanimātus est.

391. mōre suō, according to his custom; the ablative is employed to

express the idea of “in accordance with.” 392. breve tempus: accusative of duration of time. 396. quod (a thing), which; neuter, because referring to the fact in

exanimqūtus est.

389. patefaciō, -facere, -fēcī, -fac- tum, tr. Ipateō Hfaciō], lay open, open, throw open.

390. cernō, cernere, crēvī, crētum, tr., distinguish; discern, perceive.

391. fūmus, -ī, m., smoke.

ēvomō, -vomere, -vomuī, -vomitum, tr., vomit forth.

392. in-ūsitātus, -a, -um, adj., un- usual, extraordinary.

393. haesitō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, intr. Lfreq. of haereō], stick fast, remain fixed, hesitate.

394. ELEVENTH LABOR — THE GOLDEN APPLES OF THE HESPERIDES

Eurystheus, postquam bovēs Gēryonis accēpit, labōrem ūndecimum Herculī imposuit, graviōrem quam quōs suprā

nārrāvimus. dum auferre.

Jussit enim eum aurea pōma ex hortō Hesperi- Hesperidēs autem nymphae erant quaedam

fōrmā praestantissimā, quae in terrā longinquā habitābant, et quibus aurea quaedam pōma ā Jūnōne commissa erant.

398.. quam: supply eī erant. 400. quaedam: with nymphae.

398. ūndecimus, -a, -um, adj. [ūn- decim, elevenl, eleventh.

399. pōmum, -ī, n., fruit, apple.

400. auferō, auferre, abstulī, ablā- tum, ir. lab Hferō], carry awavy, carry off.

nympha, -ae, f., n;mpn.

401. fōrma, -ae, f., form, appear- ance; beauty.

prae-stāns, qen. -stantis, adj. Ipr. part. of praestō], preēminent, dis- tinguished, surpassing.

longinquus, -a, -um, adj. longusl,

remote, ciscun: lengthy. long.

390

400 405

410

415

46 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

Multī hominēs, aurī cupiditāte inductī, haec pōma auferre jam anteā cōnātī erant; rēs tamen difficillima erat. Nam hortus in quō pōma erant mūrō ingentī undique circumdatus est; praetereā dracō quīdam, quī centum capita habēbat, por- tam hortī dīligenter custōdiēbat. Opus igitur quod Eurys- theus Herculī imperāverat erat summae difficultātis, nōn modo ob causās quās memorāvimus, sed quod Herculēs situm hortī omnīnō ignōrābat.

408. Herculī: dative with imperāverat, had imposed upon Hercules.

In section 34 point out a dative governed by a compound verb; an ablative of description; a genitive of description; an infinitive with subject accusative.

403. cupiditās, -ātis, f. cupidus], 406. dracō, -ōnis, m., scrpent,

eagerness, longing, desire. dragon. in-dūcō, -dūcere, -dūxī, -ductum, 409. memorō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. tr., lead in; move, induce. [memor, mindful], mention, re- 406. circum-dō, -dare, -dedī, -da- count, relate.

tum, tr., place around, surround. 4l10. situs, -ūs, m., site, location.

35. ArvLas, Wno UPHELD THE HEAVENS

Herculēs, quamquam quiētem vehementer cupiēbat, cōn- stituit tamen Eurystheō pārēre; et simul ac jussa ejus accē- pit, proficīscī mātūrāvit. Multōs mercātōrēs interrogāverat dē sēde Hesperidum; nihil tamen certum reperīre potuerat. Frūstrā per multās terrās iter fēcit, et multa perīcula subiit; tandem, postquam in hīs itineribus tōtum annum cōnsūmpsit, ad extrēmam partem orbis, quae proxima erat ōceanō, per-

412. Eurystheō: dative with pūrēre.

413. orbis: supply terrūrum; the two words together mean the world; the ancients regarded the earth as a circular planc or disk.

414. jussum, -ī, n. [p. part. of and tr., go under; undergo, sub- jubeōl, order, command. mit to; enter.

415. mercātor, -ōris, m. Imercor, to 417. extrēmus, -a, -um, adj. 5;

farthest, most distant. orbis, orbis, -ium, m., ring, circle; orbis terrārum, the earth, the 416. sub-eō, -īre, -iī, -itum, intr. world.

inter-rogō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr., ask, question. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 47

vēnit. Hīc stābat vir quīdam, nōmine Atlās, ingentī magni- tūdine corporis, quī caelum (ita trādunt) umerīs suīs sustinē- bat, et in terram dēcidere prohibēbat. Herculēs tantum labōrem magnopere mīrātus, post paulō in colloquium cum Atlante vēnit et, postquam causam itineris exposuit, auxilium ejus petiit.

419. ita trādunt, so legend has it, as the legend goes; literally so they hand doun.

umerīs: ablative of means, but to be translated on his shoulders.

caelum dēcidere: infinitive with subject accusative, objcct of prohibēbat, as in l. 343.

421. mīrātus: a past partieiple to be translated as a present, as explained in the note on l. 331.

In section 35 point out a dative governed by an adjective.

420. dēcidō, -cidere, -cidī, , intr. [dē4cadōl, fall down, fall off.

421. A SUBSTITUTE

Atlās autem potuit Herculī maximē prōdesse; ille enim, quoniam ipse erat pater Hesperidum, situm hortī bene scīvit. Postquam igitur audīvit causam itineris Herculis, “Ipse;” inquit, “ad hortum ībō; ego sī hortābor, fīliae certē pōma suā sponte trādent.” Herculēs, ubi haec audīvit, magnopere gāvīsus est; cupiēbat enim rem sine vī fierī. Cōnstituit igitur oblātum auxilium accipere. Sed quod Atlās abitūrus erat, necesse erat aliquem caelum umerīs sustinēre. Hoc igitur negōtium Herculēs libenter suscēpit et, quamquam rēs erat

424. Herculī: dative with prōdesse. Why?

425. suā sponte, of their own accord, without compulsion; sponte is found almost exclusively in the ablative, expressing manner, with meqd, suā, tud4.

426. prō-sum, prōdesse, prōfuī, intr., tainly. be useful, benefit, profit, serve. 438. (spōns) spontis, f. lcompare

427. bene, adv. (bonus], well. spondeō, promisel, only abl. sing.

428. hortor, -ārī, -ātus sum, ir., urge, in common use (generally with the encourage, exhort. possessives meā, tuā, suā), of one’s

certē, adv. [certus], assuredly, cer- own accord, voluntarily.

420

1425

430 48 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

summī labōris, tōtum pondus caelī continuōs complūrēs diēs sōlus sustinuit.

In section 36 point out an accusative of duration of time.

433. pondus, ponderis, n. lcompare successive, continuous. pendō], weight, a weight. com-plūrēs, -plūra, adj., several, a continuus, -a, -um, adj. Icontineōl, number of, many.

4353

440

445

37. RETURN OF ATLAS

Atlās intereā abierat et ad hortum Hesperidum, quī pauca mīlia passuum aberat, sē quam celerrimē contulerat. Eō ubi vēnit, causam veniendī exposuit, et ā fīliābus suīs pōma vehementer petīvit. Illae diū haerēbant; nōlēbant enim hoc facere, quod ab ipsā Jūnōne, dē quā ante dictum est, hoc mūnus accēperant. Atlās tamen post multa verba iīs per- suāsit, et pōma ad Herculem rettulit. Herculēs intereā, quī plūrēs diēs expectāverat, neque ūllam fāmam dē reditū Atlantis accēperat, hāc morā graviter commōtus est. Tan- dem quīntō diē Atlantem vīdit redeuntem, et mox magnō cum gaudiō pōma accēpit; tum, postquam grātiās prō tantō beneficiō ēgit, ad Graeciam proficīscī mātūrāvit.

435. pauca mīlia passuum, a few miles. The use of māūlle in the plural was explained in the note on l. 18l.

436. fīliābus: if the dative and ablative plural of fīlia were written fīliīs, with what other word would it be confused in those cases?

In section 37 account for the case of mīlia 436; of iīs 440; of diē 444. What is the force of a superlative with quam?

438. haereō, -ēre, haesī, haesūrus, multus], subst., n. sg., more; pl., intr., stick, cling; hesitate. plūrēs, plūra, adj., more, a greater

439. mūnus, mūneris, n., service, number of. duty; present, gift. 444. quīntus, -a, -um, adj. lquīnquel,

440. plūs, gen. plūris [compar. of fifth.

441. TwELFTH LABOR —CERBERUS, THE THREE-HEADED DOC

Postquam aurea pōma ad Eurystheum relāta sunt, ūnus modo relinquēbātur ē duodecim labōribus quōs Pȳthia Her-

448. quōs Pyȳthia Herculī praecēperat, which Pythia had enjoined upon Hercules; the accusative and the dative are explained in App. 55, a. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 49

culī praecēperat. Eurystheus autem, quod Herculem mag- nopere timēbat, sē ab eō in perpetuum līberāre volēbat. Jus- aso sit igitur eum canem Cerberum ex Orcō in lūcem trahere. Hoc opus omnium difficillimum erat; nēmō enim uinquam ex Orcō redierat. Practereā Cerberus iste mōnstrum erat horri- bilī speciē, quī tria capita serpentibus saevīs cīncta habēbat. Antequam tamen hunc labōrem nārrāmus, nōn aliēnum vidē- s55 tur, quoniam dē Orcō mentiōnem fēcimus, pauca dē istā regiōne prōpōnere.

460. in perpetuum, forever; the neuter adjeetive is used as a noun.

461. aliēnum, out of place. In seetion 38 aceount for the case of labōribus 44S; eould the genitive be used instead?

462. prascipic, -cipere, -cēpī, -cep- all time, forever. tum, [prae, before, tcapiōl, 1455. aliē : . aliēnus, -a, -um, adj. Ialius] moin ūpo impose upon; teach. anothers; out of piace; unfavor-

463. perpetuus, -a, -um, adj., con- nūīē tinuous, constant, perpetual; subst., n. sg., in perpetuum, for 466. mentiō, -ōnis, f., mention.

464. ORCUS OR HaDES, THE ABODE OF THE DEĒEAD

Dē Orcō, quī īdem Hādēs appellābātur, haec trāduntur. Ut quisque ē vītā discesserat, mānēs ejus ad Orcum, sēdem mortuōrum, ā deō Mercuriō dēdūcēbantur. Hujus regiōnis, a65 quae sub terrā fuisse dīcitur, rēx erat Plūtō, cujus uxor erat Prōserpina, Jovis et Cereris fīlia. Mānēs igitur, ā Mercuriō dēductī, prīmum ad rīpam veniēbant Stygis flūminis, quō-

458. īdem, also, a frequent meaning of the word.

459. Ut, when. In this sense ut takes an indieative.

discesserat: past perfect of repeated or habitual action; in like man- ner dēdūcēbantur is an imperfect of habitual action.

mānēs: a plural noun, but translated by a singular.

460. Mercuriō: one of the functions ascribed to the god Mercury was that of guide of souls into the lower world.

461. mānēs, -ium, m. pl., a departed spirit, shade, ghost. 465

475

50 A JUNIOR LATIN READĒR

continētur rēgnum Plūtōnis. Hoc omnēs trānsīre necesse erat

quī in Orcum veniēbant. Quoniam tamen in hōc flūmine nūllus pōns erat, mānēs trānsvehēbantur ā Charonte quōdam, quī cum parvā scaphā ad rīpam expectābat. Charōn prō hōc officiō mercēdem postulābat, neque volēbat quemquam sine hōc praemiō trānsvehere. Ob hanc causam mōs erat apud antīquōs nummum in ōre mortuī pōnere; eō modō, ut putā- bant; mortuus ad Stygem veniēns pretium trājectūs solvere poterat. Iī autem quī post mortem in terrā nōn sepultī erant Stygem trānsīre nōn potuērunt, sed in lītore per cen- tum annōs errāre coāctī sunt; tum dēmum licuit Orcum intrāre.

464. omnēs trānsīre necesse erat, all must cross. The subjcct of erat 1s omnēs trūnsīre.

465. in (flūmine), over.

466. Charonte: Charon was represented in literature and art as an old man of squalid appearance, but hale and vigorous.

467. mōs erat... pōnere, it was the custom to place; pōnere is the sub- ject of erat.

468. mortuī, of the dead person.

469. errāre: dependent upon coūctī sunt.

470. intrāre: subject of licuit.

471. trāns-vehō, -vehere, -vexī, 471. trājectus, -ūs, m. Itrājiciōl,

-vectum, tr., convey across, carry crossing over, passagc.

īxss- 472. sepeliō, -īre, -īvī, -pultum, tr., 46T. scapha, -ae, f., skiff, boat. bury. 468. mercēs, -ēdis, f., hire, pay, fee. 475. intrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr., 470. nummus, -ī, m., a coin. enter.

40. TnE REALM OF PLUTO

Postquam mānēs Stygem hōc modō trānsierant, ad alte- rum veniēbant flūmen, quod Lēthē appellātum est. Ex hōc flūmine aquam bibere cōgēbantur. Quod ubi fēcerant, rēs

478. Quod ubi fēcerant, and when they had done this. The Latin relative pronoun often stands at the beginning of a sentence and refers to an antecedent in the preceding sentence. Wnen thus used it is often fol- lowed by ubi, as in this instance, or by cum. In this usc it is translated by a personal or a demonstrative pronoun. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 51

omnēs in vītā gestās ē memoriā dēpōnēbant. Dēnique ad sēdem ipsam Plūtōnis veniēbant, cujus introitus ā cane Cer- sso berō custōdiēbātur. Ibi PIlūtō, nigrō vestītū indūtus, cum uxōre Prōserpinā in soliō sedēbat. stābant etiam nōn procul

ab eō locō tria alia solia, in quibus sedēbant Mīnōs, Rhada- manthus, et Aeacus, jūdicēs īnferōrum. Hī mortuīs jūs dīcē- bant et praemia pocnāsque cōnstituēbant. Bonī enim in sss Campōs FĒlysiōs, sēlem beātōrum, veniōēbant; improbī autem

in Tartarum mittēbantur, et multīs variīsque suppliciīs ibi excruciābantur.

482. Stābant, there stood; the English expletive “there” has no equiva- lent in Latin; its effect is often obtained by placing the Latin verb first in the sentence.

483. mortuīs jūs dīcēbant, dispensed justice to the dead.

484. Campōs Flysiōs: in early Greek literature the Ēlysian Fields were conceived of as lying in the far West, at the earth's extremity, or in the Islands of the Blest. At a later time they were represented as a part of the lower world.

485. memoria, -ae, f. Imemor, mind- īnferī, -ōrum, m. pl. līnferus, below, full, memory, remembranece. lower], those of the lower world, the dead, the shades.

jūs, jūris, n., right, law, justice. 486. improbus, -a, -um, adj. in-+

481. niger, -gra, -grum, adj., black. vestītus, -ūs, m. [vestiō, to clothe],

ngtānē j probus, honest], bad, wicked. 482. solium, -, n., throne. 488. ex-cruciō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, 484. jūdex, -icis, m., judge. tr., raek, torture.

41. CHARON’S FERRY

Herculēs postquam imperia Eurystheī accēpit, in Lacō- niam ad Taenarum statim sē contulit; ibi enim spēlunca erat s00 ingentī magnitūdine, per quam (ut trādēbātur) hominēs ad Orcum dēscendēbant. Eō ubi vēnit et ex incolīs situm spē-

491. ut trādēbātur: the elause has the same sense as ita trūdunt, 1. 419.

492. Eō, to that place.

493. imperium, -ī, n. limperōl, power, atthority, command. 495

500

505

510

515

52 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

f

luncae cognōvit, sine morā dēscendere cōnstituit. Nec tamen sōlus hoc iter faciēbat. Mercurius enim et Minerva sē sociōs eī adjūnxerant. Ubi ad rīpam Stygis vēnit, Herculēs scapham Charontis cōnscendit. Quod tamen Herculēs vir erat ingentī magnitūdine corporis, Charōn solvere nōlēbat; arbitrābātur enim tantum pondus scapham suam in mediō flūmine mersūrum esse. Tandem tamen, minīs Herculis ter- ritus, Charōn scapham solvit et eum incolumem ad ulteriōrem rīpam perdūxit.

495. sociōs, as companions.

496. ad-jungō, -jungere, -jūnxī, 499. minae, -ārum, f. pl., threats. -jūnctum, tr., join to, attach.

497. THE TWwWELVE LABORS ACCOMPLISHED

Postquam flūmen Stygem tālī modō trānsiit, Herculēs in sēdem ipsīus Plūtōnis vēnit, et, postquam causam veniendī docuit, ab eō facultātem Cerberum auferendī petīvit. PIlūtō, quī dē Hercule fāmam accēperat, eum benignē excēpit, et facultātem quam ille petēbat libenter dedit. Jussit tamen Herculem imperāta Eurystheī facere et posteā Cerberum in Orcum rūrsus redūcere. Herculēs haec pollicitus est, et Cer- berum, quem nōn sine magnō perīculō manibus prehenderat, summō cum labōre ex Orcō in lūcem et ad urbem Eurystheī trāxit. Eō ubi vēnit, Eurystheus ex ātriō statim refūgit; tantus pavor animum ejus occupāverat. Postquam autem paulum sē ex timōre recēpit, multīs cum lacrimīs clāmitāvit sē velle mōnstrum sine morā in Orcum redūcī. Ssīc, contrā omnium opīniōnem, duodecim illī labōrēs quōs Pȳthia prae- cēperat intrā duodecim annōs cōnfectī sunt. Itaque Her-

504. auferendī: a gerund with a direct object, Cerberum; App. 129, Note 1.

ē513. sē recēpit, recovered. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 553

culēs, servitūte tandem līberātus, magnō cum gaudiō Thēbās rediit.

/

ē617. Thēbās, to Thebes; the name of a city without a preposition to express the plaece to whieh will be explained in later lessons.

43. NEssUs, rHE CENTAUR

Post haec Herculēs multa alia praeclāra perfēcit, quae nunc perscrībere longum est. Tandem, jam aetāte prōvectus, Dēianīram, Oeneī fīliam, in mātrimōnium dūxit; post tamen trēs annōs puerum quendam, nōmine Eunomum, cāsū occīdit. Mōre antīquō necesse erat Herculem ob eam rem in exilium īre; itaque cum uxōre suā ē fīnibus ejus cīvitātis exīre mātū- rāvit. Dum tamen iter faciunt, ad flūmen quoddam pervēnē- runt in quō nūllus pōns erat, et dum quaerunt modum trānseundī, accurrit Centaurus quīdam, nōmine Nessus, quī auxilium viātōribus obtulit. Herculēs igitur uxōrem suam in tergum Nessī imposuit; tum ipse flūmen nandō trānsiit. At Nessus, paulum in aquam prōgressus, ad rīpam subitō revertit et Dēianīram auferre cōnābātur. Quod ubi animadvertit Herculēs, īrā graviter commōtus, arcum intendit et pectus Nessī sagittā trānsfīxit.

619. quae: object of perscrībere.

620. longum est, it would take too long.

621. Mōre: ablative expressing accordance, as in l. 391.

622. nandō, by swimming, ablative of the gerund expressing means and manner.

623. Quod ubi: the note on l. 478 should be consulted.

ō519. prae-clārus, -a, -um, adj., very prō-vehō, -vehere, -vexī, -vectum,

bright, brilliant; splendid, distin- tr., carry forward; puss., ride for-

guished. ward; sail out; aetāte prōvectus, perficiō, -ficere, -fēcī, -fectum, tr. advanced in years.

[per4faciō], accomplish, perform, 523. exilium, -ī, n. [exul], exile.

complete. 528. viator, -ōris, m. [via], traveler.

520. per-scrībō, -scrībere, -scrīpsī, 529. nō. nā 2bīnittntiī, -scrīptum, tr., write in full, write no, nare, navi, swmm. out, deseribe fully. 532. pectus, pectoris, n., breast.

520

530

4 -. 540

54 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

44. THE POISONED ROBE

Nessus igitur, sagittā Herculis trānsfīxus, moriēns humī jacēbat; at nōlēns occāsiōnem Herculem ulcīscendī dīmittere, ita locūtus est. “rTū, Dēianīra, verba morientis audī: sī vīs amōrem marītī tuī cōnservāre, aliquid sanguinis hujus quī ē pectore meō effunditur sūme ac repōne; tum, sī umquam sus- pīciō in mentem tuam vēnerit, vestem marītī hōc sanguine īnficiēs.”” Haec locūtus Nessus animam efflāvit; Dēianīra autem, nihil malī suspicāta, imperāta fēcit. Post breve tem- pus Herculēs bellum contrā Eurytum rēgem Oechaliae sus- cēpit et, ubi rēgem ipsum cum fīliīs interfēcit, Iolēn, fīliam Eurytī, captīvam redūxit. Antequam tamen domum vēnit,

534. humī, on the ground; the use of this case, the locative, will be ex-

plained later.

535. Herculem ulcīscendī: object, as in l. 504.

the genitive of the gerund with a direct

536. morientis, of one who is dying; a present participle (from morior)

used as a noun.

537. aliquid sanguinis hujus, some of this blood; what kind of genitive?

538. īnficiēs, you will dye; the future indicative is sometimes employed both in Latin and in English as a substitute for the imperative.

539. nihil malī, no harm.

suspicāta, suspecting; past participle of a deponent verb with present

force, like mīārūtus, 1. 421.

6544. domum, home; the accusative of this noun is used without a prepo-

sition to express the place to whnich.

534. humī, adv. [locative of humus, ground], on the ground.

53ō. occāsiō, -ōnis, f. lob4cadōl,

opportunity, occasion, chance.

ulcīscor, -ī, ultus sum, ir., take ven-

geance on, avenge.

637. amor, -ōris, m., love.

cōn-servō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, Ir., re- tain, preserve.

638. effundō, -fundere, -fūdī, -fū- sum, tr. lex4fundō], pour out; use up, wastc.

sūmō, -ere, sūmpsī, sūmptum, tr.

[sub Hemōl, take, take up. re-pōnō, -pōnere, -posuī, -positum, tr., replace, restore; put awav. keep, preserve. umquam, adv., ever.

suspīciō, -ōnis, f. [compare suspiciō, suspect], suspicion, distrust.

539. mēns, mentis, f., the mind.

540. anima, -ae, f., air, breath; life.

efflō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. lex4f1ō, tomī reathe out.

b41. suspicor, -ārī, -ātus sum, tIr. lcompare suspiciō], suspect. A JUNIOR LATIN READER ō55

nāvem ad Cēnaeum prōmuntorium appulit. Ibi in terram ēgressus quod Jovī sacrificāre volēbat, āram cōnstituit. Dum tamen sacrificium parat, Licham comitem suum domum īre et vestem albam referre jussit; mōs enim erat apud antīquōs in sacrificandō vestem albam gerere. At Dēianīra, arbitrāta

Herculem amōrem ergā Iolēn habēre, vestem, priusquam 5.

Lichae dedit, sanguine Nessī īnfēcit.

ē549. sacrificandō: ablative of the gerund governed by a preposition. arbitrāta, thinking.

545. prōmuntorium, -ī, n., head- panion. land, promontory.

and intr. [sacerrfaciō], offer bōē0. ergā, prep. with acc., towards,

sacrifice, sacrifice. for. 547. comes, -itis, m. and f., com- prius-quam, eonj., before.

548. albus, -a, -um, adj., white.

549. THE DEATH OF HERCULES

Herculēs, nihil malī suspicātus, vestem quam Lichās attulit statim induit; post tamen breve tempus dolōrem per omnia membra sēnsit, sed quod causam ejus reī ignōrābat magno- pere mīrābātur. Dolōre paene exanimātus, vestem dētrahere cōnātus est. Illa tamen in corpore haesit, neque ūllō modō dīvellī potuit. Tum dēmum Herculēs, quasi furōre impulsus, in montem OŌetam sē contulit et in rogum, quem summā celeritāte extrūxit, sē imposuit. Hoc ubi fēcit, voluit eōs quī circumstābant rogum quam celerrimē accendere. Ōmnēs diū recūsābant; tandem tamen pāstor quīdam, ad misericor-

8557. dī-vellō, -vellere, -vellī, -vul- [struō], pile, heap up; erect. sum, ir., tear apart, tear away. 560. circum-stō, -stāre, -stetī, ,

qua-si, adv., as if. intr., stand around, surround.

impellō, -pellere, -pulī, -pulsum, ir. 5ō61. recūsō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tI r. fin +pellō], drive forward; impel, and intr. [re-4causa], refuse, urge on. decline.

6568. rogus, -ī, m., funeral pile, pāstor, -ōris, m. [pāscō], shepherd. funeral pyre. misericordia, -ae, f. Imisericors,

6569. extruō, -uere, -ūxī, -ūctum, tr. compassionate], pity, compassion.

545

Ct ct =uīl

560 56 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

.

diam inductus, ignem subdidit. Tum, dum omnia fūmō obscūrantur, Herculēs, dēnsā nūbe vēlātus, ā Jove in Olym- pum abreptus est.

563. Herculēs ... abreptus est: since Hercules was the son of Zeus it was not unnatural, in view of his marvelous exploits, for legend to repre- sent him as deified and free from the death usual to mortals.

564. sub-dō, -dere, -didī, -ditum, lobscūrus], darken, cover, hide. tr., put under, apply. vēlō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. vēlum,

565. obscūrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, fr. veil], cover, envelop, veil.

CXōu r;sss. t5 . I 2 5 4 ī, d a ā x: i 5 g7 x c 1 ; ngv : 5

5 s u

F1

.

VIEW OF MODERN ROME

[OCR skipped on page(s) 77-146]PART III

THE ARGONAUTS

1. THE WICKED UNCLE

ĒErant ōlim in Thessaliā duo frātrēs, quōrum alter Aesōn, alter Peliās appellātus est. Hōrum Aesōn prīmus rēgnum obtinuerat; at post paucōs annōs Peliās, rēgnī cupiditāte adductus, nōn modo frātrem suum expulit, sed etiam in animō habēbat Jāsonem, Aesonis fīlium, interficere. Quīdam tamen ex amīcīs Aesonis, ubi sententiam Peliae intellēx- ērunt, puerum ē tantō perīculō ēripere cōnstituērunt. Noctū igitur Jāsonem ex urbe abstulērunt, et, cum posterō diē adl rēgem rediissent, eī renūntiāvērunt puerum mortuum esse. Peliās, cum haec audīvisset, etsī rē vērā magnum gaudium percipiēbat, speciem tamen dolōris praebuit, et quae causa esset mortis quaesīvit. Illī tamen, cum bene intellegerent dolōrem ejus falsum esse, nesciō quam fābulam dē morte puerī fīnxērunt.

4, 5. in animō habēbat interficere, had it in mind to kill; interficere is the object of habēbat.

6. ex amīcīs: see note on Her. 380.

7. cum: in this section three uses of the subjunctive are introduced: with cum meaning when, here and in l. 10; with cum meaning although in l. 12; in an indirect question, quae causa esset, in 1. 11.

8. nesciō quam fābulam, some story or other; literally, I know not what siory. This combination ōf nesciō and the interrogative pronoun consti- tutes virtually an indefinite pronoun.

9. sententia, -ae, f. Isentiō], opin- 13. ne-sciō, -īre, -īvī, —, fr., not ion, thought, purpose. know, be ignorant.

10. posterus, -a, -um, adj. Ipost], 14. fingō, fingere, fīnxī, fictum, tr., following, next. form, fashion, make up.

127

10 15

128 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

2. A CARELESS SHOE-STRING

Post breve tempus Peliās, veritus nē rēgnum suum tantā vī et fraude occupātum āmitteret, amīcum quendam Delphōs mīsit quī ōrāculum cōnsuleret. Ille igitur quam celerrimē Delphōs sē contulit, et quam ob causam vēnisset dēmōn- strāvit. Respondit ōrāculum nūllum esse in praesentiā perī- culum; monuit tamen Peliam ut, sī quis venīret calceum ūnum gerēns, eum cavēret. Post paucōs annōs accidit ut. Peliās magnum sacrificium factūrus esset; nūntiōs in omnēs partēs dīmīserat, et certum diem conveniendī dīxerat. Diē

16. veritus, fearing; past participle of a deponent verb with present force, like mīārātus, suspicūtus, arbitrātus.

nē... āmitteret, that he would lose; a noun clause after a verb of fear- ing, App. 99.

16. Delphōs: accusative of a town name as the place to which.

17. quī... cōnsuleret: a relative clause of purpose, to be translated by an infinitive. What subordinate conjunctions also introduce clauses of purpose?

18. quam ob causam, for what reason; the subjunctive vēnisset can be explained by comparison with a similar elause in l. 11. For the position of the preposition see the note on Her. 73.

19. ut... cavēret: a noun clause, object of monuit.

sī quis, q anyone; quis here is itself an indefinite pronoun, to be dis- tinguished from interrogative quis; it is found most frequently with sī and nē. Since this clause depends upon a subjunctive, cavēret, the verb venīret is itself made subjunctive by attraction.

21. gerēns, wearing.

ut... factūrus esset: a noun clause of fact, subject of accidit, it happened that, etc. The future active participle, here factūrus, with a past tense of sum, expresses a past intention, was about to make.

23. conveniendī, for the people to assemble; literally, of assembling.

dīxerat, had appointed.

15. nē, conj., that.. . not, in order

praesentia, -ae, f. [praesēns], pres- that... not; after words of fear,

ence; the present; in praesentiā,

that; as adv., not; nē... quidem, not even, not either.

16. fraus, fraudis, f., deceit, decep- tion, fraud.

17. re-spondeō, -spondēre, -spondī, -spōnsum, intr., reply, respond, answer.

at the moment, for the present. 20. quis, qua, quid, indef. pron.,

anyone, anybody, anything; some-

one, somebody, something. calceus, -ī, m., shoe.

21. caveō, cavēre, cāvī, cautum, tr. and intr., beware of, beware. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 129

cōnstitūtō magnus numerus hominum undique ex agrīs con- vēnit; inter aliōs vēnit Jāsōn, quī ā puerō apud Centaurum ss quendam vīxerat. Dum tamen iter facit, calceum alterum in trānseundō nesciō quō flūmine āmīsit.

26. alterum, one.

27. trānseundō, in crossing; ablative of the gerundive of trānsīre, App.

29. THE GOLDEN FLEECE

Jāsōn igitur, cum calceum āmissum nūllō modō recipere posset, alterō pede nūdō in rēgiam pervēnit. Quem cum vīdisset, Peliās subitō timōre affectus est; intellēxit enim s0 hunc esse hominem quem ōrāculum dēmōnstrāvisset. Hoc igitur iniit cōnsilium. Rēx erat quīdam nōmine Aeētēs, quī rēgnum Colchidis illō tempore obtinēbat. Huic commissum erat vellus illud aureum quod Phrixus ōlim ibi relīquerat. Cōnstituit igitur Peliās Jāsonī negōtium dare ut hōc vellere ss potīrētur; cum enim rēs esset magnī perīculī, spērābat eum in itinere peritūrum esse. Jāsonem igitur ad sē arcessīvit,

28. cum: here and in I. 36 with causal force, hence the subjunctive.

29. alterō pede nūdō, with one foot bare, an ablative absolute.

Quem cum: translate as if cum eum.

31. dēmōnstrāvisset: subjunctive in a subordinate clause in indirect discourse.

32. Phrixus: the story was that Phrixus, accompanied by his sister Helle, was forced to flee for his life from the intrigues of his stepmother Ino. The two were carried through the air on the back of a ram with a golden fleece sent by the god Hermes. Helle fell into the sea which was thereafter called the Hellespont. Phrixus arrived safely in Colchis, where he sacrificed the ram to Zeus and gave the fleece to king Aeetes. The king fastened the fleece to an oak tree in the grove of Ares.

33. ut... potīrētur: a noun clause of desire may depend upon a verb, as in l. 20, or be in apposition with a noun, here negōtium; translate, the task of obtaining.

vellere: with potīrētur, which, like ūtor, is one of the deponent verbs

governing thē āblative. ī

29. nūdus, -a, -um, adj.. naked, 34. vellus, velleris, n., fleece, pelt. bare. m..īn-

r . - 5 130 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

.1-t

et quid fierī vellet dēmōnstrāvit. Jāsōn autem, etsī bene intellegēbat rem esse difficillimam, negōtium libenter suscēpit.

38. quid fierī vellet: an indirect question. \

39. THE BUILDING OF THE GOOD SHIP ARGO

110 Cum tamen Colchis multōrum diērum iter ab eō locō abesset, nōluit Jāsōn sōlus proficīscī. Dīmīsit igitur nūntiōs in omnēs partēs quī causam itineris docērent et diem certum conveniendī dīcerent. Intereā postquam omnia quae sunt ūsuī ad armandās nāvēs comportārī jussit, negōtium dedit

45 Argō cuidam, quī summam scientiam rērum nauticārum habēbat, ut nāvem aedificāret. In hīs rēbus circiter decem diēs cōnsūmptī sunt. Argus enim, quī operī praeerat, tan- tam dīligentiam praebēbat ut nē nocturnum quidem tempus ad labōrem intermitteret. Ad multitūdinem hominum trāns-

50 portandam nāvis paulō erat lātior quam quae fierī solitae

40. Cum: as cum with the subjunctive may mean either when, since, or although, one must decide from the context which meaning is the right one.

iter: an accusative of extent, further defined by the genitive of measure, multōrum diērum.

44. ūsuī, of service; dative of purpose, App. 53.

armandās: gerundive with ad expressing purpose. Two more examples occur in this section.

negōtium ... ut: the same combination was noted in l. 35. 47. operī: why dative? 48. ut.. . intermitteret: a clause of result, App. 96.

nē ... quidem: this phrase encloses the word emphasized, here noc- turnum.

50. quam quae: for quam eae quae.

51. com-portō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, 46. circiter, adv. Icircus], about,

tr., carry together, bring together, nearly. collect. 49. inter-mittō, -mittere, -mīsī, 46. nauticus, -a, -um, adj. nauta], -missum, fr., suspend, interrupt;

naval, nautical. let pass; pass., intervene. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 131

erant, et ad vim tempestātum perferendam tōta ē rōbore facta est.

51. per-ferō, -ferre, -tulī, -lātum, withstand; bring; carry (a law). ir., bear through; bear, endure, rōbur, rōboris, n., oak.

52. THE ANCHOR Is WEIGHED

Intereā ea diēs appetēbat quam Jāsōn per nūntiōs ēdīxerat, et ex omnibus regiōnibus Graeciae multī quōs aut reī novitās aut spēs glōriae movēbat undique conveniēbant. Trādunt ss autem in hōc numerō fuisse Herculem (dē quō ante multa perserīpsimus), Orpheum, citharoedum praeclārissimum, Thē- seum, Castorem et multōs aliōs quōrum nōmina nōtissima sunt. Ex hīs Jāsōn, quōs arbitrātus est ad omnia subeunda perīcula parātissimōs esse, eōs ad numerum quīnquāgintā so dēlēgit et sociōs sibi adjūnxit. Tum, paucōs diēs commorā- tus, ut ad omnēs cāsūs subsidia comparāret, nāvem dēdūxit

63. diēs: here feminine. It is always masculine in the plural and fre- quently so in the singular.

64. Trādunt, they say, it is commonly reported.

65. Orpheum: a mythical musician and poet, son of the Muse Calliope, reputed to have been so skilled as to move rocks and trees by the power of his song, to charm wild beasts, and to stay rivers in their course.

Thēseum: a celebrated Athenian hero, whose adventures resemble the labors of Hercules. The best known adventure was the Kkilling of the Minotaur in the Cretan Labygrinth.

5ē. Castorem: Castor was the son of Zeus and Leda and the brother of Pollux. The latter was famed as a boxer, Castor as a tamer of horses.

59. quōs: subject of esse; eōs is its antecedent. A relative clause in Latin often precedes the antecedent. English order requires that the antecedent be translated first.

60. ut... comparāret: a clause of purpose, App. 94.

b4. novitās, -ātis, f. novus], new- 60. quīnquāgintā, indecl. num. ness, novelty. [quīnque], fifty.

5ī7. citharoedus, -ī, m., citharoedus. 61. com-moror, -ārī, -ātus sum, one who plays on the cithara and intr., tarry, linger.

sings at the same time. -1

ēt

132 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

et, tempestātem ad nāvigandum idōneam nactus, magnō cum plausū omnium solvit.

/

63. tempestātem: not “tempest” or “storm.” s nāvigandum: gerund or gerundive? /

64. plausus, -ūs, m. I[plaudō, to clap], clapping, applause.

65. A FATAL MiISTAKE

Haud multō post Argonautae (ita enim appellātī sunt quī in istā nāvī vehēbantur) īnsulam quandam nōmine Cyuicum attigērunt et, ē nāvī ēgressī, ā rēge illīus regiōnis hospitiō exceptī sunt. Paucās hōrās ibi commorātī, ad sōlis occāsum rūrsus solvērunt. At, postquam pauca mīlia passuum prō- gressī sunt, tanta tempestās subitō coōrta est ut cursum tenēre nōn possent, et in eandem partem īnsulae unde nūper profectī erant magnō cum perīculō dējicerentur. Incolae tamen, cum nox esset obscūra, Argonautās nōn agnōscēbant, et, nāvem inimīcam vēnisse arbitrātī, arma rapuērunt et eōs ēgredī prohibēbant. āĀcriter in lītore pugnātum est, et rēx

65. Argonautae: the word means the sailors of the Argo; we have Angli- cized it as Argonauts.

66. nāvī: the ablative singular of nūvis is occasionally written nūuve, but usually nāriī.

T70. ut... nōn possent: a negative clause of result; what is the intro- ductory word in a negative clause of purpose? In the second part of this sentence the result becomes positive, et.. . dējicerentur, but were driven along.

T73. cum: is the meaning when, since, or although?

T75. pugnātum est: certain intransitive verbs may be used impersonally in the passive, the subject of such a passive being suggested by the mean- ing of the verb itself; here, with deriter, a fierce battle was fought Compare Her. 280.

65. haud, adv., not at all, by no bear, carry, bring.

means, not. 71. nūper, adv., newly, lately, re- multō, adv. labl. of multum], by cently. much, much, by far, far. 73. obscūrus, -a, -um, ad;j., dark,

66. vehō, -ere, vexī, vectum, tr., dim. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 133

ipse, quī cum aliīs dēcucurrerat, ab Argonautīs occīsus est. Mox tamen, cum jam dīlūcēsceret, sēnsērunt incolae sē errāre, et arma abjēcērunt. Argonautae autem, cum vidērent rēgem occīsum esse, magnum dolōrem percēpērunt.

76. dē-currō, -currere, -cucurrī, intr. Ilūx], grow light, dawn. or -currī, -cursum, inir.,, run T18. abijiciō, -jicere, -jēcī, -jectum, down; maneuver. tr. lab4iaciō], throw away, throw
77. dī-lūcēscō, -lūcēscere, -lūxī, —, aside.

T7. TuHuE LOSs or HyLas

Postrīdiē ejus diēī Jāsōn, tempestātem satis idōneam esse

arbitrātus (summa enim tranquillitās jam cōnsecūta erat),

ancorās sustulit et, pauca mīlia passuum prōgressus, ante noctem Mȳsiam attigit. Ibi paucās hōrās in ancorīs expec- tāvit; ā nautīs enim cognōverat aquae cōpiam quam sēcum habērent jam dēficere; quam ob causam quīdam ex Argonautīs in terram ēgressī aquam quaerēbant. Hōrum in numerō erat Hylās quīdam, puer fōrmā praestantissimā; quī dum fontem quaerit, ā comitibus paulum sēcesserat. Nymphae autem quae fontem colēbant, cum juvenem vīdissent, eī persuādēre cōnātae sunt ut sēcum manēret; et cum lIille negāret sē hoc factūrum esse, puerum vī abstulērunt.

80. ejus diēī: these words are, strictly speaking, unnecessary, since postrīdiē alone means the next day. The use of the full phrase is, however, quite common.

81. in ancorīs, at anchor.

82. cōpiam.... dēficere: indirect discourse; why is habērent subjunc- tive?

83. quī: the relative at the head of an independent sentence, to be translated by a personal pronoun.

84. ut... manēret: a noun clause, object of persuūdēre, App. 97; to be translated by an infinitive.

85. negāret: negō is the normal Latin for say that not.

86. postrīdiē, adv. [posterō diē], the sē-cēdō, -cēdere, -cessī, -cessum,

next day. intr., go apart, retire, withdraw. 88. fōns, fontis, m., spring, fountain.

8SŌ

90 95

100

105

134 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

Comitēs ejus, postquam Hylam āmissum esse sēnsērunt, magnō dolōre affectī, diū frūstrā quaerēbant. Herculēs autem et Polyphēmus, quī vestīgia puerī longius secūtī erant, ubi tandem ad lītus rediērunt, Jāsonem solvisse cognōvērunt.

S8. DINING MADE DIIFFICULT

Post haec Argonautae ad Thrāciam cursum tenuērunt, et, postquam ad oppidum Salmydessum nāvem appulerant, in terram ēgressī sunt. Ibi, cum ab incolīs quaesīssent quis rēgnum ejus regiōnis obtinēret, certiōrēs factī sunt Phīneum quendam tum rēgem esse. Cognōvērunt etiam hunc caecum esse et dīrō quōdam suppliciō afficī, quod ōlim sē crūdēlis- simum in fīliōs suōs praebuisset. Cujus suppliciī hoc erat genus. Missa erant ā Jove mōnstra quaedam, speciē hor- ribilī, quae capita virginum, corpora volucrum habēbant. Hae volucrēs, quae Harpyiae appellābantur, Phīneō summam molestiam afferēbant; quotiēns enim ille accubāerat, veniē- bant et cibum appositum statim auferēbant. Quae cum ita essent, Phīneus famē paene mortuus est.

98. quis ... obtinēret: the original form of the question would be quis . obtinet? Why the subjunctive?

99. certiōrēs factī sunt, were informed; the phrase is followed by indi- rect discourse. What is the literal translation?

100. accubuerat: the Roman custom of assuming a half reclining posi- tion at table is here attributed to a much earlier period.

101. Quae cum ita essent: a clause frequently employed by Latin authors; literally, since these things were so; better, in consequence, or in view of these facts.

102. famē: the ablative of this word has the ending of a fifth declen- sion noun, although its other forms belong to the third declension.

103. caecus, -a, -um, adj., blind. bitum, intr. lad tcumbō, reclinel,

104. volucris, -is, f. [volucer, flying], recline (at table). bird. 107. appōnō, -pōnere, -posuī, -po-

105. molestia, -ae, f. Imolestus], situm, ir. l[ad4pōnōl, place near; vexation, annoyancc. serve, set before.

accumbō, -cumbere, -cubuī, -cu- 108. famēs, -is, f., hunger. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 135

9. THE HARPIES BEATEN

Rēs igitur in hōc locō erant, cum Argonautae nāvem ap- pulērunt. Phīneus autem, simul atque audīvit eōs in suōs fīnēs ēgressōs esse, magnopere gāvīsus est. Sciēbat enim quantam opīniōnem virtūtis Argonautae habērent, nec dubi- tābat quīn sibi auxilium ferrent. Nūntium igitur ad nāvem mīsit quī Jāsonem sociōsque ad rēgiam vocāret. Eō cum vēnissent, Phīneus dēmōnstrāvit quantō in perīculō suae rēs essent, et prōmīsit sē magna praemia datūrum esse, sī illī remedium repperissent. Argonautae negōtium libenter sus- cēpērunt, et, ubi hōra vēnit, cum rēge accubuērunt; at simul ac cēna apposita est, Harpyiae cēnāculum intrāvērunt, et cibum auferre cōnābantur. Argonautae prīmum ēnsibus vo- lucrēs petiērunt; cum tamen vidērent hoc nihil prōdesse, Zētus et Calais, quī ālīs īnstrūctī erant, in āera sē sublevāvē- runt, ut dēsuper impetum facerent. Quod cum sēnsissent

109. cum. .. appulērunt: when eum introduces a new event in the nar- rative instead of describing a situation, it takes the perfeet indieative.

110. quantam: this word may be cither a relative or an interrogative; the subjunctive habērent shows the clause to be an indirect question.

opīniōnem: the word sometimes means opinion, but not here.

113. quīn .. . ferrent, that they were coming to his reseue; the use of quīn with the subjunctive is explained in App. 106.

11ī7. repperissent: representing a future perfect indicative, second per- son, in direct discourse; translate with the auxiliary “would.”

121. nihil: aecusative of extent; with prōdesse, availed nothing, had no effect.

122. āera: for the case see note on Per. 33.

123. Quod cum: do not translate which when.

124. dubitō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, intr. 117. remedium, -ī, n. Ire-, compare [dubius], doubt, hesitate. medeor, heal], remedy, cure.

125. quīn, conj. and adv. [quī, how, 119. cēnāculum, -ī, n. [cēnal, dining-

4-nel: as conj., after words of room. doubt, that; after words of hinder- ing, from; as adv., quīn etiam, ] nay, nay even, nay in fact. 122. āla, -ae, f., wing.

116. prōmittō, -mittere, -mīsī, -mis- sub-levō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, ir., hold sum, tr., send forth, promise. up, support; assist, help.

117. ēnsis, -is, m., sword.

110

115

120 125

130

135

136 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

Harpyiae, reī novitāte perterritae, statim aufūgērunt, neque posteā umquam rediērunt.

124. aufugiō, -fugere, -fūgī, —, intr. lab Hfugiō], flee away, run away.

125. THE SYMPLEGADES

Hōc factō, Phīneus, ut prō tantō beneficiō meritam grātiam referret, Jāsonī dēmōnstrāvit quā ratiōne Symplēgadēs vītāre posset. Symplēgadēs autem duae erant rūpēs ingentī magni- tūdine, quae ā Jove positae erant eō cōnsiliō, nē quis ad Colchida pervenīret. Hae parvō intervāllō in marī natābant et, sī quid in medium spatium vēnerat, incrēdibilī celeritāte concurrēbant. Postquam igitur ā Phīneō doctus est quid faciendum esset Jāsōn, sublātīs ancorīs, nāvem solvit et, lēnī ventō prōvectus, mox ad Symplēgadēs appropinquāvit; tum in prōrā stāns columbam quam in manū tenēlkat ēmīsit. Illa

126. Hōc factō: ablative absolute, to be translated by a clause with “when,” App. 75.

127. eō cōnsiliō, with this design (purpose); explained by the clause which follows.

nē quis, that no one; the force and use of quis were explained in the note on sī quis, 1. 20.

132. quid faciendum esset. what had to be done. For the use of the future passive participle see App. 126.

133. sublātīs ancorīs: ablative absolute; we say weigh anchor. WwWhen the perfect passive participle in an ablative ahsolute phrase, as here, denotes an act by the subject of the principal verb, it is usually best ren- dered in the active voice. Here are typical transiations:

by a past active participle: having weighed anehor

by a coōrdinate verb: weighed anchor and

by a prepositional phrase: after weighing anchor

by a temporal clause: when he had weighed anchor.

127. ratiō, -ōnis, f., īmm ac- 133. lēnis, -e, adj., mild, gentle. t pt.pha uusss3 prea T hn om il P f columba, -ae, f., dove, pigeon.

128. natō, -āre, -āvī, unt intr. ē-mittō, -mittere, -mīsī, -missum, [freq. of nō, swim], swim, float. tr., send forth, release; utter. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 137

rēctā viā per medium spatium volāvit et, priusquam rūpēs cōnflīxērunt, incolumis ēvāsit, caudā tantum āmissā. Tum rūpēs utrimque discessērunt; antequam tamen rūrsus con- currerent, Argonautae, bene intellegentēs omnem spem salūtis in celeritāte positam esse, summā vī rēmīs contendērunt, et nāvem incolumem perdūxērunt. Hōc factō, dīs grātiās liben- ter ēgērunt, quōrum auxiliō ē tantō perīculō ēreptī essent; bene enim sciēbant nōn sine auxiliō deōrum rem ita fēlīciter ōvēnisse.

136. rēctā viā, straight; how literally? The ablative is employed to denote the road or route.

137. antequam ... concurrerent: heretofore antequam and priusquam have taken an indicative, signifying merely that one event occurred before another. In this passage is an example of the antieipatory use of the subjunetive with antequam, App. 100. The person antieipating may view the event in various ways. The Argonauts evidently wished to forestall the closing in of the movable cliffs, which we can indieate by translating should rush together.

138. ēreptī essent: the subjunctive is due to the informal indireet discourse, App. 106; that is, while no verb of saying is employed, one is implied in grūtiūs āyer unt: the1 y thanked the gods, by whose help (as they said), ete. At the same time the clause expresses the reason assigned for their prayer of thanks.

139. rēctus, -a, -um, adj. [p. part. 138. utrimque, adv. [uterque], on

of regōl, straight, direet; upright. both sides.

137. cōn-flīgō, -fīīgere, -flīxī, -flīc- 143. fēlīciter, adv. Ifēlīx], happily, tum, intr., dash or strike to- luekily. gether.

138. A HEAVY Tasx

Brevī intermissō spatiō, Argonautae ad flūmen Phāsim vēnērunt, quod in fīnibus Colchōrum erat. Ibi, cum nāvem appulissent et in terram ēgressī essent, statim ad rēgem Aeētem sē contulērunt, et ab eō postulāvērunt ut vellus aureum sibi trāderētur. Ille, cum audīvisset quam ob cau- sam Argonautae vēnissent, īrā commōtus est, et diū negāvit

145. Brevī intermissō spatiō, after a short time; ablative absolute.
146. ut .. . trāderētur: a noun clause, object of postulāvērunt.

140

145

1350 155

160

138 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

sē vellus trāditūrum esse. Tandem tamen, quod sciēbat Jāsonem nōn sine auxiliō deōrum hoc negōtium suscēpisse, mūtātā sententiā, prōmīsit sē vellus trāditūrum, sī Jāsōn labōrēs duōs difficillimōs prius perfēcisset; et, cum Jāsōn dīxisset sē ad omnia perīcula subeunda parātum esse, quid fierī vellet ostendit. Prīmum jungendī erant duo taurī speciē horribilī, quī flammās ex ōre ēdēbant; tum, hīs jūnctīs, ager quīdam arandus erat, et dentēs dracōnis serendī. Hīs audītīs, Jāsōn, etsī rem esse summī perīculī intellegēbat, tamen, nē hanc occāsiōnem reī bene gerendae āmitteret, negōtium suscēpit.

154. perfēcisset: for a future perfect indicative of direct diseourse, as in 1. 117.

155. jungendī erant: had to be, must be, were to be (yoked) illustrate pos- sible renderings of the future passive partieiple with sum.

156. nē... āmitteret: in order not to lose, a negative clause of purpose.

157. reī bene gerendae, of successfully accomplishing his purpose; a gerundive construction, App. 128.

mr-- 154. prius, adv. n. of prior], before, 16538. serō, -ere, sēvī, satum, fr., sow, first. : plant.

1ē87. flamma, -ae, f., flame.

12. THE Macic OINTMEĒENT

At Mēdēa, rēgis fīlia, Jāsonem adamāvit, et, ubi audīvit eum tantum perīculum subitūrum esse, rem aegrē ferēbat. Intellegēbat enim patrem suum hunc labōrem prōposuisse eō ipsō cōnsiliō, ut Jāsōn morerētur. Quae cum ita essent, Mēdēa (quae summam perītiam medicīnae habēbat) hoc cōn-

163. rem aegrē ferēbat, was deeply grieved; literally, bore the thing with distress.

16ō. ut... morerētur: a clause explaining cōnsiliō, as in l. 129.

162. ad-amō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr., 166. perītia, -ae, f. [perītus], experi- fall in love with. ence, knowledge.

163. aegrē, adv. laegerl, painfully; medicīna, -ae, f. [medeor, heal], the with difficulty; with grief; with healing art, medieine.

resentment. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 139

silium iniit. Mediā nocteſīnsciente patre] ex urbe ēvāsit; et, postquam in montēs fīnitimōs vēnit, herbās quāsdam carpsit; tum, sūcō expressō, unguentum parāvit, quod vī suā corpus aleret nervōsque cōnfirmāret. Hōc factō, Jāsonī unguentum dedit; praecēpit autem ut eō diē quō istī labōrēs cōnficiendī essent corpus suum et arma māne oblineret. Jāsōn, etsī paene omnibus magnitūdine et vīribus corporis praestābat (vīta enim omnis in vēnātiōnibus atque in studiīs reī mīlitāris cōnstiterat), cēnsēbat tamen hoc cōnsilium nōn neglegendum esse.

167. īnsciente patre, without her father’s knouledge, ablative absolute.

168. aleret, cōnfirmāret: employ the auxiliary “should” in translation; the clause is a relative clause of purpose.

169. quō: for quō diē, when.

cōnficiendī essent, were to be performed; the principle of subjunctive by attraction is explained in the note on sī quis, l. 20.

175 cōnstiterat, had consisted; from cōnstō.

167. īn-sciēns, gen. -scientis, adj.,, nervus, -ī, m., sinew, muscle, power, unknowing, without knowledge, strength. Jīāxfg:se- 172. māne, adv., in the morning, carpō, carpere, carpsī, carptum, tr.,

ob-linō, -linere, -lēvī, -litum, tr,

luck. D daub, smear over.

169. sūcus, -ī, m., juice, sap. exprimō, -primere, -pressī, -pres- sum, tr. lexH-premōl, press out:

170. vēnātiō, -ōnis, f. [vēnor], hunt- ing, the chase.

wring out; elicit. 176. cēnseō, cēnsēre, cēnsuī, cēn- unguentum, -ī, n. ungō, anoint], sum., tr., estimate, think, believe. ointment. neglegō, -legere, -lēxī, -lēctum, tr. 170. alō, alere, aluī, altum, tr.. [nec +legō], disregard, neglect, nourish, sustain. slight.

13. SOwING THE DRACON’S TEETH

Ubi is diēs vēnit quem rēx ad arandum agrum ēdīxerat, Jāsōn, ortā lūce, cum sociīs ad locum cōnstitūtum sē contulit. Ibi stabulum ingēns repperit, in quō taurī inclūsī erant. Tum,

18. ortā lūce, at daybreak.

176

175 180

185

190

140 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

portīs apertīs, taurōs in lūcem trāxit, et summā cum difficul- tāte jugum imposuit. At Aeētēs, cum vidēret taurōs’ nihil contrā Jāsonem valēre, magnopere mīrātus est : nesciēbat enim fīliam suam auxilium eī dedisse. Tum Jāsōn, omnibus aspicientibus, agrum arāre coepit; quā in rē tantam dīligen- tiam praebuit ut ante merīdiem tōtum opus cōnfēcerit. Hōc factō, ad locum ubi rēx sedēbat adiit, et dentēs dracōnis postulāvit; quōs ubi accēpit, in agrum quem arāverat magnā cum dīligentiā sparsit. Hōrum autem dentium nātūra erat tālis ut in eō locō ubi sparsī essent virī armātī mīrō quōdam modō gignerentur.

181. nihil: accusative of extent, as in l. 121; with valēre, had no pouwer.
182. quā in rē: the position of the preposition is lilke that of ob in l. 18.

tantam: this word (also tūlis in l. 189) indicates clearly whether the ut clause following is one of purpose or of result.

186. cōnfēcerit: the perfect subjunctive where an imperfect would seem to be required by sequence of tenses, App. 141, 1.

187. jugum, -ī, n., yoke. iēē. merīdiēs, -ēī, m. [mediusH+

188. valeō, -ēre, valuī, valitūrus, diēs], mid-day, noon; the south. intr., be strong, have power; be 188. spargō, -ere, sparsī, sparsum valid. tr., strew, scatter, sprinkle.

189. aspiciō, aspicere, aspexī, as- 190. gignō, -ere, genuī, genitus, tr., pectum, tr. ladspeciō, look], look givē irth to; beget.

at, behold, look on.

14. A STRANGE CROP

r 07 vr

Nōndum tamen Jāsōn tōtum opus cōnfēcerat; imperāverat enim eī Aeētēs ut armātōs virōs quī ē dentibus gignerentur

sōlus interficeret. Postquam omnēs dentēs in agrum sparsit,

AArAA

Jāsōn, lassitūdine exanimātus, quiētī sē trādidit, dum virī

192. ut.. . interficeret, to kill; a noun clause with its verb in the active when used as the object of a verb of commanding, persuading, or warning is usually to be translated by an infinitive.

193. sōlus, without assistance.

194. lassitūdō, -dinis, f. llassus, wearyl, weariness. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 141

istī gignerentur. Paucās hōrās dormiēbat; sub vesperum, tamen, ē somnō subitō excitātus, rem ita ēvēnisse ut praedic- tum erat cognōvit; nam in omnibus agrī partibus virī in- gentī magnitūdine corporis, ēnsibus galeīsque armātī, mīrum in modum ē terrā oriēbantur.. Hōc cognitō, Jāsōn cōnsilium quod dederat Mēdēa nōn aāāsene esse putābat; saxum igitur ingēns (ita enim praecēperat Mēdēa) in mediōs virōs conjēcit. Illī undique ad locum concurrērunt, et cum quis- que sibi id saxum (nesciō cūr) habēre vellet, magna contrō- versia orta est. Mox, strictīs ēnsibus, inter sē pugnāre coepērunt, et, cum hōc modō plūrimī occīsī essent, reliquī vulneribus cōnfcctī ā Jāsone nūllō negōtiō interfectī sunt.

195. gignerentur, should be born; an anticipatory subjunctive with dum, until. In Il. 13S the event was one to be forestalled; herc it is one to pre- pare for.

sub vesperum, toward evening.

196. ut: with the indicative this word means as or when; in the sense of as, it may be correlative with ita or sīc, as in this sentence.

197. mīrum in modum: a prepositional phrase equivalent to mīrō modō.

198. nesciō cūr, for some reason or other; in l. 13 occurred nesciō quam fābulam.

199. inter sē, one another; a phrase denoting reciprocal action, and of frequent occurrencc.

200. ē-veniō, -venīre, -vēnī, -ven- sum, tr. lob 4mittō], let go; neg- tum, intr., come out; result, turn lect. out. 203. contrōversia, -ae, f. contrō- prae-dīcō, -dīcere, -dīxī, -dictum, tr., versus, disputed], dispute, quarrel. foretell, prediet. 204. stringō, -ere, strīnxī, strictum,

201. omittō, omittere, omīsī, omis- tr., strip off; draw, unsheathe.

202. FLIGHT OF MEDEA

At rēx Aeētēs, ubi cognōvit Jāsonem labōrem prōpositum cōnfēcisse, īrā graviter commōtus est; intellegēbat enim id per dolum factum esse, nec dubitābat quīn Mēdēa auxilium

209. quīn .. . tulisset: quīn and the subjunctive after a verb of doubt- ing, as in l. 113.

DOcC us 5 IflcX o0ece.::

19

200

205 210

215

220

225

142 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

eī tulisset. Mēdēa autem, cum intellegeret sē in magnō fore perīculō, sī in rēgiā mānsisset, fugā salūtem petere cōnstituit. Ōmnibus igitur ad fugam parātīs, mediā nocte, īnsciente patre, cum frātre Absyr tō ēvāsit, et quam celerrimē ad locum ubi Argō subducta erat sē contulit. Eō cum vēnisset, ad pedēs Jāsonis sē prōjēcit, et multīs cum lacrimīs obsecrāvit eum nē in tantō discrīmine mulierem dēsereret quae eī tantum prōfuisset. Ille, quod memoriā tenēbat sē per ejus auxilium ē magnō perīculō ēvāsisse, libenter eam excēpit et, postquam causam veniendī audīvit, hortātus est nē patris īram timēret. Prōmīsit autem sē quam prīmum eam in nāve suā āvectūrum.

210. fore: a future infinitive, often employed instead of futūrus esse.

211. subducta: the size of ancient ships made it possible to “beach” them; for “launch” we have found dēdūcō.

212. nē, not to.

213. quam prīmum, as soon as possible. Whnat is the force of a super- lative with quam? Point out another example a few lines above.

214. sub-dūcō, -dūcere, -dūxī, -duc- 2i16. discrīmen, -inis, n. [discernō,

tum, tr., lead up, lead away; draw separate], crisis, peril. up, beach. 217. tantum, adv. lacc. n. of tantus], 215. obsecrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. so greatly; this much, only.

lob4sacrō, make sacred], entreat, 221. ā-vehō, -vehere, -vexī, -vec- implore. tum, tr., carry off, take away.

16. SEIZURE OF THE FLEECE

Postrīdiē ejus diēī Jāsōn cum sociīs suīs, ortā lūce, nāvem dēdūxit et, tempestātem idōneam nactī, ad eum locum rēmīs contendērunt, quō in locō Mēdēa vellus cēlātum esse dēmōn- strāvit. Eō cum vēnissent, Jāsōn in terram ēgressus est et, sociīs ad mare relictīs quī praesidiō nāvī essent, ipse cum

224. quō in locō = uvi.
225. quī praesidiō nāvī essent, to quard the ship; the clause is one of

purpose; praesidiō is a dative of purpose, nūāī a dative of reference, App. 3, 54. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 143

Mēdēā in silvās viam cēpit. Pauca mīlia passuum per silvam prōgressus, vellus quod quaerēbat ex arbore suspēnsum vīdit. Id tamen auferre rēs erat summae difficultātis; nōn modo enim locus ipse ēgregiē et nātūrā et arte mūnītus erat, sed etiam dracō quīdam, speciē terribilī, arborem custōdiēbat. At Mēdēa, quae, ut suprā dēmōnstrāvimus, artis medicae summam scientiam habuit, rāmum quem ex arbore proximā dēripuerat venēnō īnfēcit. Hōc factō, ad locum appropin- quāvit, et dracōnem, quī faucibus apertīs adventum expectā- bat, venēnō sparsit; proinde, dum dracō somnō oppressus dormit, Jāsōn vellus aureum ex arbore dēripuit, et cum Mēdēā quam celerrimē pedem rettulit.

238. pedem rettulit: see referō in final vocabulary.

239. suspendō, -pendere, -pendī, 234. dēripiō, -ripere, -ripuī, -rep-

-pēnsum, tr. [sub4pendō], hang tum, tr. [dē4rapiōl, tear awavy, up, suspend. pull off.

280. ēgregiē, adv. lēgregius], excel- 286. pro-inde, adv., therefore, ac- lently, unusually. cordingly.

opprimō, -primere, -pressī, -pres- sum, tr. lob4premō], press down, weigh down, overwhelm; over- 2338. rāmus, -ī, m., branch, bough. power.

232. medicus, -a, -um, adj. Imedeor, heal], of healing, medical.

233. BACK TO THE ARGO

Dum tamen ea geruntur, Argonautae, quī ad mare relictī erant, animō ānxiō reditum Jāsonis expectābant; bene enim intellegēbant id negōtium summī esse perīculī. Postquam igitur ad occāsum sōlis frūstrā expectāverant, dē ejus salūte dēspērāre coepērunt, nec dubitābant quīn aliquī cāsus acci- disset. Quae cum ita essent, mātūrandum sibi cēnsuērunt, ut auxilium ducī ferrent; at, dum proficīscī parant, lūmen quoddam subitō cōnspiciunt, mīrum in modum inter silvās

244. mātūrandum (esse) sibi, that they ought to make haste; impersonal use of the passive of an intransitive verb; sibi is a dative of agent, App. 56.

245. ānxius, -a, -um, adj., anxious.

230

240

245 25350

255

144 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

refulgēns, et magnopere mīrātī quae causa esset ejus reī, ad locum concurrunt. Quō. cum vēnissent, Jāsonī et Mēdēae advenientibus occurrērunt, et vellus aureum lūminis ejus causam esse cognōvērunt. Ōmnī timōre sublātō, magnō cum gaudiō ducem suum excēpērunt, et dīs grātiās libenter ēgē- runt, quod rēs ita fēlīciter ēvēnisset.

248. Quō cum: translate as if eō cum.

249. dīs: the form regularly employed for the dative and ablative plu- ral of deus.

250. quod .. . ēvēnisset: the indicative is used with quod causal unless

the reason is regarded as a quotation. Here the causal clause contains the reason assigned in the Argonauts’ prayer; compare l. 142.

247. re-fulgeō, -fulgēre, Aulsī, ]ē any place, anywhere; uwith com- intr., flash back, glitter. par., in order that.

248. Quō, adv. Iquīl, interrog.,, 249. ad-veniō, -venīre, -vēnī, -ven- whither? where? relative, to which tum, intr., come to, come up, place or point, whither; indef., to approach.

249. PURSUED BY THE ANCRY FATHER

Hīs rēbus gestīs, omnēs sine morā nāvem rūrsus cōnscen- dērunt et, sublātīs ancorīs, prīmā vigiliā solvērunt; neque enim satis tūtum esse arbitrātī sunt, in eō locō manēre. At rēx Aeētēs, quī jam ante inimīcō in eōs fuerat animō, ubi cognōvit fīliam suam nōn modo ad Argonautās sē recēpisse, sed etiam ad vellus auferendum auxilium tulisse, hōc dolōre gravius exārsit. Nāvem longam quam celerrimē dēdūcī jussit

254. vigiliā: a method of reckoning time in the night, which was divided, from sunset to sunrise, into four equal “watches.”

255. inimīcō in eōs fuerat animō, had entertained hostile feelings toward them; animō is a descriptive ablative in the predicate.

256. hōc dolōre: for hujus reī dolōre, in resentment at this; literally, be- cause of this resentmen.

257. nāvem longam, a war ship.

258. vigilia, -ae, f. Ivigil, awake], a 259. ex-ārdēscō, -ārdēscere, -ārsī, watching; a watch (as a division -ārsum, intr., blaze out; be in- of time). flamed, be enraged. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 145

et, mīlitibus impositīs, fugientēs īnsecūtus est. Argonautae, quī bene sciēbant rem in diserīmine esse, summīs vīribus rēmīs contendēbant. Cum tamen nāvis quā vehēbantur in- gentī esset magnitūdine, nōn eādem celeritāte quā Colcht. prōgredī poterant. Quae cum ita essent, ā Colchīs sequenti- bus paene captī sunt; neque enim longius intererat quam quō tēlum adjicī posset. At Mēdēa, cum vīdisset quō in locō rēs essent, paene omnī spē dēpositā, īnfandum hoc cōnsilium cēpit.

260. fugientēs: the present participle again as a noun, fuqitives.

261. summīs vīribus rēmīs contendēbant, plied (literally strove with) the oars with all their might; eīribus is an ablative of manner, rēmīs of means.

262. quā, in which; an ablative of means. I

263. neque enim, ete., for the distance between them was not greater than

a javelin’s throw; quō... posset is a clause of result, literally 4 greater than to which a javelin could b0 thrown.

260. īn-sequor, -sequī, -secūtus 266. ad-jiciō, -jicere, -jēcī, -jectum,

sum, tr. and intr., follow after, tr. ladjaciōl, hurl to, hurl upon, pursue, follow up. throw.

265. inter-sum, -esse, -fuī, -futūrus, 267. īn-fandus, -a, -um, adj., un- intr., be between. lie between; be speakable, shocking.

present at. attend.

19. A FEARFUCL EXPEDIENT

ĒErat in nāve Argonautārum fīlius quīdam rēgis Aeētae, nōmine Absyrtus, quem, ut suprā dēōmōnstrāvimus, Mēdēa, ex urbe fugiēns, sēcum abdūxerat. Hunc puerum NMIrēdēa cōnstituit interficere eō cōnsiliō, ut, membrīs ejus in maure conjectīs, cursum Colchōrum impedīret; prō certō enim sciēbat Aeētem, cum membra fīliī vīdisset, nōn longius prō- secūtūrum esse; neque opīniō cam fefellit. ŌOmnia enim ita

273. prō certō sciēbat, she felt certain; literally, kneuw it for certain. . 275. neque opīniō eam fefellit, and she was not mistaken; literally, the erpectation did not deceive her.

274. ab-dūcō, -dūcere, -dūxī, -duc- sum, tr., follow, follow after. tum, ir., lead awav, bring away. 275. fallō, fallere, fefellī, falsum, tir.,

275. prō-sequor, -sequī, -secūtus deceive, cheat, elude.

r

260

rō

n

tō ōt

n 280

285

290

146 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

ēvēnērunt ut Mēdēa spērāverat. Aeētēs, (ubi prīmum mem- bra vīdit, ad ea colligenda nāvem statuī jussit. Dum tamen ea geruntur, Argonautae, nōn intermissō rēmigandī labōre, mox (quod necesse fuit) ē cōnspectū hostium remōtī sunt, neque prius fugere dēstitērunt quam ad flūmen Ēridanum pervēnērunt. At Aeētēs, nihil sibi prōfutūrum esse arbitrā- tus, sī longius prōgressus esset, animō dēmissō domum revertit, ut fīliī corpus ad sepultūram daret.

276. ubi prīmum: a phrase with the same meaning as simul ac; cum prīmum is more common.

277. nōn intermissō. .. labōre, by uninterrupted labor at the oars, abla- tive absolute.

278. quod: neuter, because reference is made to the following state- ment of fact.

279. prius: to be translated with quam, before; the two are often writ- ten as one word.

280. sī longius prōgressus esset: in form a condition, in thought the subject of prōfutūrum esse, it would do him no good to go farther.

animō dēmissō, dejected.

277. colligō, -ligere, -lēgī, -lēctum, [rēmex, rower], row, ply an oar. tr. [com-4legōl, collect 279. re-moveō, -movēre, -mōvī, statuō, -ere, statuī, statūtum, tr. -mōtum, tr., move back; take [status, a standing], cause to away, remove. stand, stop; resolve, determine. 282. dē-mittō, -mittere, -mīsī, -mis-

278. rēmigō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, intr. sum, tr., send down, let fall.

279. THE BARGAIN WITH PELIAS

Tandem post multa perīcula Jāsōn in eundem locum per- vēnit unde ōlim profectus erat. Tum ē nāvī ēgressus, ad rēgem Peliam, quī rēgnum adhūc obtinēbat, statim sē con- tulit et, vellere aureō mōnstrātō, ab eō postulāvit ut rēgnum sibi trāderētur. Peliās enim pollicitus erat, sī Jāsōn vellus rettulisset, sē rēgnum eī trāditūrum. Postquam Jāsōn quid fierī vellet ostendit, Peliās prīmum nihil respondit, sed diū

289. rettulisset, should bring back. In direct discourse the future per- fect indicative, rettuleris, would be used. A JUNIOR LATIN READER

0

147

in eādem trīstitiā tacitus permānsit; tandem ita locūtus est:

“85Vidēs mē aetāte jam esse cōnfectum, quīn diēs suprēmus mihi adiit.

neque dubium est Liceat igitur mihi, dum

vīvam, hoc rēgnum obtinēre; tum, postquam ego ē vītā dis-

cesserō, tū in meum locum veniēs.”

Hāc ōrātiōne adductus,

Jāsōn respondit sē id factūrum quod ille rogāsset.

293. mihi (adsit): a dative of reference, for me; best translated here by

a possessive, my last day.

adsit: like nōn dubitō, the phrase nōn dubium est takes quīn and the

subjunetive.

Liceat: the subjunetive expresses an entreaty, allow me, ete.;

may it be permitted me; App. 92.

literally,

294. vīvam: future indicative with dum meaning as long as. ego, tū: the personal pronouns are here employed for emphasis and

contrast.

291. trīstitia, -ae, f. Itrīstis], dejec- tion, sadness.

tacitus, -a, -um, adj. taceō], silent, still.

[p. part. of

292. dubius, -a, -um, adj., doubtful, uncertain.

293. suprēmus, -a, -um, adj. (superl. of superus], highest; last.

per-maneō, -manēre, -mānsī, -mān- sum, intr., remain, eontinue.

ad-sum, -esse, -fuī, -futūrus, intr., be at hand, be near.

21. A MaXcICAL

Hīs rēbus cognitīs, Mēdēa rem aegrē tulit et rēgnī cupi- ditāte adducta cōnstituit mortem rēgī per dolum īnferre.

TRANSFORMATION

Hōc cōnstitūtō, ad fīliās rēgis vēnit atque ita locūta est:

“Vidētis patrem vestrum aetāte jam esse cōnfectum, neque ad labōrem rēgnandī perfer endum satis valēre. rūrsus juvenem fierī?” “Num hoc fierī potest?

Vultisne eum Tum fīliae rēgis ita respondērunt: Quis enim umquam ē sene juvenis

297. rem aegrē tulit: a combination commented on in conneetion with I. 163.

2s08. mortem rēgī īnferre, to cause the death of the king. What is the literal translation? Rēqg4ī is a dative with the eompound verb īnferre.

301. Vultisne: the enelitic -ne serves as sign of a direct question, with- out indicating whether a positive or a negative answer is expected.

302. Num: this particle indicates that “no” is the expected answer, this can not be done, can it?

295

300 305

310

148 A JUNIOR LATIN READZR

factus est?” At Mēdēa respondit, “Scītis mē artis medicae summam habēre scientiam. Nunc igitur vōbīs dēmōnstrābō quō modō haec rēs fierī possit.” Hīs dictīs, cum arietem agtāte jam cōnfectum interfēcisset, membra ejus in vāse aēneō posuit et, igne suppositō, in aquam herbās quāsdam īnfūdit. Tum, dum aqua effervēsceret, carmen magicum cantābat. Post breve tempus ariēs ē vāse exiluit et, vīribus refectīs, per agrōs currēbat.

309. effervēsceret: anticipatory subjunctive with dum, until, as in l. 195.

310. vōs, gen. vestrum or vestrī, effervēscō, -fervēscere, -ferbuī, —,

pers. pron., pl. of tū, you. lex4fervēscō, boill, boil up, boil. 306. ariēs, -etis, m., ram. carmen, -inis, n., a song; charm, 307. vās, vāsis, n., vessel, utenstil. incantation. 308. suppōnō, -pōnere, -posuī, -po- 310. cantō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, intr. situm, tr. [sub4pōnōl, put under. [freq. of canōl, sing. 309. īn-fundō, -fundere, -fūdī, exiliō, -īre, -uī, —, intr. lex4saliōl, -fūsum, tr., pour into, pour upon. leap, spring forth.

22. A DANGEROUS EXPERIMENT

Dum fīliae rēgis hoc mīrāculum stupentēs intuentur, Mēdēa ita locūta est: “Vidētis quantum valeat ars medica. Vōs igitur, sī vultis patrem vestrum in adulēscentiam re- dūcere, id quod fēcī ipsae faciētis. Vōs patris membra in vās conjicite; ego herbās magicās praebēbō.” Fīliae rēgis cōnsilium quod dederat Mēdēa nōn omittendum putāvērunt. Patrem igitur Peliam necāvērunt, et membra ejus in vās aēneum conjēcērunt; nihil enim dubitābant quīn hoc maximē

314. Vōs, you (alsoy. In 315 and 3106 vōs and ego are in contrast.

315. nihil: not at all; accusative of extent, a stronger negative than nōn.

316. mīrāculum, -ī, n. mīror], mar- in-tueor, -tuērī, -tuitus sum, Ir., vel, miracle. look upon, gasze at; protect. stupeō, -ēre, stupuī, —, intr., be 3i4. adulēscentia, -ae, f. ladulēs-

astounded, amaued, aghast. cēnsl, vouth. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 149

tr.”s - eī prōfutūrum esset. At rēs omnīnō aliter ēvēnit ac spērā- verant; Mēdēa enim nōn eāsdem herbās dedit, quibus ipsa ūsa erat. Itaque, postquam diū frūstrā expectāvērunt, pa- trem suum rē vērā mortuum esse intellēxērunt. Hīs rēbus gestīs, Mēdēa spērābat sē cum conjuge suō rēgnum accep-

tūram esse. At cīvēs, cum intellegerent quō modō Peliās

periisset, tantum scelus aegrō tulērunt; itaque, Jāsone et Mēdēā ē rēgnō expulsīs, Acastum rēgem creāvērunt.

320. prōfutūrum esset, would benefit; a simple form of the subjunctive dependent upon a verb of doubting would not express futurity; Latin therefore resorts to the future active participle with the subjunctive of sum.

ac: after aliter and similar words ac is translated than. 323. rē vērā, really, in truth.

324. sē.... acceptūram esse: the infinitive with subject accusative is used after spērō as after verbs of thinking, knowing, etc.

325. aegrē tulērunt: were incensed at.

326. aliter, adv. [alius], otherwise.

320

PLd

• =ei14 4

23. A FaraL COrrr

Post haec Jāsōn et Mēdēa, ē Thessaliā expulsī, ad urbem Corinthum vēnērunt, cujus urbis Creōn quīdam rēgnum tum obtinēbat. EĒrat autem Creontī fīlia ūna, nōmine Glaucē; quam cum vīdisset, Jāsōn cōnstituit Mēdēam uxōrem suam repudiāre eō cōnsiliō, ut Glaucēn in mātrimōnium dūceret. At Mēdēa, ubi intellēxit quae ille in animō habēret, īrā graviter commōta, jūre jūrandō cōnfirmāvit sē tantam in-

jūriam ultūram. Hoc igitur cōnsilium cēpit. Vestem parāvit:

summā arte contextam et variīs colōribus tīnctam. Hanc

330. Erat Creontī fīlia ūna =Creōn fūlian ūnam habēbat; Creontī is a dative of possession, App. ō2.

331. Glaucēn: accusative; sce note on Dandē, Per. 6.

332. Vestem: like the robe of Nessus in the story of Hercules.

333. jūs jūrandum, jūris jūrandī, tum, ir.. weavc. n., an oath. tingō, -ere, tīnxī, tīnctum, tr., dip,

334. con-texō, -texere, -texuī, -tex- dve. h

1 rn-e( CUT ē —- 3

330 340

5vXR et

345

350

355

150 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

dīrō quōdam īnfēcit venēnō, cujus vīs tālis erat ut, sī quis eam vestem induisset, corpus ejus Guasi igne ūrerētur. Hōc factō, vestem Glaucae mīsit. Illa autem, nihil malī suspicāns, dōnum libenter accēpit, et vestem novam (mōre fēminārum) statim induit.

338. induisset: the clause sī quis ... induisset depends upon a sub- junctive, ūrerētur; by what principle is induisset made subjunctive?

Z2mBV ī īlāāēī 338. ūrō, -ere, ussī, ustum, fr., burn.

4. FLIGHT OF MEDEĒA, AND DEATH OF JaAsoN

A

Vix vestem induerat Glaucē, cum dolōrem gravem per omnia membra sēnsit, et post paulum dīrō cruciātū affecta ē vītā excessit. Hīs rēbus gestīs, Mēdēa, furōre atque āmentiā impulsa, fīliōs suōs necāvit. Tum magnum sibi fore perīcu- lum arbitrāta sī in Thessaliā manēret, ex eā regiōne fugere cōnstituit. Hōc cōnstitūtō, Sōlem ōrāvit ut in tantō perīculō auxilium sibi praebēret. Sōl autem, hīs precibus commōtus, currum mīsit, cui dracōnēs, ālīs īnstrūctī, jūnctī erant. Mēdēa nōn omittendam tantam occāsiōnem arbitrāta currum cōnscendit, itaque per āera vecta incolumis ad urbem Athēnās pervēnit. Jāsōn autem post breve tempus mīrō modō occīsus est. Ille enim (sīve cāsū sīve cōnsiliō deōrum) sub umbrā nāvis suae, quae in lītus subducta erat, ōlim dormiēbat. At nāvis, quae adhūc ērēcta steterat, in eam partem ubi Jāsōn jacēbat subitō dēlāpsa virum īnfēlīcem oppressit.

342. cum. . . sēnsit: the same use of cum, when, noted in connection with I. 109.

343. itaque: the two parts of the word are here to be translated sepa- rately, and so. What is the usuai meaning?

344. āmentia, -ae, f. [āmēns, out of 349. currus, -ūs, m., chariot. one’s mindl, madness. 353. umbra, -ae, f., shadow.

345. prex, precis, f. (usually pl.), 3b6. dē-lābor, -lābī, -lāpsus sum, prayer, entreaty. intr., fall down, slip down. -mx

STORIES FROM ROMAN HISTORY

The city of Rome was believed by the Romans to have been founded by Romulus, who was the grandson of the king of Alba Longa, a town situated in the Alban Hills, not far from Rome. According to legend Romulus was the descendant of Aeneas, who had fled from Troy to Italy when Troy was captured by the Greeks.

Following Romulus six other kings ruled over Rome, the last of whom was driven from his throne and compelled to go into exile. A republican form of government was then established which continued nearly to the beginning of the Christian era.

The stories of Romulus and the other heroes of Rome’s early history are so involved with legend and myth that they have but little historical value. But because of the large place which they hold in the literature and art of the Romans they are scarcely less significant than the more truthful narrative of later times.

The stories of the republican period and probably of the greater part of the period of the kings, as here given, deal with historical facts. Since the civilization of today is so closely bound up with that of the Romans, these stories of Rome may be said to have a direct connection with the life of the great nations of the present time, our own nation included.

The narrative is not given in the exact form in which it has come down to us in the works of the Roman writers, but the incidents are told substantially as they are found in their works.

152 STORIES FROM ROMAN HISTORY

1. AENEAS SETTLES IN ITALY

Ōlim in Asiā erat urbs antīqua, quae Troja appellāta est. Eam urbem Graecī decem annōs obsēdērunt tandemque cēpērunt. Priamō rēge fīliīsque ejus interfectīs, urbem dē- lēvōrunt. Sed Aenēās, quī inter clārissimōs dēfēnsōrēs urbis fuerat, cum paucīs comitibus ex urbe effūgit; cum profugōs ex omnibus partibus coēgisset, in Italiam migrāre cōnstituit.

Post septem annōs vēnit in eam partem Italiae ubi erat urbs Laurentum. Ibi cum Trojānī praedam ex agrīs agerent, Latīnus rēx Aborīginēsque, quī tum ea loca tenēbant, agrōs dēfendere parāvērunt. Sed Latīnus, postquam in colloquiō orīginem multitūdinis ducisque cognōvit, pācem cum Aenēā fēcit atque posteā eī Lāvīniam fīliam in mātrimōnium dedit. Trojānī urbem condidērunt, quam Aenēās ab nōmine uxōris Lāvīnium appellāvit.

Deinde Turnus, rēx Rutulōrum, cui Lāvīnia ante adventum Aenēae dēspōnsa erat, bellō Latīnum Trojānōsque aggressus est. Victī sunt Rutulī, sed victōrēs ducem Latīnum āmī- sērunt. īnde Turnus auxilium petiit ab Etrūscīs, quī tōtam

n4

4. Aenēās: a Greek noun adapted to the Latin first declension; nom. Aenēds, gen. and dat. Aenēae, ace. Aenēūn or Aenēam, abl. Aenēqā.

. cum, when; with the subjunctive in a descriptive clause of situation, App. 102.

8. praedam: since booty consisted largely of cattle, aqō, drire, is an appropriate verb; in English, “colleet,” “carry off,” are the usual terms.

9. bellō, in war, ablative of means.

10. Etrūscīs: the Etruscans were a people whose origin is unknown. They were not of the same racial stock as the Romans and other peoples

of Italy. They attained a high degree of civilization and exercised a marked influence on Roman ēviligation.

4. dēfēnsor, -ōris, m. [dēfendō]l, de- 5ō5. profugus, -ī, m. [profugiō], fugi- fender. tive, refugee. 153

cr

10 20

154 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

Italiam fāmā nōminis suī implēverant; illī metuentēs novam urbem multitūdine opibusque crēscentem laetī auxilium tu- lērunt. Aenēās in tantō discrīmine, ut Aborīginēs Tro- jānōsque sub eōdem jūre atque nōmine habēret, Latīnōs utramque gentem appellāvit. Cum adversus Etrūscōs sē moenibus dēfendere posset, tamen in aciem cōpiās ēdūxit. Ētrūscī victī sunt; victōrēs tamen ducem ut anteā āmīsē- runt; post pugnam enim Aenēam reperīre nōn potuērunt; multī igitur eum ad deōs trānsīsse crēdidērunt.

20. multitūdine, opibus: ablatives of respect.

laetī: to be translated by an adverb; an adjective is frequently employed in Latin where English requires an adverb.

21. ut... habēret: a clause of purpose, App. 94.

22-: Latinōs utramque gentem appellāvit, called both nations Latini; two aceusatives with the active of a verb of naming; likewise in l. 13.

23. Cum: that the conjunction is adversative, although, is shown by tamen, nevertheless, in the principal clause.

24. dēfendere posset, could have defended.

25. trānsīsse: since Aeneas was by legend the son of the goddess Venus, it was not unnatural to represent his disappearance as a “translation” to the ranks of the gods.

26. adversus, prep. with acc., opposed to, against.

27. FouspiNc. OF ArĒA LONGA

Lāvīnia inde rēgnāvit, 4408d Ascanius, Aenēae fīlius, ado- lēvit. Tum ille propter abundantem Lāvīnī multitūdinem mātrī urbem relīquit; ipse novam aliam urbem sub Albānō monte condidit, quae Alba Longa appellāta est. Multī rēgēs post Ascanium imperium Albānum gessērunt. Quīdam ex

3. sub: with an ablative the meaning is under, or at the foot of.

Albānō monte: this mountain in historieal Sms was the site of a temple of Jupiter Latiaris, i.e., Jupiter as the god of the towns belonging to the Latin League.

1. quo-ad, adv. and conj., until, as long as. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 135

hīs, cui nōmen Proca erat, duōs fīliōs, Numitōrem atque Amūlium, habuit. Numitōrī, quī major erat, rēgnum relīquit. Pulsō tamen frātre, Amūlius rēgnāvit. Fīlium frātris necā- vit; fīliam Rhēam Silviam per speciem honōris sacerdōtem Vestae lēgit.

6. cui nōmen Proca erat, whose name was Proca; cui is a dative of pos- session, App. 52.

T. major, older; a frequent meaning, the full expression being major ndtū, (literally) greater by birth.

9. sacerdōtem: a second aceusative after lēgit, which belongs to the list of verbs of “naming,” “choosing,” etc.; one accusative denotes the per- son named or ehosen, the other what he is named or the office to which he is chosen.

10. Vestae: goddess of the hearth of each home, but also worshiped by the state. In the Roman Forum stood the small round temple which was the seat of the state cult. Here was kept burning a never-dying fire tended by the Vestal Virgins, who during their service of thirty years were not allowed to marry.

T. major, majus, adj. [compar. of m. pl., ancestors. magnusl, larger, greater; major 39. sacerdōs, -ōtis, m. and f. [sacerl, nātū, older; subst., majores, -um, priest, priestess.

3. ROMULUS AND REMUS

Ex hāc fīliā nātī sunt duo fīliī, Rōmulus et Remus. Pater eōrum, ut fāma est, Mārs deus erat. Sed nec deī nec hominēs mātrem et puerōs ā crūdēlitāte rēgiā dēfendērunt. Sacerdōs in custōdiam data est; puerōs rēx in Tiberim injicī jussit. Forte Tiberis abundāverat, neque eī quī puerōs ferē- bant adīre ad altam aquam poterant. Itaque puerōs in alveō posuērunt atque in tenuī aquā relīquērunt. Sed alveus

”9

2. ut fāma est, according to tradition; literally, as the report is.

3. Tiberim: what eommon noun has the accusative in -im?

4. neque: the common word for and not; the negative should be taken with poterant.

T7. relīquērunt: supply cōs as objeet.

4. custōdia, -ae, f. custōs], watch, T. alveus, -ī, m., trougnh. custody, guard.

10 10

15

1356 A JUNIOR LATIN READER in siceō sēdit. Deinde lupa sitiēns — sīc enim est trāditum — ex montibus quī circā sunt ad puerōrum vāgītum cursum flexit. Faustulus, pāstor rēgius, eam invēnit puerōs nūtrien- tem. Ab eō atque Lārentiā uxōre puerī ēducātī sunt. Cum prīmum adolēvērunt, vēnārī coepērunt et in latrōnēs praedā onustōs impetūs facere pāstōribusque praedam dīvidere.

Dum quoddam lūdicrum celebrātur, latrōnēs īrātī ob prae- dam āmissam impetum in Rōmulum et Remum fēcērunt; captum Remum rēgī Amūliō trādidērunt. Puerōs praedam ex agrīs Numitōris ēgisse incūsābant. Sīc ad supplicium Numitōrī Remus dēditur.

Ab initiō Faustulus erēdiderat puerōs jussū rēgis expositōs

8. in siccō sēdit, drifted ashore; literally, settled on dry ground. sīc enim est trāditum: translate in the same manner as ut fāma est, 1. 2.

9. nūtrientem: a verb of “finding” often takes a participle as a second accusative.

10. ēducātī sunt: although we derive “educate” from this verb, it should

regularly be translated rear, bring up.

ēlucō and ēdūcō?

What is the difference between

Cum prīmum, as soon as; as we have seen, cum in this combination regularly takes the indicative, like simul atque, postquam, ubi. 13. pāstōribus: dative of indirect object, although we say “among”

37 q

with the verbs “divide,

distribute.”

14. Dum . . . celebrātur: for the present indicative with dum see note on Per. 46; the verb should be translated by a past tense.

15. āmissam: the past pass.ve participle in a prepositional phrasc is sometimes best translated by an English noun, here loss of.

16. incūsābant, brought as an accusation, with dependent indirect dis-

course, puerōs ..

ZPyisse; better, accused the boys of, cete.

19. expositōs: equivalent to a relative clause, who had been abandoncd.

20. siccus, -a, -um, adj., dry; subst., siccum, -ī, n., dry land.

lupa, -ae, f., a she-woltf.

sitiēns, gen. -entis, adj. [pr. part. of sitiō, to thirst], thirsty.

9. circā, adv. and prep. with acc., around, round about.

10. nūtriō, -īre, -īvī, nourish, nurse.

-ītum, tr.,

13. onustus, -a, -um, adj. lonus, a burden], loaded, burdened.

14. celebrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. [celeber], throng; celebrate.

1ī. incūsō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. lintcausal, accuse, complain of.

19. (jussus, -ūs, m.), only in the

abl., jussū, by order, command, decrece. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 15

apud sō ēducārī. Tum perīculō Remī mōtus rem Rōmulō aperit. Forte Numitor quoque audīverat frātrōs geminōs esse; tum comparāns et aetātem eōrum et nōbilem animum Remī nepōtem agnōvit. Rōmulus cum manū pāstōrum in rēgem Amūlium impetum facit; Remus aliā parātā manū

adjuvat. Ita rēx interfectus est. Imperium Albānum Numi-:

tōrī avō ab juvenibus restitūtum est. Deinde Rōmulus et Remus in iīs locīs ubi expositī ubique ēducātī erant urbem condere cōnstituērunt.

20. apud sē, at his house, in his home; apud is frequently used in the sense here indicated with a pronoun or a persons name.

21. comparō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. 26. restituō, -stituere, -stituī, -stitū- [compar, like], compare. tum, tr. [re-4statuō, station], re-

. store.

4. FOUNDING OF ROME

Uterque juvenis nōmen novae urbī dare eamque regere 7T2 r? r

cupiēbat. Sed quod geminī erant, nec rēs aetāte dēcernī poterat, auguriīs ūsī sunt. A Remō prius vīsī sunt sex

vulturēs. Rōmulō posteā duodecim sēsē ostendērunt. Uter-

que ab amīcīs rēx appellātus est atque rēgnum Ppostulābat. :

Cum īrātī arma rapuissent, in pugnā Remus cecidit. ĒxX

aliā fāmā Remus illūdēns frātrem novōs mūrōs urbis trānsi-

luit, inde interfectus est ab īrātō Rōmulō, quī haec verba quoque addidit: “Sīc deinde pereat quīcumque aiius trān-

ūsī sunt, resorted to; notice the case of the object. EX, according to.

. illūdēns, in mockery of.

. Sīc pereat, so perish; optative subjunetive, App. 93.

10 2 ē 4

3. augurium, -ī, n. laugur, augur], S. quīcumque, quaecumque, quod-

augury, divination. cumque, indef. pron., whoever, 7. illūdō, -lūdere, -lūsī, -lūsum, tr. whatever, everyone who, every- lin+1ūdō, playJ, make sport of, thing that.

ridicule. 10

15

138 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

)

siliet moenia mea.” Ita sōlus potītus est imperiō Rōmulus; conditam urbem ā suō nōmine Rōmam appellāvit.

Palātium prīmum, in quō ipse erat ēducātus, mūnīvit. Vocātā ad concilium multitūdine, jūra dedit. īnsignia quo- que imperiī, sellam curūlem togamque praetextam, et duo- decim līctōrēs sūmpsit. Asȳlum aperuit in monte Capitōlīnō, quō multī ex fīnitimīs populīs profūgērunt. Creāvit etiam centum senātōrēs, quī honōris causā patrēs appellātī sunt.

.

10. imperiō: the same case use as auguriīs, 1. 3.

11. conditam: a past participle equivalent to a relative clause, as in 3, 19.

12. Palātium: the Palatine Hill was doubtless the location of the ear- liest settlement made on the site of Rome. Its isolated position and considerable arca made it the natural situation for a fortified town domi- nating the surrounding hills.

13. jūra dedit, gave them lauws.

14. sellam curūlem: an ivory stool without back, with curved legs, and with a seat of plaited leather straps.

togam praetextam: the toga of the Roman citizen was white. Boys and curule magistrates wore a toga with a scarlet border.

15. līctōrēs: the lictors were attendants upon the Roman kings, later upon certain magistrates of the republic. They accompanied the official in public, clearing the way, and exacting due obeisance from passers-by. As symbols of the king’s power to scourge and to put to death, the lictors carried the fascēs, a bundle of rods with an ax enclosed. The magistrates of the republic, however, were obliged to remove the ax within the city and to lower the rods before the popular assembly.

Asȳlum in monte Capitōlīnō: the Capitoline was the smallest of the hills of Rome. It had two peaks. On the northern was the citadel, on the southern the Capitolium, or temple of Jupiter. The saddle between the two peaks was the site of the asȳlum, place of refuqe.

16. quō: an adverb.

17. honōris causā, as a mark of distinction; remember that causa and grūtia in the ablative with the meaning for the sake of stand after the ac- companying genitive.

18. sella, -ae, f. [sedeō], chair, seat. toga praetexta, the toga of a Roman magistrate, which was edged with curūlis, -e, adj., curule. scarlet.

praetextus, -a, -um, adj. [p. part. 1ō/. asȳlum, -ī, n., a place of refuge; of praetexō, to border], bordered; asylum. A JUNIOR LATIN READER

159

5. THE SaABINE WOMEN

r. Apr5e(

Jam rēs Rōmāna firma et fīnitimīs cīvitātibus bellō pār

erat. cōnūbiī habēbant.

Sed Rōmānī neque uxōrēs neque cum fīnitimīs jūs Tum Rōmulus quōsdam ex patribus

lēgātōs in vīcīnās gentēs mīsit quī societātem cōnūbiumque

novō populō peterent.

nam fīnitimī nōn sōlum Rōmānōs spernēbant, mediō crēscentem īrātī Rōmānī vī ūtī statuērunt.

tantam in

Nusquam benignē lēgātī audītī sunt;

sed etiam

urbem metuēbant. Itaque

Ad eam rem Rōmulus, lūdīs parātīs, fīnitimōs ad spectā-

culum invītāvit. et novam urbem viglērent. līberīs ac conjugibus vēnit.

Multī convēnērunt, ut et lūdōs spectārent Sabīnōrum omnis multitūdō cum Ubi spectāculī tempus vēnit

omnēsque intentī in lūdōs erant, tum, signō datō, Rōmānī

rapere virginēs coepērunt.

clāmantēs Rōmānōs hospitium violāvisse.

Parentēs virginum profūgērunt

Nec raptae vir-

ginēs aut spem dē sē meliōrem aut indignātiōnem minōrem

habēbant.

Sed ipse Rōmulus circumībat ostendēbatque id patrum

1. rēs Rōmāna: virtually equivalent to rēs pūblica Rōmūna.

cīvitātibus: dative depending on pāūr,

ing the dative. bellō: ablative of respect. in translating this ablative? 4. quī... peterent, to ask for; 13. in lūdōs, on the games.

give the list of adjectives govern-

Whnat English preposition is regularly used

a relative clause of purpose.

1. pār, paris, adj., equal, like.

2. cōnūbium, -ī, n. [com-4nūbō], marriage.

3. vīcīnus, -a, -um, neighboring.

societās, -ātis, f. socius], associa- tion, alliance.

6. sōlum, adv. [sōlus], only, merely, alone.

spernō, -ere, sprēvī, sprētum, tr.,

adj. [vīcus],

despise, scorn, spurn.

13. intentus, -a, -um, adj. p. part. of intendō], attentive, intent.

14. melior, -ius, adj. [compar. of bonus], better.

minor, minus, adj. I[compar. of parvus], less, smaller; minor nātū, younger.

18. circum-eō, -ire, -iī (-īvī), -itum, tr. and intr., go around, go from one to another.

10 20

25

30

35

160 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

superbiā factum esse. “Quamquam vī captae estis,” inquit, “omnia jūra Rōmānōrum habēbitis.”

Jam multō minus perturbātī animī raptārum erant. At parentēs eārum cīvitātēs fīnitimās, ad quās ejus injūriae pars pertinēbat, ad arma concitābant. Hae cīvitātēs omnēs ā Rōmulō victae sunt. Novissimum bellum ab Sabīnīs ortum est, quod multō maximum fuit. Sabīnī arcem Rōmānam in

monte Capitōlinō dolō cēpērunt. Rōmānī posterō diē arcem

reciperāre cōnātī sunt. Ubi Hostius Hostīlius, dux exercitūs Rōmānī, cecidit, cōnfestim aciēs Rōmāna pulsa est. At Rōmulus templum vōvit Jovī Statōrī ōrāvitque auxilium. Tum crēdēns precēs suās audītās esse “hinc,” inquit, “Rō- mānī, Juppiter optimus maximus nōs resistere ac renovāre pugnam jubet.” Restitērunt Rōmānī tamquam caelestī vōce jussī.

Tum Sabīnae mulierēs ausae sunt sē inter tēla volantia īnferre, ut pācem ā patribus virīsque implōrārent. Ducēs eā rē mōtī nōn modo pācem sed etiam cīvitātem ūnam ex

Fū

19. superbiā: ablative of cause.

Quamquam: this conjunction takes an indicative. What mood is used with cum meaning although?

21. raptārum: the past passive participle is frequently employed as a noun, here of the captured women.

22. templum: this temple lay outside the Palatine city. It was prob- ably situated somewhere near the spot where the Arch of Titus now stands.

23. optimus maximus: a set phrase applied to Jupiter; English inserts

“and” between the adjectives in translation. resistere: here in the less frequent meaning make a stand.

32. Restitērunt: emphatic by its position as first word in the sentence; the emphasis is reproduced in English by translating, the Romans did make a stand.

33. sē īnferre, rush in.

34. pertineō, -tinēre, -tinuī, —, intr. 332. caelestis, -e, adj. [caelum], from

[per4teneōl, stretch out, extend; heaven, celestial. relate, pertain. con-citō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr., vōx, vōcis, f., voice, cry, utterance,

rouse, incite. word. : A JUNIOR LATIN READER l61

duābus faciunt; rēgnum quoque cōnsociant atque Rōmam faciunt sēdem imperiī. Multitūdō ita aucta novō nōmine Quirītēs appellāta est ex Curibus, quae urbs caput Sabī- nōrum erat. Deinde Rōmulus, populō in cūriās trīgintā dīvīsō, nōmina mulierum raptārum cūriīs dedit.

Post aliquot annōs Tatius ab Laurentibus interfectus est. Rōmulus posteā sōlus rēgnāvit. Annīs sequentibus bella secunda cum PFidēnātibus Veientibusque, populīs Etrūscīs, gesta sunt.

Dum Rōmulus quōdam tempore exercitum in campō Mār- tiō recēnset, tempestās subitō coōrta eum nimbō operuit. Patrēs quī proximī steterant dīxērunt rēgem sublīmem rap-

hJ

37. faciunt: for the historieal present consult the note on Per. 64.

38. quae urbs: we say a city which, putting city in apposition with the name. Latin writers avoided putting an appositive directly before a relative, preferring to inelude it in the relative elausc.

39. cūriīs: this division by “wards” continued through the republie as the basis of a curiate assembly of the people which was convened for certain purposes. aa

40. ab Laurentibus: Tatius was killed in revenge for ill treatment in- flicted by eertain of his relatives upon envoys from Laurentum.

41. secunda: derived from sequor, follow; from one point of view that which “follows” is “second”; from another, that which “follows” or “goes with you” is “favorable,” Xsaecessiul. Wnich meaning is appropriate here?

42. campō Mārtiō: the northern part of the Campus Martius was devoted to athletic purposes, the southern purt was a place of meeting for public assembilies.

43. recēnset: why is the present tense used? Wnat English tense should be employed in translation?

44. sublīmem: predieate adjective after raptum esse; translate, had been carried away on high.

45. cōn-sociō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr., review. associate, unite. i nimbus, -ī, m., rain-storm; thunder-

46. cūria, -ae, f. lcūria, a division eloud. of the Roman peoplel, ward; sen- 22: ate-house. operiō, -īre, operuī, opertum, Ir.,

īgintā, i ver, cover over, conceal. trīgintā, indecl. numeral, thirty. āāilgnēā er,

47. re-cēnseō, -cēnsēre, -cēnsuī, 48. sublīmis, -e, adj., uplifted, high; -cēnsum, tr., number, reckon; up, aloft.

40

145 50

55

ēīl

162 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

E=3

tum esse. Deinde ūniversī clāmant: “Salvē, deus deō nāte.” Rōmulus dīcitur posteā cuidam cīvī sē ostendisse et eum hīs verbīs allocūtus esse: “Nūntiā Rōmānīs deōs velle meam Rōmam caput. orbis terrārum esse; proinde rēs miīlitāris colenda est; nam nūllae opēs hūmānae armīs Rōmānīs re- sistere 2taHn Posteā nōmen Quirīnus Rōmulō additum est. Rēgnāvit septem et trīgintā annōs.

49. salvē, etc.; hail io thee, thou god, son of a god.

50. meam Rōmam .. . esse: an infinitive with subject accusative is frequently used as an object of volō.

51. colenda est: the use of the future passive participle with sum is explained in App. 126.

52. ūniversus, -a, -um, adj. [ūnus salveō, -ēre, —, —, inir., be well; versus], all together, all. salvē, imper. (in greetings), hail to you.

53. NUMA POMPILIUS

Certāmen inde dē rēgnō inter factiōnēs ortum est. Sabīnī rēgem suae factiōnis creāī cupiēbant. Rōmānī veterēs pere- grīnum rēgem recūsābant. Interrēgnō secūtō, senātus im- perium gessit. Deinde plēbs clāmāre coepit multōs dominōs prō ūnō factōs esse. Optimum igitur vīsum est sine morā rēgem creāre.

Habitābat eō tempore Curibus Numa Pompilius, vir jūs- tissimus perītusque omnis dīvīnī atque hūmānī jūris. Rēg-

2. rēgem . .. creārī: object of cupiēbant, like Rōmam .. . esse, object of velle in 5, 52.

S. interrēgnō: this word was emploved originally of the time interven- ing between the death of one king and the accession of another; it con- tinued in use in the republic with reference to those periods in which the state was without consuls.

T. Curibus, at Cures; a locative, App. Sl. 8. jūris: an objective genitive with perītus; we say skilled in or familiar with.

S. inter-rēgnum, -ī, n., interregnum. 3. perītus, -a, -um, adj., experi- T. jūstus, -a, -um, adj. liūsl, iust, enced, skilled. upright.

• Fil puuā l

t.AG.. - 06 0 4 4 : Le I= I -a LxI Y 4ā j ZJ a --tf [-4 L2 ēX ca3 v 1 d.!. Ce ( A JUNIOR EATIN READER

num eī omnium cōnsēnsū dēlātum est.

163

Is urbem novam,

quae ā Rōmulō armīs condita erat, jūre lēgibusque firmāvit. Arcum portīs īnstrūctum fēcit, quī arcus Jānī appellātus est;

apertus bellī index erat, clausus pācis. Pāx cum cīvitātibus fīnitimīs societāte

Numae clausus fuit. ac foederibus facta est.

Per

omne rēgnum

Rēx inde ad mōrēs populī cultumque deōrum animum con-

vertit.

Ut populī fidem conciliāret, simulāvit sē cum deā

it: Ēgeriā congressūs habēre et monitū ejus 8āēta īnstituere sacer-

CS-cwe-s-r

dōtēsque legere. mēnsēs dīscrīpsit. comitia nōn habēbantur.

Annum

sacerdōtia.

ad cursum Quōsdam diēs nefāstōs fēcit, per quōs diēs Virginēs Vestālēs lēgit, quās caeri- mōniīs quibusdam sānctās fēcit.

Multa etiam alia ā rēge īnstitūta sunt, Multitūdō hīs rēbus ā vī et armīs conversa rēgis

lūnae in duodecim

rītūs, caerimōniae,

11. īnstrūctum, provided with.

12. apertus, when open; arcus is to be understood.

13. societāte, foederibus: ablatives of means.

14. monitū: an ablative expressing accordance.

15. ad cursum lūnae, according to, ete.; as the official year until Julius Caesar reformed the calendar in

stood

46 B.c. See note on 26, 93.

this old lunar year of 3535 days

20. Virginēs Vestālēs: sce the note on 2, 10.

21. dē-ferō, -ferre, dētulī, dēlātum, tr., carry away; confer.

22. on -dicis, m. and f, former, witness; index, sign.

23. cultus, -ūs, m. colō], cultiva- tion, culture; civilization, refine- ment.

24. fidēs, -eī, f., faith, confidence; faithfulness; pledge.

simulō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. [similis], make like; pretend.

17. congressus, -ūs, m. [congrediorl, meeting, conference.

monitus, -ūs, m. Imoneō], admoni- tion, advice.

19. dī-scrībō,

in-

-scrībere, -scrīpsī,

-scrīptum, tr., distribute, divide.

nefāstus, -a, -um, adj. [nefās, wrong, crime], unhallowed; diēs nefāstus, a day not open to the transaction of state business.

20. comitium, -ī, n. [com-+eō], a place of assembly; the Comitium, a meeting place adjoining the old Roman Forum; comitia, -ōrum, pl., public assembly, election.

caerimōnia, -ae, f., ceremony, rite.

21. sānctus, -a, -um, adj. p. part. of sanciō], sacred, holy, inviolate.

22. rītus, -ūs, m., rite, ceremonv.

23. sacerdōtium, -ī, n. Isacerdōsl, priesthood.

10

20 C

10

164 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

mōrēs imitābātur. Fīnitimī populī cīvitātem’] Rōmānam tōtam in cultum deōrum versam violāre nōlēbant. Ita duo deinceps rēgēs, Rōmulus bellō, Numa pāce, cīvitātem auxē- runt. Numa annōs trēs et quadrāgintā rēgnāvit.

25. tōtam, wholly; an adjective where English would employ an adverb; compare laetī in 1, 20.

26. imitor, -ārī, -ātus sum, fr., imi- 26. deinceps, adv., in succession. tate, copy atter.

T7. TULLUS HOSsTILIUS

Numā mortuō, interrēsnum ūt anteā secūtam est. Inde Tullus Hostīlius, nepōs Hostīliī quī Rōmulō rēgnante pug- nāns adversus Sabīnōs ceciderat, rēx creātus est. Hic ferō- cior etiam quam Rōmulus fuit. Quod cīvitās torpēre ōtiō vidēbātur, causās undique bellī quaerēbat. Bellum cum Albānīs prīmum ortum est. Albānī priōrēs magnō exercitū in agrum Rōmānum impetum fēcērunt. Ibi Cluilius, Albānus rēx, moritur. Albānī dictātōrem Mettium Fufetium creant. Ubi is ab Tullō colloquium petiit, rēx Rōmānus nōn re- cūsāvit. Mettius sīc locūtus est: “Uterque populus sē bel- lum gerere propter injūriās dīcit. Rē vērā cupīdō imperiī duōs cognātōs vīcīnōsque populōs ad arma concitat. Sed potius metuere dēbēmus Etrūscōs, quī, cum dēfessī cōn-

2. Rōmulō rēgnante, in the reign of Romulus, ablative absolute.

3. magnō exercitū: ablative of accompaniment without a preposition in a military expression.

4. dictātōrem: in the time of the republic the Romans also occasionally replaced their consuls by a dictator in order better to conduct a war. The dictatorship amounted to a temporary restoration of the kingship. Here the Albans are represented as employing the dictatorship to fill in an interregnum.

5. Rē vērā, in reclity, in truth.

6. torpeō, -ēre,, , intr4 be in- sion, greed.

active, languish. 12. cognātus, -a, -um, adj. lcom-+ 6. prior, prius, compar. adj., former, (g)nāscor], related.

previous; first. 13. potius, adv. [compar. of potis,

11. cupīdō, -inis, f. I[cupidus], pas- able], rather, preferably. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 165

fectīque erimus, simul victōrem ac victum aggredientur. Certāmen igitur dē imperiō paucōrum proeliō potius decernā- mus.” Tullus cōnsilium probāvit, quamquam magnam spem victōriae habēbat.

Forte in utrōque exercitū erant trigeminī frātrēs, nec aetāte nec vīribus disparēs, Horātiī et Cūriātiī. Hī Albānī erant, illī Rōmānī. Trigeminī ad hanc pugnam dēlēctī arma capiunt et in medium inter duās aciēs prōcēdunt. Duo exercitūs, ērēctī ānxiīque, in spectāculum animōs intendunt. Signō datō, ternī juvenēs concurrunt.

Prīmō congressū duo Rōmānī interfectī sunt et trēs

Albānī vulnerātī. Eum quī integer fuit trēs Cūriātiī cir-

cumsistere cōnātī sunt. Cum jam Rōmānus paulum fūgisset, respexit atque vīdit trēs Cūriātiōs magnīs intervāllīs sequen- tēs. Subitō cōnstitit et in proximum Cūriātium impetum facit; dum exercitus Albānus Cūriātiōs obsecrant ut frātrī auxilium ferant, Horātius eum interfēcit; deinde victor secundum frātrem petit. Tum magnō clāmōre Rōmānī ad- juvant mīlitem suum et ille cōnficere proelium properat. Priusquam cōnsecūtus est tertius, Horātius alterum Cūriā-

3. dēcernāmus: an instance of the subjunctive in an independent use, App. 92. The proposal was that the people whose champions should be victorious should rule the other people.

4. trigeminī frātrēs, three brothers who were triplets.

5. ternī: a distributive numeral, employed because two groups of three each are involved.

6. vulnerātī: est or sunt is often omitted in the perfect passive; here sunt is readily supplied from the preeeding verb.

7. ut.. . ferant: a noun clause, object of obsecrant, App. 97.

8. trigeminus, -a, -um, adj. trēs 25. integer, -gra, -grum, adj., un-

geminus, born together], born touehed, unhurt; fresh, vigorous. three at a birth; subst., trigeminī, circum-sistō, n 44 sstēēmīīīs -ōrum, m. pl., triplets. surround. : 21. medium, -ī, n. [n. of medius], 27. re-spiciō, -spicere, -spexī, -spec- the middie, the intervening space. tum, tr. and intr. Ire-speciō, 23. ternī, -ae, -a, distrib. num. adj. lookl, look back; have regard for.

(ter], three each. 33. tertius, -a, -um, adj. Iter], third.

20

tō ōt

30 35

40

166

tium cōnficit. vīribus parēs;

5 JUNIOR LATIN READER i

Jamque singulī supererant, sed nec spē nec alter integer et ferōx superiōribus victōriīs

erat; alter dēfessus vulnere, animō frāctus, in certāmen vēnit.

Nec illud proelium fuit.

Cūriātium vix sustinentem arma

Horātius caedit et jacentem spoliat. Ad sepultūram inde suōrum Rōmānī atque Albānī nēquā-

quam paribus animīs vertuntur, ĒExercitūs domōs abductī sunt.

alterī victōrēs alterī victī. Horātiī soror, quae ūnī ex

Cūriātiīs dēspōnsa erat, cognōvit inter spolia paulūdāmentum

spōnsī,

quod ipsa cōnfēcerat. lacrimīs spōnsum mortuum appellat.

Solvit erīnēs et multīs cum Frāter, īrātus propter

maerōrem sorōris in victōriā suā tantōque pūblicō gaudiō,

gladiō eam interfēcit.

Rēs ad populum relāta est.

Hominēs

vehementer mōtī sunt in eō jūdiciō, Pūbliō Horātiō patre

clāmante fīliam jūre caesam esse.

Sed magis admīrātiōne

virtūtis quam jūre causae juvenem absolvērunt.

40. vertuntur, turn; the passive voice in a reflexive sense, as explained

in the note on Her. 301. alterī... alterī: alter..

.alter mean the one (person)... the plural is here employed to mean the one people ..

the other; . the other.

41. domōs: the plural of this noun may be used like the singular domum to denote the place to which without a preposition.

42. Solvit crīnēs: a common sign of mourning in antiquity.

43. appellat: here in the less usual sense of call upon.

44. Pūbliō Horātiō..

. clāmante: ablative absolute, expressing an addi-

tional reason for the excitement of the people.

48. jūre: ablative of accordance.

admīrātiōne, jūre: ablatives of cause.

34. singulī, -ae, -a, adj., one at a time; distrib., one on a side.

35. frangō, -ere, frēgī, frāctum, tr. break; weaken, dishearten.

36. nē-quāquam, adv., by no means, not at all.

37. spolium, -ī, n., skin; booty, spoil.

palūdāmentum, -ī, n., military cloak.

43. spōnsus, -ī, m. Ip. part. of spon- deō, promisel, betrothed, lover.

crīnis, crīnis, -ium, m., hair.

46. maeror, -ōris, m. (maereō, be sad], mourning, sorrow.

pūblicus, -a, -um, adj. Ipopulus], of the people or state, public.

47. jūdicium, -ī, n. [jūdex], judg- ment; trial; court.

48. magis, compar. rather

admīratic, -ōnis, f. l[admīror], admi- ration, surprise.

49. 2bīteīīō -solvere, -solvī, -solū- tum, fr., set free; acquit.

adv., more, A JUNIOR LATIN READER 167

Populus Albānus īrā ārdēbat, quod Mettius tribus mīlitibus fortūnam pūblicam commīserat. Is igitur prāvō cōnsiliō cīvium animōs reconciliāre cōnātus est. Nam pollicitus est adjuvāre Fidēnātēs Veientēsque, quī bellum adversus Rō- mānōs parābant. Bellō inceptō, Mettius, quī in aciē contrā Fidēnātēs positus erat, ad collēs proximōs sine certāmine Albānōs abdūxit. Tullus, simulāns sē id jussisse, clārā vōce clāmāvit Mettium exercitum Fidēnātium ā tergō oppugnā- tūrum esse. Fidēnātēs, quī Latīnē sciēbant, hanc vōcem audīvērunt et fūgērunt. Veientēs quoque pulsī sunt. Proe- liō factō, rēx Mettium interficī propter prōditiōnem jussit. Populō omnī Albānō Rōmam trāductō, cīvitās plēbī data est et prīncipēs Albānōrum in patrēs lēctī sunt.

Posteā pestilentia gravis in urbem incidit, quā rēx quoque affectus est. Hāc calamitāte frāctus sacrīs posteā animum dedit. Postrēmō, quia sacrum quoddam nōn rītē fēcerat— ita fāma est — Tullus fulmine percussus cum domō cōn- flagrāvit. Rēgnāvit annōs duōs et trīgintā.

58. Latīnē sciēbant, understood Latin; our idiom leads us to expect a noun instead of the adverb Latīnē.

59. Proeliō factō, at the conclusion of the battle.

60. Populō... Rōmam trāductō: the transfer and incorporation of a related people within the Roman state occured more than once.

61. sacrīs, to religious observances.

62. prāvus, -a, -um, adj., crooked; pestilential], plague, pestilence. bad, dishonest. 65. quia, conj., because.

63. re-conciliō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, 66. fulmen, -inis, n., lightning-flash, tr., win back, recover; reconcile. thunderbolt.

5S8. Latīnē, adv. [Latīnus], in Latin. cōn-flagrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, intr.,

63. pestilentia, -ae, f. [pestilēns, be on fire, be consumed.

64. ANCUS MaRCIUS

Ancus Mārcius, nepōs Numae Pompiliī, quārtus rēx creātus est. Ut Numa in pāce religiōnēs īnstituerat, sīc Ancus caeri-

2. Ot. . . sīc, just as... so.

3. religiō, -ōnis, f., scruple, religion; religious observance.

ōt ēt

60 15S A JUNIOR LATIN READER

mōniās īnstituit, quibus bella posteā indicta sunt. Sacer- dōtēs, quibus id negōtium mandātum est, fētiālēs appellāvit.

Bellīs cum urbibus Latīnōrum gestīs, cīvēs Rōmam trā- dūxit. Jāniculum, quī collis trāns Tiberim est, cum urbe ponte subliciō conjūnxit. Carcer, quī etiam nunc extat, sub

T7. Carcer: a small stone structure with a vaulted roof. Beneath it is a dungeon where eriminals were sometimes exeeuted. The Carcer is now a ehureh.

3. in-dīcō, -dīcere, -dīxī, -dictum, priest. tr., proclaim, declare, appoint. T7. sublicius, -a, -um, adj. Isublica,

4. mandō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, Ir. pile, stake], of piles, resting on [manus4dō], eonsign, intrust. piles.

fētiālis, -e, adj., diplomatic, fetial; extō, -āre, —, —, intr. ex+stōl, subst., fētiālis, -is, m., a fetial stand forth; be extant, exist.

RUINS OF OSTIA

A JUNIOR LATIN READER

monte Capitōlīnō aedificātus est.

169

Imperium usque ad mare

prōlātum est, et in ōre Tiberis Ōstia urbs condita.

Ancō rēgnante, vir

tus, profugus Corinthius. quīlem, mulierem nōbilem,

Lucumōnem, exulis fīlium.

conjugī persuādet.

quīdam, Tarquiniīs, quae urbs Etrūsca erat.

habitābat Pater ejus erat Dēmarā-

nōmine Lucumō,

Lucumō in mātrimōnium Tana- dūxerat. Tanaquil,

tem nōn poterat, cōnsilium migrandī Rōmam cēpit.

Etrūscī spernēbant quae ferre indignitā- Facile

Dum iter faciunt, aquila dīcitur pilleum ab capite Lucumōnis abstulisse et rūrsus reposuisse. Tanquil accēpit id augurium potentiae futūrae.

Laeta Etrūscī enim

caelestium prōdigiōrum perītī erant.

Postquam Rōmam vēnērunt, quinium Prīscum sibi sūmpisit.

est dīvitiīs aliīsque rēbus. receptus tūtor līberōrum

Postrēmō rēgis testāmentō

Lucumō Ibi paulātim īnsignis factus in amīcitiam rēgis īnstitūtus est.

Ancus annōs quattuor et vīgintī rēgnāvit.

9. Ostia: extensive remains of this eity, as it was later, have been un-

earthed in modern times. 11. Tarquiniīs:

what is the loeative form of the names of cities which

are used in the plural? of those which are used in the singular, in the

first and second deelensions?

16. Rōmam: miqgrō as a verb of motion is followed by an accusative of

the place to which. 18. id augurium, this as a token.

Whay no preposition?

19. prōdigiōrum: objeetive genitive with perītī, as in 6, S.

20. prō-ferō, -ferre, -tulī, -lātum, tr., bring forth, earry forward, extend, defer.

21. exul, -ulis, m., an exile.

indignitās, -ātis, f. lindignus], indig- nity, outrage.

16. pilleus, -ī, m., a cap.

17. futūrus, -a, -um, adj. [fut. part. of sumJ, yet to be, to come, future.

18. prōdigium, -ī, n., omen, portent,

prodigy.

21. īnsignis, -e, adj. lin+signum], noted, eminent, distinguished, conspicuous.

22. tūtor, -ōris, m. tueor], defender; guardian.

testāmentum, -ī, n. testor, call to

witness], a (last) will.

24. vīgintī, indecl. num., twentx.

nōmen L. Tar- 2

10 10

170

A JUNIOR LATIN READER

9. TARQUINIUS PRISCUS

Jam fīliī Ancī prope adultī erant.

creārī cupiēbat.

Sed Tarquinius ipse rēx

Is prīmus palam rēgnum petiit, memorāns officia prīvāta ac pūblica et benignitātem in omnēs.

Magnō

cōnsēnsū populus Rōmānus eum rēgnāre jussit.

Tarquinius Latīnīs bellō victīs lūdōs magnificōs fēcit. prīmum locus cireō, quī Maximus dīcitur,

Tum dēsignātus est.

Lūdī sollemnēs mānsērunt, Rōmānī aut magnī appellātī. Magna quoque opera ā rēge incepta sunt, ut populus nōn

quiētior in pāce quam in bellō esset.

Mūrō lapideō urbem

cingere parāvit, et loca circā forum aliāsque convallēs cloācīs

siccāvit.

Fundāmenta aedis Jovis in Capitōliō jēcit. Eō ferē tempore in rēgiā prōdigium mīrābile fuit.

Caput

2. prīmus petiit, was the first to camvass for.

tion?

6. circō: dative of purpose with dēsignātus est.

Whuhat is the literal transla-

The Circus Maximus

lay between the Palatine and Aventine hills.

T. Rōmānī aut magnī: the “Roman games”

ber each year.

8. nōn quiētior, quite as busy; the clause ut..

nōn going closely with quiētior. 11. jēcit, laid.

were celebrated in Septem-

esset is one of purpose,

1. prope, adv. and prep. with acc.; as adv., near, nearly, almost, about; as prep., near, near to.

adultus, -a, -um, adj. Ip. part. of adolēscō], grown up, mature.

2. palam, adv., openly, publicly, plainly.

S. prīvātus, -a, -um, adj. Ip. part. of prīvōl], private, personal; subst., prīvātus, -ī, m., a private citizen.

benignitās, -ātis, i . Ibenignus], kind- ness.

5. magnificus, -a, -um, adj. Imagnus +faciō], splendid, fine, magnifi- cent.

6. circus, -ī, m., a cirele; a circus.

dē-signō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr., mark out, mean, intend.

T7. sollemnis, -e, adj., established, fixed, regular; solemn.

9. quiētus, -a, -um,, adj. Ip. part. of quiēscō, keep quiet], quiet, peace- ful, free from labor.

10. forum, -ī, n., an open space; market-place; especially, Forum Rōmānum, the Roman Forum.

convallis, -vallis, -ium, f., valley.

cloāca, -ae, f., sewer.

11. siccō, -āre, -āvī, [siccus], dry, drain.

-ātum, ftr.

fundāmentum, -ī, n. [fundō, foundl, foundation.

aedēs, aedis, -ium, f. sg., temple, sanctuary; pl., dwelling, house. A JUNIOR LATIN READER

171

puerī dormientis, cui Servius Tullius fuit nōmen, multōrum

in cōnspectū ārsit.

mam ferēbant, ab rēgīnā retentī sunt. somnō excitātus esset, flamma atbiit. vidēsne tū hunc puerum,”

6c

crētum virō, Tanaquil

Servī, quī aquam ad restinguendam flam-

Mox cum puer ē Tum, abductō in sē- inquit,

“quem tam humilī cultū ēducāmus? Lūmen profectō porten-

dit eum aliquandō nōbīs praesidiō artibus līberālibus ērudiendus est.” Tarquinius igitur eī fīliam suam dēspondit.

rēgium erat.

futūrum esse. Proinde Ingenium juvenis vērē

Etsī Ancī fīliī duo anteā īrātī fuerant quod peregrīnus Rōmae rēgnābat, tum major erat indignātiō, quoniam servō

jam rēgnum patēre vidēbātur. rēgnumque occupāre cōnstituērunt.

Rēgem igitur interficere Ex pāstōribus duo ferō-

cissimī ad facinus dēlēctī in vestibulō rēgiae speciē rixae in

sē omnēs appāritōrēs rēgiōs convertērunt. rēgem dīcere in vicem jussī sunt.

Inde vocātī ad

Unus rem expōnit. Dum

13. cui: dative of possession, as in

2, 6.

14. ad restinguendam flammam: a gerundive construction, App. 138.

15. virō: vir is frequently used to mean husband.

16. cultū, manner of life, station.

17. nōbīs praesidiō futūrum esse, uwill be a support to us; dative of ref-

erence and dative of purpose.

20. ērudiendus est, must be educated; what is the meaning of ēducō?

21. Etsī: tion, meaning

22. m dative after patēre.

23. in sē...

lilce quamquam takes the indicative. “although,” takes the subjunctive?

Whaat other conjunc-

convertērunt, attracted (to themselves) the attention of. 28. rem, the (pretended) quarrel.

1

14. restinguō, -stinguere, -stīnxī, -stīnctum, fr., put out, quench.

15. sēcrētus, -a, -um, adj. Ip. part. of sēcernō, to separate], secret; subst., sēcrētum, -ī, n., secret; privacv.

16. profectō, adv. prōxfactōl, actu- ally, in fact, assuredly, certainly.

17. aliquandō, adv., at some time or

other, once. 20. līberālis, -e, adj. Ilīber], befit- ting a freeman; honorable, liberal. 26. rixa, -ae, f., quarrel, dispute. 27. appāritor, -ōris, m., servant. 28. vicis, f. gen. (no nom.;, change; in vicem, in turn.

15

20 30

35

40

172 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

intentus in eum sē rēx tōtus āvertit, alter ēlātam secūrim in caput rēgis dējēcit; relictō in vulnere tēlō, ambō forās fugiunt. Tarquinium moribundum appāritōrēs excipiunt; illōs fugientēs līctōrēs comprehendunt. Magnus sequitur populī tumultus, inter quem Tanaquil claudī rēgiam jubet. Serviō inde celeriter ad sē vocātō, auxilium ōrāvit. “Tuum est rēgnum,” inquit, “Servī, sī vir es, nōn eōrum quī aliēnīs manibus pessimum facinus fēcērunt. Ērige tē deōsque ducēs sequere, quī dīvīnā flammā hoc caput clārum futūrum esse portendērunt. Nōlī perturbārī quod peregrīnus es. Etiam nōs peregrīnī rēgnāvimus. Sī propter subitam rem cōnsilia fingere nōn potes, mea tamen cōnsilia sequere.” Cum jam clāmor multitūdinis vix sustinērī posset, Tanaquil ex su- periōre parte rēgiae populum ita allocūta est: “Cum vulnus rēgis grave sit, jam tamen ad sē redit; brevī tempore rēgem ipsum vidēbitis. īnterim vult Servium Tullium rem pūb- licam administrāre.” Itaque Servius per aliquot diēs, cum Tarquinius jam mortuus esset, suās opēs firmāvit. Tum

29. ēlātam: Latin frequently employs a past passive partieiple in agree- ment with an objeet where we use coōrdinate verbs, raised his ar and brought it down.

30. Tuum: emphatie and balaneed by the possessive genitive eōrum, which is likewise used predieatively, to you belongs ..., not to those.

31. ducēs: an appositive; we mavy translate, the guidance of the gods.

32. sequere: imperative. Review the imperative of deponent verbs.

33. Nōlī perturbārī: negative commands in Latin are explained in App.

34. :

Cum: what word in the prineipal elause determines the meaning of 5 ē cum:

Whnat meaning for cum in l. 43 is required by the context?

29. ā-vertō, -vertere, -vertī, -ver- sum, fr., turn away, avert.

efferō, efferre, extulī, ēlātum, tr. lex +ferōl, carry forth, remove; lift up, raise.

secūris, -is, f., axe.

30. forās, adv. [compare foris], out of doors, out.

31. moribundus, morior], dying.

32. pessimus, -a, -um, adj. [superl of malus], worst.

33. subitus, -a, -um, adj., sudden, unexpected.

34. interim, adv., meanwhile, in the meantime.

-a, -um, uadj., A JUNIOR LATIN READER 173

dēmum mors rēgis nūntiāta est. Servius, praesidiō firmō mūnītus, prīmus injussū populī voluntāte patrum rēgnāvit.

48. prīmus: to be translated as in l. 2. injussū, voluntāte: ablatives of accordance.

nīū:

2 4. Sīmī.- 5 cscts vxx 4

FRAGMENT OF THE WALL OF SERVITUS TULLITUS

10. SERVIUS TULLIUS Servius prīmum cēnsum īnstituit et populum in classēs prō opibus dīscrīpsit. Ex cēnsū posteā officia bellī pācisque tribūta sunt. Ad multitūdinem erēscentem duo collēs,

11. prīmum: an adverb.

12. Ex, in accordance with, on the basis of.

13. classis, classis, -ium, f., ciass, 3. tribuō, -ere, tribuī, tribūtum, tr. fleet. (tribus, tribe], assign, bestow. 10

15

174 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

Quirīnālis Vīminālisque, ad urbem additī sunt. Imperium quoque hōc cōnsiliō auctum est. Fānum erat nōbile Di- ānae Ephesiae, quod commūniter ā cīvitātibus Asiae factum esse dīcēbātur. Servius inter prīncipēs Latīnōrum, eō cōn- sēnsū cīvitātum Asiāticārum vehementer laudātō, tandem populīs Latīnīs persuāsit ut Rōmae cum populō Rōmānō fānum Diānae facerent. Ea erat cōnfessiō caput rērum Rōmam esse, dē quō totiēns certātum erat.

Lūcius Tarquinius, Prīscī fīlius, interdum querēbātur quod Servius injussū populī rēgnāret. Servius igitur prius agrum captum ex hostibus virītim dīvīsit; hōc modō voluntātem pīēbis conciliāvit. Populus deinde maximō cōnsēnsū eum rēgnāre jussit.

Rēx 5 duās fīliās Lūciō atque Arruntī Tarquiniīs, Prīscī fīliīs, in mātrimōnium dederat. Mōrēs hōrum disparēs erant. Nam Arrūns Tarquinius mītis erat, L. Tarquinius ferōx et cupidus rēgnī. Duae Tulliae item disparēs erant. Forte Arrūns ferōcem Tulliam in mātrimōnium dūxerat. Simili- tūdō celeriter L. Tarquinium et ferōcem Tulliam contrahit.

5. hōc, the following.

6. ut... facerent: a noun clause, object of persudsit; to be translated by an infinitive.

7. caput... Rōmam esse, that Rome, etc.; indirect discourse after erat cōnfessiō.

8. certātum erat, there had been a contest; impersonal passive, see on Arg. 75.

9. quod ... rēgnāret: for quod causal with the subjunctive see App.

11. Populus... eum rēgnāre jussit: their action merely ratified the authority which he already held.

12. Similitūdō: likeness (of character).

13. fānum, -ī, n., shrine, temple. 20. item, adv., likewise, also.

14. certō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, intr. 21. similitūdō. -inis simili 2 : - s [freq. of cernō], contend, strive. likeness, munmsmux :

15. virītim, adv. fvir], man by man, 2 a- Cōlcltix41lrC,r8cth 22. con-trahō, -trahere, -trāxī,

usciīiiī : : -tractum, tr., draw or bring īāīmus e, adj., mild, gentle, ēstetasā ’ A JUNIOR LATIN READER 175

Cum prope continuīs caedibus domōs vacuās fēcissent, junguntur nūptiīs. Paulātim inde mulier conjugem ad cae- dem Serviī excitat. Itaque Tarquinius prius omnibus rēbus cīvēs et maximē patrēs conciliāvit. Postrēmō, ubi jam tempus agendī vīsum est, stīpātus armātīs in forum irrūpit. Inde in rēgiā sēde prō cūriā sedēns patrēs in cūriam per praecōnem ad rēgem Tarquinium vocārī jussit. Ibi incūsā- bat rēgem, quod rēgnum muliebrī dōnō occupāvisset; querē-

bātur item dē cōnsiliīs populāribus, dē agrō plēbī dīvīsō, dē.

cēnsū īnstitūtō. Dum loquitur, Servius intervēnit et ā vesti- bulō cūriae magnā vōce “quid tibi vīs,” inquit, “Tarquinī? Quā audāciā tū, mē vīvō, vocāre patrēs aut in sōde meā cōnsīdere ausus es?” Tarquinius ferōciter respondit sē sēdem patris suī tenēre, sē rēgnī hērēdem esse. Tum medium arri- pit Servium, ēlātumque ē cūriā per gradūs dē;jicit; inde in cūriam redit. Appāritōrēs rēgis fugiunt. Rēx ipse ā servīs

23. prope continuīs, almost without an interval betueen.
24. agendī, for action.

armātīs: a participle as a noun; see vocabulary.

30. quod ... occupāvisset: the subjunctive as in l. 12.

31. quid tibi vīs, what do you mean? How, literally? īs come?

32. mē vīvō, while I am alive; ablative absolute.

33. rēgnī hērēdem: the kingship had been elective; here was an attempt to create a dynasty.

medium, around the waist.

37. ēlātum: in agreement with eum, to be supplied; a past participle for a coōrdinate verb, as in 9, 29; translate, carried him out and hurled.

per, doun; in l. 41 it means over.

From what does

35. cōn-sīdō, -sīdere, -sēdī, -ses- sum, intr., sit down, take one’s seat.

36. nūptiae, -ārum, f. pl. [nūbōl, marriage, wedding.

37. stīpō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tIr.,

paek, crowd; attend, accompany. 30. muliebris, -e, adj. mulier], of a woman. 32. inter-veniō, -venire, -vēnī, -ventum, intr., come upon, come in.

ferōciter, adv. ferōx], courageously, fiercely, arrogantly.

36. hērēs, -ēdis, m. and f., heir, heiress.

arripiō, -ripere, -ripuī, -reptum, fr. lad4rapiō]l, grasp, seixe.

25

30

3ō 40

10

176 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

Tarquiniī interficitur. Tullia carpentō in forum invecta con- jugem ēvocāvit rēgemque prīma appellāvit. Dum domum redit, dīcitur patrem in viā jacentem invēnisse et per corpus carpentum ēgisse. Hic locus posteā vīcus scelerātus vocātus est. Servius Tullius rēgnāvit annōs quattuor et quadrāgintā.

39. in-vehō, -vehere, -vexī, -vectum, 12. scelerātus, -a, -um, adj. Isce- tr., carry in; pass., be carried, lus], wicked, criminal. ride.

40. TARQUINIUS SUPERBUS

Inde L. Tarquinius rēgnāre coepit, cui propter facta cog- nōmen Superbus datum est. Prīncipēs patrum, quī Servium dīlēxerant, interfēcit. Suum corpus armātīs circumsaepsit. Jūdicia capitālium rērum sine cōnsiliīs per sē sōlus exercēbat. Ita poterat occīdere, in exilium agere, bonīs spoliāre omnēs quōs cupiēbat. Etsī rēgēs superiōrēs senātum dē omnibus rēbus cōnsulere solitī erant, Tarquinius domesticīs cōnsiliīs rem pūblicam administrāvit. Bellum, pācem, foedera, so- cietātēs per sē ipse fēcit. Latīnōrum gentem sibi maximē conciliābat. Octāviō Mamiliō Tusculānō— is longē nōbilis- simus Latīnōrum erat — fīliam in mātrimōnium dat.

Cum jam magna Tarquiniī auctōritās inter Latīnōrum

4. Jūdicia capitālium rērum, trials in capital cases.

cōnsiliīs: these were boards from among the senators which assisted the king with advice in the administration of the courts.

6. bonīs: ablative of separation.

T7. domesticīs cōnsiliīs: i.e., Tarquin was the first king to rely for advice solely upon personal friends.

1. cognōmen, -inis, n. fcom-4(g8) love. nōmen]J, eognomen, surnamc. circum-saepiō, -saepīre, -saepsī,
2. superbus, -a, -um, adj., haughty, -saeptum, tr., hedge around, proud; subst., Superbus, -ī, m., encircle, surround. the Proud, an epithet apptied to 4. capitālis, -e, adj. lcaput], of the the second King Tarquin as a head; of the life, capital. snudmisag 7. domesticus, -a, -um, adj.
3. dīligō, -ligere, -lēxī, -lēctum, fr. [domus], of the house; private,

dis- +legōl, single out; esteem, personal. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 177

prīncipēs esset, concilium in certam diem convocāvit. Con- veniunt frequentēs prīmā lūce. Ipse Tarquinius diem quidem servāvit, sed paulō ante sōlis occāsum vēnit. Turnus Her- donius Arīcīnus ferōciter absentem Tarquinium accūsāverat. Dīxit Tarquinium patientiam Latīnōrum temptāre et affectāre imperium in eōs. Rē&x, hōc cognitō, quia prō imperiō palam Turnum interficere nōn poterat, cōnfestim statuit falsō crīmine eum opprimere. Proxīmā igitur nocte auctōre Tarquiniō quīdam Arīcīnī, Turnō inimīcī, in dēversōrium ejus magnum numerum gladiōrum clam intulērunt.

Tarquinius paulō ante lūcem ad sē prīncipēs Latīnōrum vocāvit certiōrēsque dē gladiīs cēlātīs fēcit: “Cognōvī,” inquit, “Turnum cupere Latīnōrum sōlum imperium tenēre, et jam necem omnium parāre.” Dūxit deinde eōs ad dē- versōrium. Ubi gladiī ex omnibus locīs dēversōriī prōlātī sunt, manifesta vīsa est rēs, Turnusque in catēnās conjectus est. Cōnfestim concilium Latīnōrum convocātur. Ibi magna indignātiō oritur, gladiīs in mediō positīs. Itaque Turnus, indictā causā, in aquam Ferentīnam mersus est.

Rēx, auctōritāte inter Latīnōs ita auctā, cum eīs reno- vāvit foedus quod ā Tullō rēge anteā factum erat. Latīnī nōn repugnāvērunt, quamquam in eō foedere rēs Rōmāna

14. quidem: with concessive force, it is true, as explained in the note on Her. 346. &:r

15. auctōre Tarquiniō, at the instigation of Tarquinius.

16. Turnō: dative with inimīcī, but to be translated as if genitive.

17. certiōrēs fēcit, informed; how, literally?

18. indictā causā, without a trial; literally, his ease unpleaded, ablative absolute.

19. frequēns, -entis, adj., crowded, in large numbers.

20. patientia, -ae, f. Ipatiēns], pa- tience, endurance.

affectō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. freq. of afficiōl, strive after, aim at.

20. auctor, -ōris, m. (augeō]l, pro- moter, instigator.

21. dēversōrium, -ī, n. [dēversor,

turn aside, lodge], inn, lodging- place. 26. nex, necis, f., death, murder. 28. manifestus, -a, -um, adj., clear, evident, manifest.

31. in-dictus, -a, -um, adj. (not said), not pleaded, unheard.
32. re-pugnō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum,

intr., fight back, resist, oppose.

20

tō St

30 35

40

50

178 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

superior erat. Mors enim Turnī docēbat potentiam Tar- quiniī ac perīculum eōrum quī resistēbant.

Tarquinius, quamquam injūstus in pāce rēx fuit, ducem bellī tamen nōn prāvum sē praebuit. Is prīmus cum Volscīs bellum gessit, et magnam praedam cēpit. In aliō bellō, cum Gabiōs, vīcīnam urbem, vī capere nōn posset, fraude ac dolō aggressus est. Sextus enim, fīlius Tarquiniī, quī minimus ex tribus erat, trānsiit Gabiōs, crūdēlitātem intolerābilem patris vehementer querēns atque adjuvāre Gabīnōs adversus eum pollicēns. Benignē ā Gabīnīs exceptus in cōnsilia pūblica adhibētur, et dēnique dux legitur. Proelia parva inter Rō- mam Gabiōsque facta sunt, quibus Gabīnī superiōrēs erant. Gabīnī Sex. Tarquinium dōnō deōrum sibi missum essc ducem crēdidērunt. Inde Sextus ūnum ex suīs Rōmam mīsit, quī mandāta patris peteret. Rēx nihil vōce respondit, sed tamquam rem dēlīberāns in hortum aedium trānsiit, sequente nūntiō fīliī; ibi inambulāns tacitus summa papā- verum capita baculō dējēcit. Nūntius, dēfessus interrogandō expectandōque respōnsum, redit Gabiōs remque mīram refert. Sextus intellēxit quid pater fierī vellet. Prīncipēs igitur

41. aggressus est: eam (urbem) is to be supplied as object. minimus, youngest; what does major mean with reference to age?

42. dōnō, by yift.

43. ex suīs, of his followers.

44. quī... . peteret: a relative clause of purpose.

45. interrogandō: the ablative of the gerund may be employed to ex- press cause; observe that expectandō has a direct objcet, respōnsum.

ō4. quid pater fierī vellet: for the indireet question consult App. 107.

41. minimus, -a, -um, adj. Isuperl. of parvus], least, smallest, very small; youngest.

42. intolerābilis, adj., intolerable, unbearable.

43. adhibeō, -ēre, -uī, -itum, tr. lad

mandō], injunction, commanud. 50. tamquam, adb., as if, just as if. dē-līberō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. and intr., ponder, meditate. 51. in-ambulō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum,

habeōl, apply; summon, admit, employ. :

49. mandātum, -ī, n. part. of

p.

intr., wall up and down. papāver, -eris, n., a poppy. 82. baculum, -ī, n., staff. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 179

cīvitātis variīs erīminibus necāvit. Rēs Gabīna ita spoliāta

cōnsiliō auxiliōque rēgī Rōmānō Gabiīs receptīs, Tarquinius ad vertit. Prīmum templum in

sine certāmine gravī trāditur. negōtia urbāna animum con- monte Tarpeiō aedificāre

tōtumque montem Jovī dēdicāre cōnstituit. Hoc templum

pater jam anteā vōverat. Ad

hoc opus fabrīs Ētrūscīs et

operāriīs ex plēbe Rōmānō ūsus est. Plēbs etiam ad alia opera trāducta forōs in cireō fēcit cloācamque maximam sub

terram ēgit, quam etiam nunc plēbe colōnī Signiam Circeiōsq urbī essent.

vidēmus. Multī quoque ex ue missī sunt quī praesidia

Dum haec aguntur, portentum terribile vīsum est: anguis ex columnā ligneā ēlāpsus terrōrem fugamque in rēgiā fēcit

atque ipsīus rēgis pectus ānxiīs

cūrīs implēvit. Itaque Tar-

quinius fīliōs, Titum et Arruntem, Delphōs ad clārissimum in terrīs ōrāculum mittere statuit. Comes eīs additus est L. Jūnius Brūtus, ex Tarquiniā, sorōre rēgis, nātus. Cog-

nōmen ejus hōc modō parātum tātis quōs timēbat interficere Brūtī interfēcit. Hic, ut crūdēl

erat: rēx eōs prīncipēs cīvi- solēbat, in quibus frātrem itātem rēgis vītāret, cōnsultō

stultitiam imitātus bona sua rēgem spoliāre passus est neque

5ē. Rēs: = rēs pūblica. 62. trāducta, transferred. 64. colōnī, as colonists.

quī... essent: a relative clause of purpose.

70. ōrāculum: see note on Per. ō4. T74. Hic, the latter.

ēī. urbānus, -a, -um, adj. lurbs], of a city, urban; subst., urbānī, -ōrum, m. pl., inhabitants of a city.

61. operārius, -ī, m. loperal, laborer, workman.

62. forus, -ī, m., gangway; a row of seats in the theater or circus, seats.

63. colōnus, -ī, m. Icolōl, farmer;

settler, colonist.

66. portentum, -ī, n. [p. part. of portendō], omen, portent.

anguis, anguis, -ium, m. and f., ser- pent, snake.

67. ē-lābor, -lābī, -lāpsus sum, intr., glide out, glide away, escape.

68. cōnsultō, adv. labl. of cōnsul- tum], intentionally.

60

4

p 1 80

S5ō

180 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

4

cognōmen Brūtī recusāvit. Is tum igitur ab Tarquiniīs ductus est Delphōs, lūdibrium vērius quam comes. Tulit tamen dōnum Apollinī aureum baculum inclūsum in baculō corneō,. tamquam effigiem ingeniī suī.

Postquam juvenēs Delphōs vēnērunt patrisque mandāta cōnfēcērunt, statuērunt quaerere ex ōrāculō ad quem eōrum rēgnum esset ventūrum. Vōx reddita est: “Imperium sum- mum Rōmae habebit quī vestrum prīmus, Ō juvenēs, mātrem ōsculābitur. Tarquiniī, Brūtum contemnentēs, ipsī inter sē iūs mātris ōsculandae Rōmae sortī permittunt. Brūtus, quī aliō modō ōrāculum interpretātus erat, cecidit terramque ōsculātus est, scīlicet quod ea commūnis māter est omnium mortālium. Rediērunt inde juvenēs Rōmam.

T76. Brūtī: the word is properly an adjective, dull, then as a noun the dullard. With nōmen, urbs, and the like, an explanatory genitive is some- times used instead of an appositive.

81. ad quem eōrum, etc.: an indirect question; eōrum, like vestrum in l. S3, is a genitive of the whole.

82. esset ventūrum, was destined to come. Thne direct question would have a future indicative: ad quem nostrum rēgnum veniet? The future indicative in a question of fact is regularly represented in an indirect question by the future active participle with the subjunctive of the verb sum.

83. mātris ōsculandae: a gerundive construction. Rōmae: a locative.

T77. lūdibrium, -ī, n. [compare lūdus], culum], to Kkiss. object of ridicule, mockery. 85. sors, sortis, f., lot, casting of 79. corneus, -a, -um, adj. [cornum, lots. cornel-cherryl, of cornel-wood. 86. interpretor, -ārī, -ātus sum, tr. effigiēs, acc. -em, f., semblance, linterpres], explain, interpret. effigy. 87. scīlicet, adv. Iscīre licet], of 84. ōsculor, -ārī, -ātus sum, tr. [ōs- course, no doubt, doubtless.

12. BANISHMENT OF TARQUINIUS SUPERBUS

Paulō post Rōmānī, quī jam dūdum superbiam Tarquiniī rēgis atque fīliōrum aegrē ferēbant, ita scelere quōdam Sex.

1. jam dūdum. . Laegrē ferēbant, lhad long resented; the use of tenses with jam dūdum is explained in the note on Per. 24. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 181

Tarquiniī concitātī sunt ut rēgiam familiam in exilium pel- lere statuerent. Tum prīmum vērum ingenium Brūtī apertum est. Eō enim duce populus jūrāvit sē nec Tarquinium nec alium quemquam rēgnāre Rōmae passūrum esse. Brūtus inde in castra profectus est, ubi exercitus Rōmānus Ardeam, caput Rutulōrum, obsidēbat. Tulliam rēgīnam domō profu- gientem omnēs virī mulierēsque execrātī sunt.

Ubi nūntiī hārum rērum in castra perlātī sunt, rēx Rōmam,

perrēxit. Brūtus adventum rēgis sēnsit flexitque viam. Ita eōdem ferē tempore dīversīs itineribus Brūtus Ardeam, Tar- quinius Rōmam vēnērunt. Hic portās clausās invēnit; Brūtum līberātōrem urbis laeta castra accēpērunt exāctīque sunt līberī rēgis; duo patrem secūtī exulēs Caere, quae urbs Etrūsca erat; Sextus Tarquinius Gabiōs, tamquam in suum rēgnum, profectus ab ultōribus veterum injūriārum quās ipse intulerat interfectus est.

L. Tarquinius Superbus rēgnāvit annōs quīnque et vīgintī. Rēgnum Rōmae annōs ducentōs quadrāgintā dūrāverat. Duo cōnsulēs inde creātī sunt, L. Jūnius Brūtus et L. Tarquinius Collātīnus.

3. ut.. . statuerent: a clause of result, App. 96.

4. domō: why no preposition?

5. Hic: to be translated as in 11, 74.

6. quae: the antecedent of quae, Caere, is neuter; but the relative is made to agree in gender with a predicate noun instead of with the ante- cedent, a common usage.

dīversus, -versa, -versum, ad;j., turned different ways, ōpposite.

3. familia, -ae, f. [famulus, servant], household establishment, slaves

in a household; family.

6. jūrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, intr. [jūs], swear, take oath.

7. execror, -ārī, -ātus sum, tr. lex- sacrō], doom, curse.

8. pergō, -ere, perrēxī, perrēctum, intr. [per4regōl, go on, proceed.

9. ferē, adv., about, anīsī ; in gen- eral, usually.

10. exigō, -igere, -ēgī, -āctum, tr. lex +agōl, drive out, expel; exact; spend.

11. ultor, venger.

12. ducentī, -ae, -a, num. adj. [duo 4centum], two hundred.

dūrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. and intr. ([dūrus], harden; last, endure.

-ōris, m. [ulcīscor], a-

10 10

182 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

13. HORATIUS COCLĒS

Tarquinius, ut rēgnum reciperāret, ad Lartem Porsenam, Clūsīnum rēgem, fūgit. Eī persuāsit nē rēgem Etrūscae gen- tis rēgnō prīvārī paterētur. Porsena Rōmam īnfestō exercitū vēnit. Magnus terror senātum occupāvit; adeō firma rēs Clūsīna tum erat magnumque Porsenae nōmen.

Cum hostēs adessent, omnēs in urbem ex agrīs veniunt urbemque ipsam mūniunt praesidiīs. Alia loca mūrīs, alia Tiberī objectō vidēbantur tūta. Pōns sublicius tamen iter paene hostibus dedit, nī ūnus vir fuisset, Horātius Coclēs, quī forte ad pontem positus erat. Clūsīnī repentīnō impetū Jā- niculum cēpērunt atque inde vēlōciter ad flūmen dēcurrēbant. Coclēs, cum suōs fugere vīdisset, ōrāvit eōs ut manērent et pontem rescinderent: sē impetum hostium, quantum ūnus

Horātius Coclēs: Macaulay has ceelebrated this exploit in one of his Lays of Ancient Rome.

2. nē.... paterētur, not to permit; objeet of persuāsit.

rēgem . . . prīvārī: like jubeō, patior takes an infinitive with subjeet aceusative. .

3. rēgnō: ablative of separation.

4. rēs Clūsīna =rēs pūblica Clūsīna, the state of Clusium. T7. Alia, alia: how are correlative forms of alius translated?

5. Tiberī objectō: ablative absolute; but like mūrīs it expresses the causc or means; translate, because of the interposition of the Tiber, or with the Tiber as a defense.

Pōns sublicius: this bridge was preserved for centuries, restored doubt- less from time to time.

9. nī... fuisset Horātius Coclēs, had it not been for one man, Horatius Cocles; a eondition contrary to fact, App. 120; the proper eonclusion is only implied, paene dedit (atque dedisset), almost afforded (and would have afforded).

10. suōs fugere vīdisset, had seen his men fleeing. How do you ac- count for the ease of suōs and the mood of fugere?

11. sē ... exceptūrum esse: dependent on a verb of saying implied in the preeeding sentence. quantum, so far as.

12. prīvō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, ir. Iprī- sudden]J, sudden, unexpected. vus, private], deprive, rob. 11. vēlōciter, adv. [vēlōx], swiftly.

-4. ad-eō, adv., to such a degree, so. 13. re-scindō, -scindere, -scidī,

9. nī, conj., if not, unless. -scissum, Ir., cut down, break
10. repentinus, -a, -um, adj. [repēns, down. A JUNIOR LATIN READER

posset id facere, exceptūrum esse.

183

Prōcessit inde in prīmum

aditum pontis ipsāque audāciā turbāvit hostēs. . Duōs tamen cum eō pudor tenuit, Sp. Larcium ac T. Her-

minium, ambōs clārōs genere factīsque.

pugnam paulisper sustinuit. relictā, cēdere in tūtum

Cum hīs prīmam

Deinde eōs, parvā parte pontis jussit.

Pudor inde commōvit

15

ūtrūscōs, et, clāmōre sublātō, undique in ūnum hostem tēla 20

conjiciunt.

Dēnique, ponte paene rescissō, Coclēs armātus in, Tiberim dēsiluit incolumisque ad suōs trānāvit.

Grāta ergā

tantam virtūtem cīvitās fuit; statua ejus in comitiō posita est, et agrī quantum ūnō diē circumarāvit datum.

14. posset: subjunctive in a subordinate clause in indirect discourse.

prīmum aditum =the farther end.

17. genere, factīs: ablatives of respect.

prīmam: an adjective denoting a part, App. S5.

19. in tūtum, to safety; the adjective is used as a noun.

20. agrī: genitive of the whole with quantum, as much land as.

21. turbō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. [tur- ba], disturb, confound, throw into confusion.

22. pudor, -ōris, m., shame, sense of honor.

23. paulisper, adv. [paulum, little per], a little while, a short time.

24. cēdō, cēdere, cessī, cessum, intr., withdraw, retire, yield.

25. dēsiliō, -īre, -uī, —, intr. [dē- saliō, leap], leap down.

trānō, -nāre, -nāvī, —, tr. and intr. trāns tnō, swim], swim across.

24. circum-arō, -āre, -āvī, tr., plow around.

25. SECESSION OF THE PLEBS

Prīmīs temporibus reī pūblicae līberae magna dissēnsiō orta est inter patrēs et plēbem propter aes aliēnum, quō

paene tōta plēbs premēbantur.

Crēditōrī enim licēbat dēbi-

1. līberae: the phrase rēs pūblica means state or commonuwealth and

implies nothing as to form of government.

republic, or free commonuealth.

Rēs pdūblica lībera means

2. aes aliēnum, “another’s money” is a striking way of denoting debt.

3. aliēnus, -a, -um, adj. (alius],

another’s: out of place:; unfavor- 3 ;

able; aes aliēnum, debt. 3. premō, -ere, pressī, pressum, fr..

press; burden, weigh down. crēditor, -ōris, m. I[crēdō], creditor. dēbitor, -ōris, m. [dēbeō], debtort. 10

1

184 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

tōrem etiam in servitūtem dūcere. Praetereā jūs reddēbātur ā cōnsulibus, quī magistrātus tantum patribus patēbat. Cum jam plēbs auxilium ā cōnsulibus postulārent, Latīnī equitēs nūntiāvērunt Volseōs ad urbem oppugnandam venīre. Plēbs exultābant gaudiō, atque inter sē hortābantur nē nōmina darent. At ūnus ē cōnsulibus, plēbe convocātā, pol- licitus est jūdicia intermittere quoad mīlitēs in castrīs essent; bellō cōnfectō, senātum plēbī cōnsultūrum esse. Eō modō plēbī persuāsit ut nōmina darent. Volscī aliīque populī fīnitimī victī sunt.

Posteā tamen jūs dē crēditīs pecūniīs crūdēliter, ut anteā, dictum est. Tandem plēbs, cum exercitus, aliō bellō coōrtō, in armīs esset, dēspērātō cōnsulum senātūsque auxiliō, in Sacrum montem sēcessērunt. Hic mōns trāns Aniēnem flū- men est, tria ab urbe mīlia passuum. Pqatrēs arbitrātī nūl-

4. jūs reddēbātur, justice was administered.

5. quī magistrātus ... patēbat, an office which was open only to patricians. Of the two classes in Roman society, patrieians and plebeians, the former at this time occupied a position of great advantage. “ In the change from monarehy to free government the patrieians had secured for themselves alone the privilege of office-holding, although the plebeians possessed the right to vote. OŌnly after a contest of two centuries or more did the ple- beians gain equal political and soeial rights with the patricians.

6. postulārent: a colleetive noun (here plēbs) may take a singular verb, or, if the individuals of the group are thought of, the plural may be used, as here. :

7. inter sē, one another. nē nōmina darent, not to enlist.

8. quoad, so long as. The subjunctive essent is due to the indirect discourse implied i in pollicitus est, App. 109.

9. plēbī: cōnsulō meaning consult the interest of takes a dative; when meaning consult, ask the advice of, it takes an aceusative.

10. jūs ... dictum est: with the same meaning as jūs reddēbātur, I. 4. crēditīs, loaned.

11. arbitrātī: it should not be forgotten that the past participles of some deponent verbs are to be rendered as present.

12. magistrātus, -ūs, m. [magister], 17. sacer, -cra, -crum, adj., sacred; magistracy, office; magistrate. subst. sacra, -ōrum, n. pl., sacred

13. crūdēliter, adv. lerūdēlis], eru- rites, religious customs; Mōns elty. Sacer, a hill near Rome. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 185

lam spem nisi in concordiā cīvium reliquam esse, ad plēbem mīsērunt Menēnium Agrippam, ipsum plēbeium et plēbī cārum.

19. concordia, -ae, f. I[concors, har- 20. plēbeius, -a, -um, adj. (plēbs], monious], concord, harmony. of the common people, plebeian.

.

1ō. MENENIUS ACRIPPA

Menēnius hoc nārrāsse fertur: “ōlim reliquae partēs cot- poris hūmānī indignābantur quod suā cūrā, suō labōre ac ministeriō ventrī omnia quaererentur, venter in mediō quiē- tus datīs voluptātibus fruerētur; conjūrāvērunt inde nē manūs ad ōs cibum ferrent, nēve ōs datum cibum acciperet, nēve dentēs cōnficerent. Sed dum ventrem famē domāre volunt, ipsa membra tōtumque corpus paene periērunt. Inde sēnsērunt ventris quoque ministerium haud iners esse.” Ostendit deinde dissēnsiōnem inter partēs corporis similem esse īrae plēbis in patrēs et ita flexit mentēs hominum.

Concordiā reconciliāuā, plēbī permissum est suōs magistrā-

1. fertur, is said, a frequent meaning.

2. quod: whose reason was this? Whny the subjunctives quaererentur and fruerētur?

3. nē .. . ferrent: the noun elause gives the substance of the oath, that the hands should not, etc.

4. nēve: nēve, composed of nē and the enclitic -ve, or, is the negative conjunetion regularly employed between subjunctives, neque between indieatives.

5. cōnficerent, masticate.

6. in, toward.

7. suōs magistrātūs, as maqgistrates of their oun.

8. indignor, -ārī, -ātus sum, intr., con-jūrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, intr.,

be indignant, be offended. swear together, form a eonspiraey, S. ministerium, -ī, n. Iminister, conspire. servant], office, service, labor. 5. nēve, conj., and that not, and not.

venter, -tris, m., belly. 4. voluptās, -ātis, f., pleasure.

fruor, fruī, frūctus sum, intr. (takes ablativey, eajoy, have the benefit S38. iners, -ertis, adj. lin-rars], idle, of. inert, indolent.

6. domō, -āre, domuī, domitum, tr., subdue, master.

20

10 10

186 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

tūs creāre tribūnōs plēbeiōs, quī auxilium plēbī adversus cōnsulēs ferrent.

12. quī. . . ferrent: what kind of elause? Obscrve the mood. The tribunes at first possessed merely the power to nullify the act of a patrician magistrate in a particular case. In time the authority and prestige of the tribunate were so increased as to render it the most powerful magistracy in the state.

13. tribūnus, -ī, m. tribus, tribe], tribune, title of a Roman official.

14. Lucrus QUINCTIUS CINCINNATUS

Posteā, dum tribūnī imperium cōnsulāre lēgibus dēfīnīre cōnantur, L. Quīnctius Cincinnātus cōnsul factus est. Ut magistrātum iniit, reprehendit et senātum et plēbem, quod eīdem tribūnī etiam atque etiam creātī cīvitātem turbārent. Senātus igitur dēcrēvit magistrātūs continuārī contrā rem pūblicam esse. Plēbs tamen eōsdem, quōs anteā, tribūnōs creāvērunt. Patrēs quoque, nē quid cēderent plēbī, Lūcium Quīnctium cōnsulem fēcērunt. At is ‘“minimē mīrum est,” inquit, “sī nihil auctōritātis, patrēs cōnscrīptī, habētis apud plēbem. Vōs eam minuitis, quī in continuandīs magistrāti- bus plēbem imitāminī. Ego mē contrā senātūs cōnsultum

1. dēfīnīre: the laws had not hitherto been put into written form. To reduce them to writing would somewhat diminish the advantage en- joyed by the patrician magistrates who dispensed justiee.

2. Ut: here in a temporal sense, when.

6b. magistrātūs continuārī: infinitive with subject accusative used to- gether as subject of esse; the English idiom is, for magistrates to be reēlected.

rem pūblicam, the general interest, public polioy. Whnat does the phrase usually mean?

T. nē quid cēderent plēbī, not to yield anything to the plebeians, i.e., not to be outdone by the plebeians; a clause of purpose.

10. quī imitāminī, by imitating. How, literally?

11. cōnsulāris, -e, adj. [cōnsul], of a ō. continuō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr.

consul, consular. [continuus ], make continuous, dē-fīniō, -īre, -īvī, -ītum, tr., limit, hold without an interval.

define. 10. minuō, -ere, minuī, minūtum, 3. re-prehendō, -prehendere, -pre- tr., diminish, weaken, impair.

hendī, -prehēnsum, tr., hold back, 11. oasuttum -ī, n. ſcōnsulō], seize; censure, rebuke. decree. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 187

cōnsulem reficī nōn patiar.” Alius igitur cōnsul factus est.

Post paucōs annōs Aequī exercitum Rōmānum mūnītiōni- bus clausum obsidēbant. Cum hoc Rōmam nūntiātum esset, L. Quīnctius cōnsēnsū omnium dictātor dictus est. Lēgātī ā senātū missī eum invēnērunt trāns Tiberim agrum quattuor jūgerum colentem atque in opus intentum. Rogāvērunt ut togātus mandāta senātūs audīret. Quīnctius admīrātus jubet uxōrem togam properē ē tuguriō prōferre. Cum, abstersō sūdōre, togā vēlātus prōcessisset, dictātōrem eum lēgātī salū- tant atque in urbem vocant; quī terror ssit in exercitū expōnunt.

Quīnctius exercitum obsessum celeriter līberāvit et hostēs sub jugum mīsit. Triumphāns urbem iniit sextōque decimō diē dictātūram in sex mēnsēs acceptam dēposuit.

14. Rōmam: implies motion.

15. admīrātus: with present force, like arbitrūtī, 14, 1S8.

16. quī: interrogative adjective; why the subjunctive sit?

17. sub jugum: the “yoke” consisted of two spears set upright in the ground with a cross-spear high enough to let the conquered troops pass under.

Triumphāns, in triumph. In case of an important victory the Roman senate might grant the successful gencral the privilege of entering the city in triumphal procession. The general rode in a special triumphal car drawn by four white horses. The procession moved through the Forum up to the temple of Jupiter on the Capitoline Hill, where sacrifice was made to the god.

24. in sex mēnsēs: as explained before in the note on7, S, the dictator- ship was virtually a restoration of the kingship, but only, as indicated here, for the limited period of six months.

accusative of the place to which, since nūntiātum esset

17. jūgerum, -ī, gen. pl. jūgerum,

18. sūdor, -ōris, m., n., an acre, a juger (about two-

salūtō, -āre, -āvī,

perspiration. -ātum, tr. [salūs],

thirds of an English acre.)

18. togātus, -a, -um, clad in the toga.

19. properē, adv. [properus, speedyl!. hastily, speedily.

tugurium, -ī, n., hut, cottage.

abstergeō, tergere, -tersī, -tersum. tr., wipe off or away.

adj. [togal,

greet, hail.

23. triumphō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, intr. triumphus], celebrate a triumph, triumph.

sextus decimus, -a, -um, adj. (both

parts declined), sixteenth.

24. dictātūra, -ae, f. ldictātor], dic- tatorship.

20 10

15

188 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

17. THE GALLIC INVASION

ōlim lēgātī ab Clūsīnīs Rōmam vēnērunt auxilium petentēs adversus Senonēs, gentem Gallicam. Tum Rōmānī mīsērunt lēgātōs quī monērent Gallōs nē amīcōs populī Rōmānī op- pugnārent. Proeliō tamen commissō, lēgātī Rōmānī contrā jūs gentium arma cēpērunt auxiliumque Clūsīnīs tulērunt. Gallī posteā ā senātū Rōmānō postulāvērunt ut prō jūre gentium ita violātō lēgātī Rōmānī dēderentur. Hōc negātō, exercitus Gallicus Rōmam profectus est.

Rōmānī, quī nihil ad tantum perīculum idōneum parāve- rant, apud flūmen Alliam superātī sunt. Diem quō hoc proe- lium factum est Rōmānī posteā Alliēnsem appellāvērunt. Magna pars exercitūs incolumis Veiōs perfūgit. Cēterī Rō- mam petiērunt et nē clausīs quidem portīs urbis in arcem Capitōliumque cum conjugibus et līberīs sē contulērunt.

Gallī ingressī urbem nēminī parcunt, dīripiunt incendunt- que tēcta. Post aliquot diēs, tēstūdine factā, impetum in arcem fēcērunt. At Rōmānī mediō ferē colle restitērunt,

3. nē... oppugnārent, not to attack; a noun clause, object of monērent.

4. jūs gentium: the ancient equivalent of our ‘“international law.”

5. prō, in return for, in satisfaction of.

6. Alliēnsem: this day was always regarded as one of ill omen, on which no official assemblies of the people were held.

7. nē clausīs quidem, without even closing; remember that the words nē ... quidem enclose the emphatic word.

8. nēminī: give the list of “special” verbs that govern the dative.

9. testūdine: a formation with shields in close array in front and over- head.

10. mediō ferē colle, about the middle of the hill; mediō is an adjective denoting a part, like prīmam, 13, 17.

11. per-fugiō, -fugere, -fūgī, —, with forbearance. intr., flee for refuge, flee.

12. quidem, adv., certainly, in fact; to be sure, it is true; nē ... quidem, not even, not either. 16. tēstūdō, -dinis, f. Itēsta, shell,

13. parcō, -ere, pepercī, parsūrus, hard covering], tortoise; covered intr. (takes dative), spare, treat column (a military term).

dīripiō, -ripere, -ripuī, -reptum, tr. [dis-4rapiō]l, plunder. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 189

atque inde ex locō superiōre, impetū factō, Gallōs pepulērunt. Obsidiō inde ā Qallīs parāta est. Pars exercitūs QGallicī dīmissa est ad frūmentum cōnferendum ex agrīs populōrum fīnitimōrum. Hēs fortūna ipsa dūxit Ardeam, ubi Camillus, imperātor clārissimus, in exiliō vīvēbat. Ardeātēs eō duce castra Gallōrum nocte oppugnant et solūtōs somnō trucīdant. Veiīs interim nōn animī sōlum in diēs sed etiam vīrēs crēscē- bant. Nam praeter Rōmānōs, quī ex pugnā Alliēnsī eō, per- fūgerant, voluntāriī ex Latiō conveniēbant. Hī jam cōn- stituērunt Rōmam hostibus līberāre. Ōmnibus placuit Ca- millum arcessī, sed anteā senātum cōnsulī. Ad eam rem Pontius Cominius, audāx juvenis, sublevātus cortice secundō Tiberī ad urbem dēfertur. Senātū probante, Camillus dietā- tor dictus est.

20. ad... cōnferendum: a gerundive construction.
21. Ardeam, to Ardea.

Camillus: he had previously taken the Ētruscan city of Veii after a long siege, but had subsequently been exiled on the charge of having un- fairly divided the spoils of that place.

23. solūtōs somnō, whnile sleeping; how, literally?

24. Veiīs: a loeative.

animī: plural; compare Ēnglish “their spirits.”

in diēs, day by dav.

27. placuit: the subject is the infinitive elause Camillum arcessī.

28. cōnsulī: passive infinitive; the meaning was explained in the note on 11, 11.

29. cortice: a float made of bark.

secundō Tiberī, down the Tiber; literally, the Tiber being favorable, ablative absolute; in like manner adversō flūmine means up stream.

31. dictus est =ceredtus cst.

32. obsidiō, -ōnis, f. lob4sedeōl, luntās], voluntary; subst., volun-

siege, bloekade.

20. dī-mittō, -mittere, -mīsī, -mis- sum, tr., send out, send forth; dīsmiss.

21. trucīdō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr., slaughter, massaere.

22. voluntārius, -a, -um, adj. [vo-

tāriī, -ōrum, m. pl.;, volunteers.

28. arcessō, -cessere, -cessīvī, -ces- sītum, Ir., send for, summon.

29. audāx, -ācis, adj. laudeōj, dar- ing, bold.

cortex, -icis, m. and f., bark.

20

30 35

190 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

Interim arx Rōmae Capitōliumque in ingentī perīculō fuit. Nocte enim Gallī, praemissō mīlite quī viam temptāret, tantō silentiō in summum ēvāsērunt ut nōn sōlum custōdēs falle- rent, sed nē canēs quidem excitārent. Ānserēs nōn fefellērunt, quī avēs Jūnōnis sacrae erant. Nam M. Mānlius, vir bellō ēgregius, clangōre eōrum ālārumque crepitū excitātus dējēcit Gallum quī jam in summō cōnstiterat. Jamque aliī Rōmānī tēlīs saxīsque hostēs prōpellunt, tōtaque aciēs Gallōrum praeceps dēfertur.

Sed famēs jam utrumque exercitum urgēbat, Gallōs pesti- lentia etiam. Diem ex diē Rōmānī frūstrā auxilium ab dic- tātōre expectābant. Postrēmō mīlle pondō aurī cum Callīs pactī sunt ut obsidiōnem relinquerent. Huic reī per sē tur-

5 pissimae indignitās addita est; nam pondera ab Gallīs allāta

sunt inīqua. Rōmānīs recūsantibus gladius ā Brennō, rēge

32. fuit: the verb often agrees in number with the nearest part of a compound subiect.

33. temptāret, iry, reconnotter.

34. ēvāsērunt, made their way up. ut nōn fallerent: App. 96.

35. Diem ex diē, day after day.

36. mīlle pondō aurī: a peculiar phrase, meaning a thousand pounds of gold. Translate, they bargained with the Gauls for a thousand pounds of gold that they should abandon the siege.

37. pactī sunt: from pacīscor. per sē, of itself; to be taken closely with turpissimae.

38. pondera, weights; i.e., for the scales.

39. silentium, -ī, n. ſsileō, be still], silence.

custōs, -ōdis, m. guardian, keeper.

36. ānser, -eris, m., goose.

37. ēgregius, -a, -um, adj. lē4grex, flock], distinguished, eminent.

clangor, -ōris, m., noise.

39. prō-pellō, Loxere, -pulī, -pul- sum, tr., drive forward; drive off, repel, rout.

and f., guard,

40. praeceps, -cipitis, adj. Iprae, be- fore, +caput], headforemost, head- long.

41. urgeō, -ēre, ursī, —, ti press hard, beset, urge.

42. pondō, adv. lcompare pondus],

by weight, in weight.

44. pacīscor, pacīscī, pactus sum,

, press,

intr., bargain, agree. 46. inīquus, -a, -um, adj. Ilin-+ aequus], uneven; unfair, unjust. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 191

Gallōrum, ponderī additus est cum hīs verbīs, “vae victīs.” Sed priusquam rēs perfecta est, dictātor pervēnit auferrīque aurum dē mediō et Gallōs summovērī jussit. Cum illī dīce- rent sē pactōs esse, negat eam pactiōnem valēre, quae, post- quam ipse dictātor creātus esset, injussū suō facta esset; tum dēnūntiat Gallīs ut sē ad proelium parent.

Gallī et in urbe et alterō proeliō viā Gabīnā superātī sunt. Dictātor triumphāns in urbem rediit; Rōmulus ac parēns patriae conditorque alter urbis appellābātur. Deinde servā- tam in bellō patriam iterum in pāce servāvit. Cum enim tribūnī plēbem agitārent ut relictīs ruīnīs Veiōs migrārent, Camillus ōrātiōne ācrī cīvibus persuāsit ut Rōmam restitue- rent. Centuriō quoque populum mōvit vōce opportūnē ēmissā, quī cum cohortibus forum trānsiēns clāmāvit: “Signum statue, signifer; hīc manēbimus optimē.” Quā vōce audītā, et senātus ē cūriā ēgressus ōmen accipere sē conelāmāvit, et plēbs circumfūsa probāvērunt.

47. vae victīs, woe to the vanquished.

48. creātus esset, facta esset: subjunctives in subordinate clauses in indireet discourse.

49. viā Gabīnā, on the road to Gavii.

50. Rōmulus: predicate nominative.

51. servātam: to be translated by a relative clause.

52. plēbem agitārent ut... migrārent, were instiqating the people to migrate; migrārent takes a subject supplied from plēbem; how is the plural verb to be accounted for?

b9. Centuriō... mōvit: this incident illustrates the very common tend- eney of the Romans to find omens in chance utterances.

62. et... et, both... and.
63. vae, interj., woe! 59. opportūnē, adv. lopportūnus],
64. summoveō, -movēre, -mōēvī, fitly, opportunely.

-mōtum, tr. sub 4 moveō], drive away, remove.

50. pactiō, -ōnis, f. [pacīscor], agree- ment, bargain.

51. dē-nūntic, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, ir., announce, proclaim; givew arning.

52. agitō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. [freq. of agōl, drive; impel, instigate.

ruīna, -ae, f. ruō, fall in ruins), ruin, downfall; pl.. ruins.

61. signifer, -ī, m. [signum Hferō], standard-bearer.

optimē, superl. adv. loptimus], best.

62. ōmen, -inis, n., omen.

63. con-clāmō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, Ir. and intr., ery out together, cry out loudiy, exclaim.

circum-fundō, -fundere, -fūdī, -fū-.

sum, tr., pour around.

60 10

factus contrā eum missus est.

192 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

18. Garus FaBrIcrus

Rōmānī ā Pyrrhō, rēge Ēpīrī, proeliō superātī lēgātōs Ta- rentum ad eum dē redimendīs captīvīs mīsērunt. Inter lēgā- tōs Rōmānōs erat C. Fabricius, vir bonus et bellō ēgregius, sed admodum pauper. Py rrhus, quī cum Rōmānīs pācem facere volēbat, lēgātīs magna dōna obtulit, sī Rōmānīs pācem suādērent. Quamquam haec omnia sprēta sunt, rēx tamen captīvōs dīcitur sine pretiō Rōmam mīsisse.

Pyrrhus Fabriciī virtūtem admīrātus illī sēcrētō quārtam etiam rēgnī suī partem obtulit sī patriam dēsereret sēcumque vīveret; cui Fabricius ita respondit: “Sī mē virum bonum jūdicās, cūr mē vīs corrumpere? sīn vērō malum, cūr meam amīcitiam cupis?”” Annō interjectō, omnī spē pācis inter Pyrrhum et Rōmānōs conciliandae ablātā, Fabricius cōnsul Cumque vīcīna castra ipse et

15 rēx habērent, medicus rēgis nocte ad Fabricium vēnit eīque

1. Pyrrhō: Pyrrhus eame into Italy at the invitation of the people of Tarentum as their ally in war with the Romans. In a more general way he stood as the champion of the Greek cities of southern Italy against Roman aggression.

2. sī... suādērent, if they would urge peace upon the Romans; the sub- junctive is due to the informal indirect diseourse, Pyrrhus said that he would make large presenis, if, etc.

3. pācis ... conciliandae: genitive of the gerundive construction.

4. redimō, -imere, -ēmī, -ēmptum, tr. [red-4emō], buy back, ransom, buy up.

5. ad-modum, quite.

pauper, -eris, adj., poor, of small means.

adv., fully, very,

6. suādeō, -ēre, suāsī, suāsum, tr. and intr. fcompare suāvis], advise, recommend, urge.

T7. pretium, -ī, n., price, value; re- ward, recompense.

8. sēcrētō, adv, (sēcrētus], separate- l3, secretly, in private.

9. jūdicō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. [jū- dex], judge, decide.

corrumpō, -rumpere, -rūpī, -ruptum, ir. com- 4 rumpō, burst], rum; corrupt.

sīn, conj. Isī4ne], but if.

vērō, adv. [vērus], in faet, certainly; but in fact, however.

12. interijiciō, -jicere, -jēcī, -jectum, tr. linter 4jaciō], throw between, interpose. -

13. medicus, -ī, m. ſmedicus, medi- cal], physieian, surgeon. A IUNIOR LATIN READER 193

pollicitus est, sī praemium sibi prōposuisset, sē Pyrrhum ve- nōnō necātūrum. Hunc Fabricius vīnctum ad Pyȳrrhum remīsit atque eum certiōrem fēcit quae medicus pollicitus esset. Tum rēx admīrātus eum dīxisse fertur: “Ille est Fabricius, quī difficilius ab honestāte quam sōl ā suō cursū potest āvertī.”

Fabricius cum apud Pyrrhum rēgem lēgātus esset, cum Cīneā, lēgātō Pyrrhī, sermōnem contulit. Hic dīxit quendam philosophum esse Athēnīs, quī dīceret omnia quae facerēmus ad voluptātem esse referenda. Tum Fabricium exclāmāsse ferunt: “Utinam id hostibus nostrīs persuādeāmus, quō facili- us vincī possint, cum sē voluptātibus dederint!” N.ihil magis ab ejus vītā aliēnum erat quam voluptās et lūxus. Tōta ejus suppellex argentea ex salīnō ūnō cōnstābat et ex

16. sē... necātūrum esse: a verb of “promising” may take either a future infinitive with subject accusative, as here, or simply a present infinitive without subijeet.

17. quae medicus pollicitus esset, what the physician had promised; indirect question depending on certiōrem fēcit.

18. fertur, is said, the same meaning as in 15, 1; in l. 26 occurs the active ferunt, they say.

19. Cīneā: for the declension of this Greek word see the note on Aenēādās, 1, 4. Cincas was famed for his powers of persuasion and was Pyrrhus’ favorite adviser. The king was reported to have said that he had taken more cities through the eloquence of Cineas than by force of arms.

sermōnem contulit, engaged in conversation.

Hic, the latter.

25. ad voluptātem, to the standard of pleasure.

26. Utinam id hostibus nostrīs persuādeāmus, would that we might persuade our enemies of this; the accusative id replaces an infinitive clause, id vērum esse. The optative subjunetive persuūdeāmus and the elause of purpose following are explained in App. 98 and 95.

27. ab.. . vītā: with aliēnum; we say “foreign to.”

28. re-mittō, -mittere, -mīsī, -mis- 24. philosophus, -ī, m., philosopher. sum, tr., send back; relax, discon- 3s8. lūxus, -ūs, m., luxury, splendor.

tinue. 29. suppellex, -lectilis, f., domestic 20. difficiliter, adv. [difficilis], with utensils, furniture.

difficulty. argenteus, -a, -um, adj. largentuml, honestās, -ātis, f. [honor], honesty, of silver.

honor. salīnum, -ī, n. [sāl], salt-ccllar.

20

25 3ō

194 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

patellā ad ūsum sacrōrum, quae corneō pediculō sustinēbātur. Cēnābat ad focum rādīcēs et herbās, cum lēgātī Samnītium ad eum vēnērunt māgnamque eī pecūniam obtulērunt; quibus sīc respondit: ‘“Quamdiū cupiditātibus imperāre poterō, nihil mihi deerit; vōs autem pecūniam eīs quī eam cupiunt dōnāte.”

Fabricius omnem vītam in glōriōsā paupertāte exēgit, adeōque inops dēcessit ut unde dōs fīliārum darētur nōn relinqueret. Senātus patris sibi partēs sūmpsit et, datīs ex aerāriō dōtibus, fīliās collocāvit.

381. cum. . . vēnērunt: this use of cum with a perfect indicative is explained in the note on Arg. 109.

S33. nihil mihi deerit, I shall lack nothing; the dative with dēsum is similar to the dative of possession with sum.

36. unde, the means from avhich; the idea of possibility is involved in

the subjunctive darētur, could be furnished.

30. patella, -ae, f. ldim. of patina, pan], a small pan, a small dish.

corneus, -a, -um, adj. cornūl, u horn.

pediculus, -ī, m. pēs], a little foot, a small base.

31. cēnō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, intr. and tr. [cēnal, dine, dine upon.

focus, -ī, m., fireplace, hearth.

rādīx, -dīes, f., root, radish; lower part, foot, base f a mountain).

33. quam-diū, adv., as long as.

34. dē-sum, -esse, -fuī, -futūrus, intr., be wanting, be lacking.

35. glōriōsus, -a, -um, adj. lglōrial, glorious, famous, renowned.

paupertās, -ātis, f. [pauper], small means, poverty.

36. inops, -opis, adj. lin-4ops], poor, destitute.

dē-cēdō, -cēdere, -cessī, -cessum, intr., withdraw, depart; die.

dōs, dōtis, f., dowry. - 38. aerārium, -ī, n. laes], treasury.

collocō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. [com- 4locō, placel, station, arrange; give in marriage.

19. Marcvs AriLIUs REGULUS

Cum prīmō Punicō bellō Rōmānī contrā Carthāginiēnsēs dē imperiō Siciliae contenderent, M. Atīlius Rēgulus, cōnsul

Rōmānus, nāvālī pugnā classem Pūnicam superāvit.

Proeliō

factō, Hannō, dux Carthāginiēnsis, ad eum vēnit simulāns sē

[ SSS

3. nāvālis, -e, adi. nāvis], of ships, nautical, naval. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 195

velle dē pāce agere, rē vērā ut tempus extraheret, dum novae cōpiae ex Āfricā advenīrent. Mīlitēs Rōmānī clāmāre coe- pērunt Rēgulum idem facere oportēre quod Carthāginiēnsēs paucīs ante annīs in cōnsule quōdam fēcissent. Is enim tam- quam in colloquium per fraudem vocātus ā Poenīs compre- hēnsus erat et in catēnās conjectus. Jam Hannō timēre in- cipiēbat, sed perīculum respōnsō callidō reppulit. “Sī hoc fēceritis”, inquit, “nihilō eritis Poenīs meliōrēs. Cōnsul tacēre jussit eōs quī pār parī referrī volēbant, et conveniēns gravitātī Rōmānae respōnsum dedit: “Istō tē metū, Hannō, fidēs Rōmāna līberat.” Dē pāce, quia Poenus ex animō nōn agēbat et cōnsul bellum gerere quam pācem facere mālēbat, nōn convēnit.

Deinde Rēgulus et collēga, L. Mānlius Vulsō, in Āfricam prīmī Rōmānōrum ducum trānsiērunt. Ibi, multīs castellīs expugnātīs magnāque praedā captā, Tūnētem occupāvērunt, quae urbs decem tantum mīlibus passuum ā Carthāgine aberat. Vulsō in Italiam cum parte mīlitum rediit, collēgā ad agrōs vāstandōs relictō. Dum Rēgulus ita hiemem in

6. rē vērā, in faet, in reality, as inī, 11.
7. advenīrent: anticipatory subjunctive with dum, until, App. 100.

T. oportēre: the infinitive is due to the indirect n its subject is another infinitive with subjeet accusative, Rēgqulum. facere.

8. in, in the case of.

9. Poenīs: Poenī and Carthāginiēnsēs are used of the same people, the former referring to their Phoenician origin, the latter derived from the name of their chicf city.

10. pār parī, like for like, as good as they sent. 1ō6. ex animō, sineerely; literally, from his heart.

11. nōn convēnit, no agreement was reached; convēnit is used impersonally.

12. mīlibus: ablative of degree or measure of difference; what part of speech is the plural of mālle?

13. callidus, -a, -um, adj. (calleō, 13. conveniēns, gen., -entis, adj. [pr.

be eallous, be skilled], shrewd, part. of conveniō), agreeing , appro- adroit. priate.

12. nihilum, -ī, n. Ine 4hilum, a 14. gravitās, -ātis, f. (gravis], heavi- shred], nothing; esp. in the abl. ness; importance; dīgnity.

with a compar., e. g. nihilō minus, none the less. 18. collēga, -ae, m., colleaguc.

5

10

20 25

30

35

196

A JUNIOR LATIN READER

Africā agit, vīlicus in agellō septem jūgerum, quem Rēgulus cōnsul habēbat, mortuus est; occāsiōnem nactus mercennārius,

ablātō rūsticō īnstrūmentō, aufūgit. dēsertō agrō, alimenta uxōrī Rēgulī ac līberīs deessent.

Ita perīculum erat nē,

Dīci-

tur litterīs ā cōnsulibus petīsse ut sibi successor mitterētur. At senātus agrum colī pūblicē et alimenta conjugī ejus ac līberīs praebērī rēsque quās āmīserat redimī jussit.

īnsequentī annō Rēgulus, arbitrātus Carthāginiēnsēs jam sē

dēdere parātōs esse,

vēnērunt, ut dē pāce agerent.

audīvissent, bellumque renovāre.

ad colloquium eōs invītāvit. Laetī Sed cum postulāta Rēgulī cōnstituērunt condiciōnēs tam dūrās recūsāre

Eō ferē tempore Lacedaemonius quīdam, nōmine Xanthip-

pus, reī mīlitāris perītissimus, Carthāginiēnsibus celeriter persuāsit ut sē ducem Quō factō fortūna mūtāta est.

vēnit. facerent.

Carthāginem cum conductīs

Nam nōn sōlum

26. nē .... deessent: the noun clause is used with perīculum erat exactly as with a verb of fearing, App. 99, b; observe that nē is to be translated that.

27. uxōrī: a dative with dēsum, like mihi, 18, 34.

28. reī:

objective genitive with perītissimus.

24. vīlicus, -ī, m. ſvīlla], steward, bailiff.

agellus, -ī, m. [dim. of ager], a little field

26. mercennārius, -a, -um, adj. [mercēs], hired, paid; subst., mercennārius, -ī, m., hired ser- vant.

27. rūsticus, -a, -um, adj. rū the country, rustic.

īnstrūmentum, -ī, n., implement, tool; as ctilectice in the sing., im- blements, tools.

27. alimenta, -ōrum, n. food, provisions; nce0
28. littera, -ae, f., a letter (of the

alphabet); pl., a letter, an epistle; literature.

s], of

. Ialōl,

successor, -ōris, m. [succēdōl, suc- cessor.

29. pūblicē, adv. [pūblicus], in the name of the state, at public expense.

30. īn-sequēns, gen. -sequentis, adj. [pr. part. of īnsequor], following, next.

31. postulātum, -ī, n. [p. part. of postulō], a demand, request.

32. condiciō, -ōnis, f. [condīcō, agreel, agreement; terms, condi- tions.

dūrus, -a, severe.

37. conductī, -ōrum, m. pl. Ip. part. of condūcō]l, mercenary soldiers, mercenaries.

-um, adj., hard, harsh, A JUNIOR LATIN READER 197

exercitum Rōmānum vīcērunt sed etiam Rēgulum imperā- tōrem cēpērunt.

Paucīs post annīs, cum iterum dē pāce agere cōnstituissent, Rēgulum cum lēgātīs Rōmam mīsērunt quī Rōmānīs pācem suādēret et dē commūtandīs captīvīs ageret; jūre jūrandō autem adstrictus est ut, nisi dē captīvīs impetrāret, redīret ipse Carthāginem. Is, cum Rōmam vēnisset, ēgit aliter ac Poenī mandāverant. Nam senātuī suāsit nē pāx cum Poenīs fieret; illōs enim frāctōs tot cāsibus spem nūllam habēre; reddī captīvōs negāvit esse ūtile; adulēscentēs esse et bonōs ducēs, sē jam cōnfectum senectūte; dīxit etiam malum ex- emplum futūrum esse, sī captīvī Rōmānī redimerentur. Senātus eō auctōre pācem recūsāvit Poenōsque captīvōs retinuit. Rēgulus ut captīvus conjugem parvōsque nātōs ā sē remōvit Carthāginemque rediit. Ibi crūdēlissimīs suppliciīs necātus esse dīcitur.

42. Paucīs post annīs: an ablative of degree of difference with post; we have also had post paucōs annōs.

43. Rōmānīs ... suādēret: translated in the note on 158, 5ō.

44. jūre jūrandō... adstrictus est ut... redīret, bound himself by an oath to return; because of the implied indirect discourse (he said he would return), the subordinate elause, nisi ... impetrūret, has the subjunetive.

45. ac, than, a meaning explained in the note on Arg. 320.

46. illōs ... habēre: dependent on a verb of “saying” implied in the preceding sentence.

47. reddī captīvōs: for the infinitive elause as subject of esse, see the note on 16, 5. Wtry is datile neuter?

48. eō auctōre, by his advice, ablative absolute.

49. ut captīvus, as a prisoner; and so not the equal of free Romans. b4. ā sē remōvit, shunned.

50. com-mūtō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, ir., pedient. change, exehange.

51. ad-stringō, -stringere, -strīnxī, -strictum, tr., bind to, bind. 5 impetrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. and exempium, -ī, n., example, prece- intr. linH+patrō, perform], gain, ent. : bJ gain ones request. 53. retineō, -tinēre, -tinuī, -tentum,

52. ūtilis, -e, adj. [ūtor], useful, ex- tr. [re-teneōl, restrain, retain.

53. senectūs, -ūtis, f. Isenex], old age.

40

ēt Vt ē1

10

198 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

20. HANNIBAL

Carthāginiēnsēs post prīmum Pūnicum bellum imperium opēsque in Hispāniā dīligenter auxērunt. Dux hujus operis Hamilcar erat, quī imperātor prīmō bellō fuerat atque indig- nābātur quod Carthāgō eō bellō Siciliam Sardiniamque āmīserat.

Hannibal, ejus fīlius, annōs novem nātus patre incitante jūrāvit sē semper hostem futūrum esse populī Rōmānī. Posteā in Hispāniam missus est. Tam similis patrī ōre vul- tūque erat ut mīlitēs Hamilcarem juvenem redditum sibi esse crēderent. Ingenium autem erat ad rēs dīversissimās, pāren- dum atque imperandum, aptum. Nōn minus Hasdrubalī, imperātōrī, quī interfectō Hamilcare eī successor fuit in His- pāniā, quam exercituī cārus erat. Neque Hasdrubal alium quemquam mīlitibus praeficere mālēbat, neque mīlitēs aliō duce plūs cōnfīdēbant aut audēbant. Plūrimum audāciae ad perīcula capessenda, plūrimum cōnsiliī inter ipsa perīcula praebēbat. Nūllō labōre aut corpus fatīgārī aut animus

6. annōs novem nātus, at the age of nine; how, literally?

patre incitante, at the instigation of his father, ablative absolute.

8. patrī: dative with similis, whieh sometimes takes the genitive.

9. pārendum, imperandum: accusative of the gerund in apposition with rēs.

10. eī successor, successor to him. Hasdrubal was a brother-in-law of Hannibal. :

11. alium quemquam, any other.

12. mīlītibus: dative with the compound praeficere, of which quemquam is the direet object.

aliō duce, under another leader, ablative absolute. 15. plūs cōnfīdēbant aut audēbant, displayed more confidence or daring.

Plūrimum audāciae, the utmost boldness; substantive use of the adjective with dependent genitive of the whole.

6. in-citō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. Icitō, 15. plūs, adv. n. acc. of plūs], more.

rouse], rouse, incite, instigate. 16. capessō, -ere,, —, tr. Icapiōl, 8. vultus, -ūs, m., face, features, ex- seize (eagerly), undertake, un- pression. dergo.

11. aptus, -a, -um, adj., fit, adap- 17. fatīgō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr., ted. weary, tire, fatigue. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 199

vincī poterat. Calōris ac frīgoris patientia erat pār. Cibī modus pōtiōnisque dēsīderiō nātūrālī, nōn voluptāte, fīnītus est; tempora vigiliārum somnīque nec diē nec nocte discrī- mināta sunt; id quod gerendīs rēbus supererat quiēōtī datum est; ea neque mollī strātō neque silentiō arcessīta est; multī saepe eum mīlitārī sagulō opertum humī jacentem inter custōdiās statiōnēsque mīlitum cōnspexērunt. Vestītus nihil inter aequālēs excellēns; arma atque equī cōnspiciēbantur. Equi- tum peditumque īdem longē prīmus erat; prīnceps in proeli- um ībat, ultimus commissō proeliō excēdēbat.

Hasdrubale interfectō, Hannibal, nātus annōs vīgintī sep- tem imperātor creātus, cōnstituit Rōmānōs vincere, ut Car-

thāginem in prīstinam auctōritātem restitueret. Prīmum

obsidiōne urbem Saguntīnōrum cēpit, quī sociī Hispāniēnsēs Rōmānōrum erant. Deinde per montēs Pēȳrēnaeōs atque Alpēs iter difficile in Italiam fēcit. Ibi Rōmānōs exercitūs superāvit ad Tīcīnum flūmen, ad Trebiam, ad Trasumennum lacum, in Āpuliā ad Cannās. In Āpūliam vēnerat eō cōn-

21. id quod .. . supererat, what time was left from active duties; gerendīs rēbus is a dative of the gerundive construetion, the dative being frequently used after supersum.

22. humī, on the ground; a locative.

23. nihil, not at all; for the case sce the note on Arg. 319.

24. īdem, alike; in agreement with the subject of erat.

25. frīgus, frīgoris, n., cold, cold- strātum, -ī, n. Ip. part. of sternō,

ness. spr ead out], bed-covering, cover- 19. pōtiō, -ōnis, f. Ipōtō, to drink], let.

a drink, drink. 23. sagulum, -ī, n. [dim. of sagum, dēsīderium, -ī, n. (dēsīderō, long mantle], a military cloak.

for], desire, longing. 24. statiō, -ōnis, f. Istōl, station, nātūrālis, -e, adj. [nātūra], of post; pl. sentries, outposts.

nature, natural. 25. aequāiis, -e, adj., equal; subst., fīniō, -īre, -īvī, -ītum, tr. ffīnis], aequālis, -is, m., one of the same

limit, determine, fix. age. 20. discrīminō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. -

ldiscrīmen], ’ divide, distinguish. runcln. emut ermsism. uns

22. moliis, -e, adj., soft. ttinguished.

20

25

30

35 40

10

200 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

siliō, ut spē lībertātis sociōs Rōmānōrum sollicitāret. Quī- dam ex sociīs amīcitiam Hannibalis secūtī sunt, sed multī in fidē Rōmānōrum mānsērunt. Cum optimī ducēs Rōmānī adversus Hannibalem mitterentur, numquam tamen eum dēvincere potuērunt. Sēdecim annōs in Italiā neque victor neque victus mānsit.

36. ut.. . sollicitāret: a clause explaining cōnsiliō.

37. amīcitiam Hannibalis secūtī sunt, made friends with Hannibal.

38. sollicitō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr., tum, tr., conquer completely. disturb, tempt, incite. sēdecim, indecl. num. I[sex4decem],

39. dē-vincō, -vincere, -vīcī, -vic- sixteen.

40. QUNTUS FABIUS MAXIMUS

Initiō secundī Pūnicī bellī Rōmānī lēgātōs Carthāginem mīsērunt quī reperīrent num pūblicō cōnsiliō Hannibal Sagun- tum oppugnāsset. Rē diū atque frūstrā in senātū Carthā- giniēnsī dēlīberātā, tandem ūnus ex Carthāginiēnsibus clāmā- vit: ‘“Omittite Saguntī mentiōnem facere, et quod fertis ali- quandō dīcite.”” Tum Q. Fabius Maximus, lēgātiōnis Rō- mānae prīnceps, sinū ex togā factō, “nīc,” inquit, “vōbīs bellum et pācem portāmus; utrum placet, sūmite.” Carthā- giniēnsēs haud minus ferōciter eum jussērunt dare utrum vellet. Et cum is iterum sinū effūsō bellum sē dare dīxisset, Carthāginiēnsēs respondērunt: “Bellum accipimus et quibus animīs accipimus īsdem gerēmus.”

2. num: this word may introduce indirect questions as well as direct; with indirect questions it should be translated whether.

pūblicō cōnsiliō, with the sanction of the government.

8. utrum, whichever; literally, which of the two.

9. quibus animīs... īsdem: here, as often in Latin, the antecedent animīs is placed in the relative clause, with a demonstrative standing after; it is best to translate as if we had īsdem animīās gerēmus quibus accipimus.

10. lēgātiō, -ōnis, f. [lēgō, appoint as deputy]l, embassy, legation. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 201

Postquam Rōmānī clādem ad Trasumennum lacum accē- pērunt, Fabius dictātor creātus est, et M. Minucius Rūfus magister equitum. Cōnsilium erat Fabiī nūllō locō cum hoste dēcertāre, sed fīnēs Rōmānōrum sociōrumque intuērī et levibus proeliīs mīlitum fortitūdinem augēre. Hannibal hōc cōnsilīo turbātus dictātōrem invidiā onerāre cōnstituit. Ita- que cum ager Fabiī eī mōnstrātus esset, omnibus agrīs circā vāstātīs, ūnī agrō dictātōris pepercit. At Fabius, missō Rō- mam Quīntō fīliō, agrum vēndidit pecūniāque redāctā captī- vōs Rōmānōs redēmit.

Ratiō Fabiāna bellī gerendī, propter quam Fabiō cognōmen Cūnctātor datum est, Rōmānīs grāta nōn erat. Cum Minu- cius, absente dictātōre, aliquantum victōriae forte adeptus esset, lēx lāta est ut jūs magistrī equitum et dictātōris ae- quārētur. Injūriam tamen Fabius aequō animō tulit, satis fīdēns haudquāquam cum imperiī jūre artem imperandī aequātam esse. Legiōnēs inter dictātōrem et magistrum dīvīsae sunt. Dēnique Minucius, temere proeliō commissō, ā Fabiō servātus est. Tum sub imperium dictātōris rediit

ūnī, alone; a not infrequent meaning of ūnus.

21. pecūniā redāctā, with the money realized, ablative absolute.

22. aliquantum victōriae, somewhat of a vietory.

23. ut... aequārētur: a noun clause defining lēx.

24. aequō animō, with composure. satis fīdēns, quite convineed.

25. ā Fabiō: tō be taken with servūtus est.

26. clādēs, clādis, -ium, f., disaster, misfortune; defeat.

27. dē-certō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, intr., fight it out, fight a decisive battle.

28. fortitūdō, -dinis, f. [fortis], forti- tude, bravery.

29. invidia, -ae, f. linvidus, vious], envy, jealousy.

30. vēndō, -dere, -didī, -ditum, tr. [vēnum, sale, 4dō], sell.

redigō, -igere, -ēgī, -āctum, tr. Ired- +agōl, force back; bring under, reduce; collect.

ch-

24. cūnctātor, -ōris, m. I[cūnctor], a delayer; as a proper noun, be- stowed tinformally as a cognomen on Q. Fabius Maximus.

25. aliquantum, -ī, n. laliquantus, somel], something.

adipīscor, adipīscī, adeptus sum, tr. lad+apīscor, reach], attain, ob- tain, win.

26. aequō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. laequus], make equal, equalixe.
27. fīdō, -ere, fīsus sum, intr.,

trust, rely upon.

30. temere, adv., rashly, heedlessly.

to ct

30 10

202 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

legiōnēsque restituit et Fabium patrem appellāvit. Rōmae, ut est perlāta fāma ejus reī, omnēs Maximum laudibus ad caelum ferēbant.

Multīs post annīs, aliīs rēbus interim gestīs, Fabius mor- tuus est. Quamquam alius dux prōmptior ad proelium Hannibalem dēnique dēvīcit, certum tamen est Fabium rem Rōmānam cōnsiliō cūnctandī restituisse.

32. ut, when.

33. laudibus ferēbant, extolled.

34. rem Rōmānam, Roman fortunes.

35. prōmptus, -a, -um, adj. I[p. part. 33. cūnctor, -ārī, -ātus sum, intr., of prōmō, bring forth], readv, delay, hesitate. prompt.

36. PUBLIUS CORNELIUS SCIPIO AFRICANUS

P. Cornēlius Scīpiō fīlius erat cōnsulis quī exercituī Rō- mānō in proeliō ad Tīcīnum flūmen praefuerat. Fāma est patrem, cum in eō proeliō vulnerātus ab hostibus circum- venīrētur, ā fīliō septendecim nātō annōs servātum esse.

Post pugnam Cannēnsem quattuor mīlia mīlitum Rōmānō- rum Canusium perfūgērunt. Cum ibi tribūnī mīlitum quat- tuor essent, omnium tamen cōnsēnsū ad duōs tribūnōs, P. Scīpiōnem et Ap. Claudium, summa imperiī dēlāta est. Ēīs nūntiātum est nōbilēs juvenēs quōsdam dē dēserendā Italiā cōnsultāre. Scīpiō sequentibus paucīs vēnit in dēversōrium

1. exercituī: dative with the compound verb praefuerat.

2. Fāma est, there is a story; governing indirect discourse, patrem... servūātum esse.

3. Cum: of the three possible meanings, when, since, although, which one suits the context?

4. septendecim, indecl. num. [sep- 10. cōnsultō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, intr.

tem-decem], seventeen. Ureq. of cōnsulōl, consult, delib- 8. summa, -ae, f. [summusj, chief erate.

place, supremacy; sum, total. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 203

ubi conjūrātī erant, strictōque gladiō eōs coēgit jūrāre sē numquam rem pūblicam dēsertūrōs esse.

Posteā cum aedīlitātem peteret, tribūnī plēbis resistēbant, quod nōndum ad petendum Ilēgitima aetās esset. Tum Scīpiō “sī mē,” inquit, “omnēs Quirītēs aedīlem facere volunt, 15 satis annōrum habeō.” Aedīlis magnō favōre populī nūllō tribūnō resistente creātus est.

Quattuor post annīs pater Scīpiōnis et patruus, quī bellum in Hispāniā gesserant, intrā diēs trīgintā cecidērunt. Comi- tiīs ēdictīs ad imperātōrem creandum omnēs seniōrēs imperium s0 Hispāniēnse accipere nōlēbant; tum subitō P. Cornēlius Scīpiō, quattuor et vīgintī annōs nātus, professus est sē petere et in superiōre locō unde cōnspicī posset, cōnstitit. Deinde ad ūnum omnēs P. Scīpiōnī imperium esse in His- pāniā jussērunt. Posteā tamen cīvēs ob aetātem imperātōris ss novī dubitāre incipiēbant num rēctē fēcissent. Scīpiō, hōc animadversō, cōntiōnem habuit et tam graviter disseruit ut animōs rūrsus excitāret omnēsque certā spē implēret.

14. qued .. . esset: what difference is there between the indicative and the subjunctive with quod causal?

petendum: petō is the technical term for “seek office,” “be a candidate.”

23. unde cōnspicī posset: a clause of purpose introduced by a relative adverb.

24. P. Scīpiōnī imperium esse, that P. Scipio should hare the command; Scīpiōnī is a dative of possession.

25. num: sce note on 21, 2.

26. conjūrātī, -ōrum, m. pl. Ipf. 20. senior, gen. ōris, adj. [compar.

part. of conjūrō, conspirel, con- of senex], older; subst., m. pl., spirators. the older men, the elders. 13. aedīlitās, -ātis, f. laedīlis], the 22. profiteor, -ērī, -fessus sum, tr. office of an aedile, aedileship. [pro+fateor, confess], declare pub- 14. lēgitimus, -a, -um, adi. [lēxl, licly, profess, avow. fixed by law, legal. 26. rēctē, adv. (rēctus], straight; 1ō. aedīlis, aedīlis, -ium, m., aedile, right, properly. : title of a Roman magistrate. 27. cōntiō, -ōnis, f. lcompare com- 16. favor, -ōris, m. [faveōl, favor, and veniōl, a public assembly; a good-will. speech.

18. patruus, -ī, m. Ipater], a father’s dis-serō, -serere, -seruī, -sertum, brother, uncle. intr. I[serō, join], discourse, argue. 30

35

40

45

50

204 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

Quīnque annōs in Hispāniā bellum adversus Carthāginiēnsēs continuō cursū victōriārum gessit. Exercitūs hostium ex Hispāniā expulit et amīcitiās gentium Hispāniēnsium sibi conciliāvit. Multa nārrantur dē Scīpiōnis mānsuētūdine in miserōs et dē comitāte in hostēs ac barbarōs. Virginem Hispānam captam Carthāgine Novā, quae Alluciō, prīncipī Celtibērōrum, dēspōnsa erat, spōnsō trādidit. Magnum quo- que aurī pondus, quod virginis parentēs ad redimendam fīliam attulērunt, spōnsō dedit. Allucius, ut beneficium remūnerārētur, domum profectus ad Scīpiōnem cum dēlēctīs mīlle et quadringentīs equitibus revertit. Massīvam adulēs- centem, captīvum &āfrum, restituit avunculō Masinissae, Numidārum rēgī, quī cum equitātū subsidiō Carthāginiēnsi- bus vēnerat.

Scīpiō, receptā Hispāniā, glōriam cōnficiendī bellī spectāre coepit. Cōnstituit prius conciliāre rēgēs Āfrōs, Syphācem et Masinissam, quī sociī Carthāginiēnsium erant. Syphāx col- loquium cum duce Rōmānō postulāvit. Scīpiō ab Carthāgine Novā profectus forte invectus est in rēgium portum eō ipsō tempore quō Hasdrubal, dux Carthāginiēnsis, quī Hispāniā pulsus erat. Rōmānus et Carthāginiēnsis, quamquam hostēs erant, ā Syphāce in hospitium invītātī eōdem lectō accubuē-

31. amīcitiās: translate by the singular. The plural is employed be-

cause several nations are involved.

33. in, to, towards.

34. subsidiō Carthāginiēnsibus: datives of purpose and reference, App. 53, 54.

35. in hospitium, io be his guests.

36. avunculus, -ī, m. lavus], a

37. mānsuētūdō, -inis, f. (mānsuē- (maternal) unele.

tus, mild], mildness, gentleness, elemeney.

nilis 2.1 : 43. recipiō, -cipere, -cēpī, -ceptum 33. comitās, -ātis, f. lcomis, eour- pio, -cipere, cepi, —ceptum,

teous], courteousness, affability. 38. re-mīūneror, -ārī, -ātus sum, tr., repay, reward.

39. quadringentī, -ae, -a, num. ad;. lquattuor4centum], four hundred.

tr. [re-4capiōl, take back, regain; accept, receive; sē recipere, to recover oneself, to withdraw, to retreat.

50. lectus, -ī, m., couch, bed. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 205

runt. Tanta autem inerat comitās Scīpiōnī ut Hasdrubal nōn minus quam Syphāx Rōmānum admīrārētur. Scīpiō cum Syphāce foedere factō Novam Carthāginem rediit.

Posteā iter longum per Hispāniam fēcit, ut cum Masinissā

quoque colloquerētur, quem comitāte atque majestāte facile

conciliāvit. Numida grātiās ēgit quod Scīpiō frātris fīlium remīsisset dīxitque sē velle in fidē atque amīcitiā populī Rōmānī esse; Rōmānōs, sī Scīpiōnem ducem in Āfricam mitterent, brevī tempore Carthāginem captūrōs esse. Scīpiō, fidē datā acceptāque, in castra rediit atque mox Rōmam profectus est.!

Cum ibi cōnsul ingentī favōre factus esset, Sicilia eī prō- vincia dēcrēta est permissumque ut in NĀfricam trānsīret. Dum in Siciliā bellum parat, Rōmam ab inimīcīs ejus nūn- tiātum est imperātōrem exercitumque Syrācūsārum amoeni- tāte licentiāque corrumpī. Lēgātīs ā senātū Syrācūsās ad haec cognōscenda missīs, Scīpiō mīlitēs in terrā dēcurrentēs, classem in portū simulācrum nāvālis pugnae ēdentem, armā- mentāria, horrea, bellī alium apparātum ostendit; tantaque admīrātiō lēgātōs cēpit ut satis crēderent aut illō duce atque

5ī. in fidē atque amīcitiā, under the friendly protection, a loose sort of alliance betwecen the Roman government and less civiliaed peoples.

63. permissum (est), permission was given; the noun clause ut... trūnsīret is subject of permissum est.

64. Rōmam: accusative of the place to which. Wwhnat suggests the idea of motion?

65. dēcurrentēs, drilling, maneuvering.

66. satis crēderent, were quite convinced.

67. īn-sum, -esse, -fuī, intr., be in, freedom, license; boldness. be upon. nhL 3 ī5ī D 5ē l 68. simulācrum, -ī, n. [simulō], like-

68. colloquor, -loquī, -locūtus sum, ness, semblance. intr. com-4loquor], conversce, . l confer. armāmentārium, -ī, n. larmal, arse-

• • • . -. ā - l r s. majestās, -ātis, f. I[major], dignity, nal, armors majesty. 69. horreum, -ī, n., storehouse,

65. amoenitās, -ātis, f. lamoenus, granarīy. ? charming], pleasantness, charm. apparātus, -ūs, m. lapparō, prepare],

66. licentia, -ae, f. llicēns, freel, apparatus, equipment.

ēīl ēt

60 75

sŌ

90

206 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

exercitū vincī Carthāginiēnsēs aut nūllō aliō posse. Senātus igitur cēnsuit ut Scīpiō quam prīvum in Āfricam trānsīret.

Scīpiōnī in Āfricam advenientī Masinissa sē conjūnxit cum parvā manū equitum. Syphāx, quī ā Rōmānīs ad Poenōs dēfēcerat, captus est Rōmamque missus. Dēnique Carthā- giniēnsēs, salūte dēspērātā ob multās victōriās Scīpiōnis, Hannibalem ex Italiā revocāvērunt.

Frendēns gemēnsque ac vix ā lacrimīs temperāns dīcitur lēgātōrum verba audīsse. Respexit saepe Italiae lītora, sē accūsāns quod nōn victōrem exercitum statim ab Cannēnsī pugnā Rōmam dūxisset. Zamam vēnit, quae urbs quīnque diērum iter ab Carthāgine abest. Inde praemissī speculā- tōrēs exceptī sunt ab custōdibus Rōmānīs et ad Scīpiōnem dēductī. Ille autem jussit eōs per castra circumdūcī et ad Hannibalem dīmīsit.

Deinde, quaerente colloquium Hannibale, diēs locusque cōnstituitur. Itaque congressī sunt duo maximī suae aetātis ducēs. Paulisper tacuērunt admīrātiōne mūtuā dēfīxī. Cum vērō dē condiciōnibus pācis inter eōs nōn convēnisset, ad suōs sē recēpērunt renūntiantēs armīs dēcernendum esse. Commissō deinde proeliō Hannibal victus cum paucīs equiti-

bus fūgit. Pāx Carthāginiēnsibus data est eīs condiciōnibus quae

T72. quam prīmum, as soon as possible. 89. convēnisset: impersonal, as in 19, 17. 90. dēcernendum esse, the matter must be decided; impersonal passive.

93. eīs ... quae .. . facerent, such terms as made; quae .. . facerent is a clause of result introduced by a relative pronoun.
94. re-vocō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr., 384. circum-dūcō, -dūcere, -dūxī,

call back, recall.

78. (frendō, -ere), only in pr. part., intr., gnash the teeth.

gemō, -ere, gemuī, —, iīntr., groan, lament.

temperō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, 6r. [tempus], restrain, abstain from, refrain from.

79. Iītus, lītoris, n., seashore, beach.

-ductum, fr., lead around.

87. con-gredior, -gredī, -gressus sum, intr. [com-4gradior, stepl, come together, meet.

88. mūtuus, -a, -um, adj. Imūtōl, mutual.

dē-fīgo, -fīgere, -fīxī, -fīxum, tr., fasten down; strike motionless, stupefy. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 207

Rōmānōs suae partis orbis terrārum dominōs facerent. Pāce terrā marīque partā, Sqīpiō exercitū in nāvēs impositō Rō- mam profectus est. Per Italiam laetam pāce nōn minus quam victōriā iter fēcit. Nōn urbēs modo ad habendōs honōrēs effūsae sunt, sed agrestium etiam turba viās obsidē- bat. Triumphō omnium clārissimō urbem est invectus cog- nōmenque Āfricānum sibi sūmpsit.

95. terrā marīque, by land and sea; locative ablatives.

96. effūsae sunt: translate in the active voice, poured out.

97. pariō, -ere, peperī, partum, fr., -ium, m., a countryman, a peas- bring forth, give birth to, produce. ant.

98. agrestis, -e, adj. lager], of the 699. triumphus, -ī, m., a triumphal country; subst. agrestis, agrestis, procession, triumph.

99. GAIrvs MaRrIus

C. Marius humilī locō nātus, prīma stīpendia in Hispāniā duce Scīpiōne fēcit. Imprīmīs Scīpiōnī ob ēgregiam virtūtem cārus erat; Scīpiō enim dīxit, sī quid sibi accidisset, rem pūblicam nūllum alium successōrem Mariō meliōrem in- ventūram esse. Quā laude excitātus Marius spīritūs dignōs rēbus quās posteā gessit concēpit.

Posteā lēgātus fuit Q. Metellī, quī bellum in Numidiā contrā Jugurtham rēgem gerēbat. Rōmam missus Metellum apud populum incūsāvit, quod bellum dūceret; sī sē cōn-

i1. locō: the ablative of locus in the sense of station needs no preposition. prīma stīpendia fēcit, saw his first service. 2. Scīpiōnī: the younger Scipio, the destroyer of Carthage.

6. rēbus: the ablative i is regularly governed by dignus and its opposite indignus.

7. sī sē, ete.: dependent on a verb of “saying with captūrum esse, sē is to be supplied as subject.

” implied in incūsūvit;

2. imprīmīs, adv. linatl. pl. of dignus, -a, -um, adj., worthy.

prīmus], especially, ehiefly. 6. concipiō, -cipere, -cēpī, -ceptum, ē. spīritus, -ūs, m. [spīrō, breathel, tr. [com-1capiō], take hoid of; breath; spirit, pride, ambition, conceive.

arr ogance.

100 208 A JUNIOR EATIN READER

10 sulem fēcissent, brevī tempore aut vīvum aut mortuum Jugurtham captūrum esse. Itaque cōnsul creātus in Numi- diam rediit atque superāvit Bocchum, rēgem Gaetulōrum, ad quem Jugurtha profūgerat. Deinde Sulla, quaestor Mariī, persuāsit Bocchō ut Jugurtham trāderet.

13 Marius iterum cōnsul creātus in Galliam profectus est, ubi vīcit Teutonēs, gentem Germānicam, quī cum Cimbrīs novās sēdēs quaerēbant. Cum Teutonī vallem flūmenque medium tenērent, mīlitēsque Rōmānī, quibus aquae nūlla cōpia erat, aquam flāgitārent, Marius “virī,” inquit, “estis; ēn, illīc

20 aquam habētis.” Mīlitēs ita concitātī tam ācriter pugnāvē- runt ut ducenta mīlia hostium caederentur et nōnāgintā caperentur.

īnsequentī annō cum Marius contrā Cimbrōs in Italiā castra habēret, illī lēgātōs ad eum mīsērunt quī agrōs sibi et

18. quibus... erat=quī... habēbant; what kind of dative is quibus?

19. quaestor, -ōris, m. [for quaesītor, demand urgently, demand.

compare quaerōl, quaestor, a Ro- &n interj., behold! see! man magistrate connected with state ..” 3 finances. illīc, adv. lille], there, yonder.

19. flāgitō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr., 21. nōnāgintā, indecl. num., ninety.

ROMAN AQUEDUCT

A JUNIOR LATIN READER 209

frātribus postulārent; Teutonum enim clādem ignōrābant. Cum quaereret Marius quōs illī frātrēs dīcerent, Teutonēs nōmināvērunt; tum rīdēns Marius “omittite,” inquit, “frā- trēs; tenent hī acceptam ā nōbīs terram atque in perpetuum tenēbunt.” Proeliō commissō, Cimbrī caesī sunt. In ipsā pugnā Marius duās cohortēs Camertium, quī mīrā virtūte vim Cimbrōrum sustinōbant, contrā lēgem cīvitāte dōnāvit. Dē quā rē posteā reprehēnsus sē excūsāvit, quod inter armōrum strepitum verba jūris cīvīlis exaudīre nōn potuisset.

Marius, quī semper factiōnem populārem in rē pūblicā

secūtus erat, cum senēsceret, invidēre coepit Sullae, quī dux:

nōbilium erat. Itaque, cum Sulla in cōnsulātū bellō Mithri- dāticō pracfectus esset, tribūnus quīdam lēge imperium Sullae abrogāvit Mariōque bellum dētulit. Quā rē commōtus Sulla, quī ex Italiā nōndum excesserat, Rōmam cum exercitū rediit et urbe occupātā tribūnum interfēcit Mariumque fugāvit. Marius aliquamdiū in palūde latuit; paulō post repertus, injectō in collum lōrō, Minturnās raptus est et in

26. quōs ... dīcerent, whom they meant by “brothers.”

27. contrā lēgem: Roman citizenship was normally the gift of the senate.

28. sē excūsāvit, quod, offered as an exeuse, that, ete. There is no verb of “saying” here, vet we have the subjunetive in potuisset. Whny?

29. in rē pūblicā, in polities.

30. Sulla, bellō: what would be the cases of these words if the compound verb, praefectus esset, were in the active voice?

31. injectō.. . lērō, with a rope, ete., ablative absolutc.

32. nōminō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. [nōmen], call by name, mention.

33. dōnō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tfIr. ([dōnuml], present, bestow.

34. strepitus, -ūs, m. [strepō, make a noise], noise, uproar, confusion.

ex-audiō, -īre, -īvī, -ītum, tr., hear clearly, hear.

34. populāris, -e, adj. [populus],

of the people, democratic, popu- lar.

3ō. senēscō, -ere, senuī, —, intr. lcompare senex], grow old.

in-videō, -vidēre, -vīdī, -vīsum, intr., envy, be jealous of.

36. cōnsulātus, -ūs, m. consulship.

37. ab-rogō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr., annul; take away (an office).

38. aliquamdiū, adv., for a while.

[cōnsul],

lateō, -ēre, latuī, —, intr., lie hid,

be hidden. 42. lōrum, -ī, n., thong, strap.

30

40 45

50

210 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

custōdiam conjectus. Missus est ad eum occīdendum servus pūblicus, nātiōne Cimber, quem Marius vultūs auctōritāte dēterruit. Cum enim hominem ad sē strictō gladiō venien- tem vīdisset, “tūne, homō,” inquit, ‘“C. Marium audēbis occīdere?” Quō audītō ille perturbātus gladium abjēcit atque fūgit, Marium sē nōn posse occīdere clāmitāns. Ma- rius deinde ab iīs quī prius eum occīdere voluerant ē carcere ēmissus est.

Acceptā nāviculā in Āfricam trānsiit et in agrum Carthā- giniēnsem pervēnit. Ibi cum in locīs sōlitāriīs sedēret, vē- nit ad eum līctor Sextiliī praetōris, quī tum Āfricam obtinē- bat. Ab hōc, quem numquam laesisset, Marius hūmānitātis aliquod officium expectābat; at līctor dēcēdere eum prōvinciā jussit, nisi in sē animadvertī vellet; torvēque intuentem et vōcem nūllam ēmittentem Marium rogāvit tandem, ecquid renūntiārī praetōrī vellet? Marius ‘“nūntiā,” inquit, “tē vīdisse Gaium Marium in Carthāginis ruīnīs sedentem.”

44. nātiōne: ablative of respect.
45. tūne: -ne is the enclitic particle employed as sign of a question.

b4. quem.. . laesisset, since he had never injured him; a relative clause may express a reason or cause and take a subjunctive, the rela- tive pronoun being equivalent to cum causal and a demonstrative pro- noun, here cum eum.

56. nisi in sē animadvertī vellet, unless he wanted himself punished; animadvertō is a compound of animum and advertō, turn attention to, which easily comes to mean punish; here the passive infinitive is used impersonalīy. Even when active, animadvertō in the sense of punish takes in with the accusative.

6ī. ecquid, whether anything, introducing an indireet question.

44. nātiō, -ōnis, f. [nāscor], race, nation, people.

45. dē-terreō, -ēre, -uī, -itum, tr., frighten away, deter.

46. nāvicula, -ae, f. ldim. of nāvisl, boat, skiff.

47. sōlitārius, -a, -um, adj. Isōlus], lonely, solitary.

48. praetor, -ōris, m. [for praeitor, from praeeō, go before], (a leader);

praetor, title of a Roman magis- trate charged with judicial duties. 54. laedō, laedere, laesī, laesum, tr., injure, offend. hūmānitās, -ātis, f. [1ūmānus], cul- ture; kindness.

56. torvē, adv. [torvus, stern], stern- ly, fiercely.
57. ecquis, ecquid, pron., interrog., anyone? anything? whether any-

one, whether anything. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 211

d

Cum Sulla ad bellum Mithridāticum profectus esset, Marius revocātus ā Cinnā in Italiam rediit, calamitāte incēnsus magis quam frāctus. Cum exercitū Rōmam ingressus eam caedibus et rapīnīs vāstāvit; omnēs adversae factiōnis nōbilēs variīs suppliciōrum generibus affēcit. Quīnque diēs continu- ōs totidemque noctēs illa licentia scelerum omnium dūārāvit. Tandem Marius, senectūte et labōribus cōnfectus in morbum incidit et ingentī omnium laetitiā mortuus est. Cujus virī sī comparentur cum virtūtibus vitia, haud facile sit dictū utrum bellō melior an pāce perniciōsior fuerit.

Marius dūrior ad hūmānitātis studia erat et līberālium artium contemptor. Cum aedem Honōris dē manubiīs hos- tium vōvisset, sprētā peregrīnōrum marmorum nōbilitāte artifioumque Graecōrum arte, eam vulgārī lapide per artifi- cem Rōmānum aedificārī jussit. Graecās litterās contempsit quod doctōribus suīs parum ad virtūtem prōfuissent.

61. Cinnā: a leader of the anti-aristocratic faetion.
62. sī... comparentur: a future less vivid condition, App. 119.
63. dictū: ablative of the supine.

utrum. .. an, whether.. . or, introdueing a double indirect ākstiēn utrum is in ‘origin the neuter of uter, whīch of tuo things.

74. litterās: the singular of this word means a letter of the alphabet; the plural, a letter, i.e., an epistle, or literature; here, the latter.

T75. doctōribus... parum . . . prōfuisset, had been of too little profit to its teachers.

c3. rapīna, -ae, f. lrapiō], robbervy, T1. contemptor, -ōris, m. I[contem-

plunder, rapine. nō], despiser, scorner. 65. totidem, indecl. adj. [tot], just manubiae, -ārum, f. pl.,, bootxy, as many, the same number of. prize-money.

66. morbus, -ī, m., sickness, disease. 7ī2. marmor, -oris, n., marble.
67. vitium, -ī, n., fault, vice. nēāttīēnintiāīīnīūsttīmnim

’ ’ : birth; collect., the nobility, the utrum, adv. neut. of uter], whether, noovles.

used in double indirect questions. . l 0 aeq4 738. artifex, -icis, m., artifieer, arti-

69. an, conj., or, used in doutble san. questions. vulgāris, -e, adj. [vulgus], ordinary, perniciōsus, -a, -um, =2 [perniciēs], common.

destructive, ruinous. 75. doctor, -ōris, m. [doceō], teacher.

60 10

212 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

24. Lucrtus CORNELIUS SULLA

L. Cornēlius Sulla, quī bellō Jugurthīnō quaestor Mariī cōn- sulis fuit, usque ad quaestūram vītam lūxuriōsam ēgerat. Marius molestē tulisse trāditur, quod sibi gravissimum bellum gerentī quaestor voluptātī dēditus sorte obvēnisset. Ējusdem virtūs tamen, postquam in Āfricam vēnit, ēnituit. Bellō Cim- bricō lēgātus cōnsulis fuit et bonam operam ēdidit. Cōnsul ipse deinde factus, pulsō in exilium Mariō, adversus Mithri- dātem profectus est. Mithridātēs enim, Ponticus rēx, vir bellō ācerrimus, virtūte ēgregiā, odiō in Rōmānōs nōn īnferior Hannibale fuit. Ēffēcerat igitur ut omnēs in Asiā cīvēs Rō- mānī eādem diē atque hōrā interficerentur. Ac prīmō Sulla illīus praefectōs duōbus proeliīs in Graeciā superāvit; deinde in Asiā Mithridātem ipsum fūdit; oppressisset quoque nisi in Italiam ad bellum cīvīle adversus factiōnem populārem

3. molestē tulisse: molestē ferō has nearly the same meaning as aegrē

ferō, be vexed, annoyed, grieved, etc. sibi: dative with obvēnisset.

4. sorte: the quaestors cast lots to determine the posts to which they should be assigned in the city or provinces.

5. bonam operam ēdidit, did good service. Cōnsul ipse factus, etc.: as told in the story of Marius, l. 34 ff.

6. odiō: ablative of respect.

7. Hannibale: ablative of comparison.

ut omnēs .. . interficerentur: a noun clause of fact, object of effēcerat, had caused all Roman citiaens to be put to death.

13. oppressisset, ... nisi ... māluisset: conclusion and condition

contrary to fact, App. 120.

2. quaestūra, -ae, f. lquaestor], the office of quaestor, quaestorship. lūxuriōsus, -a, -um, adj. flūxuria, luxury], luxurious, voluptuous.

3. molestē, adv. īmolestus], with difficulty, with vexation; molestē ferre, to be annoyed.

4. ob-veniō, -venīre, -vēnī, -ven- tum, intr., come to, befall; fall to the lot of.

5. ē-niteō, -nitēre, -nituī, —, intr.. shine forth, gleam; be displayed.

6. odium, -ī, n. [ōdī], hatred.

īnferior, -ius, compar. adj., lower; inferior.

10. efficiō, -ficere, -fēcī, -fectum, tr. lex 4faciōl], accomplish, bring about, causc.

11. fundō, -ere, fūdī, fūsum, tr., pour, pour out; rout, defeat. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 213

redīre properāns quālemcumque pācem facere māluisset. Mithridātem tamen pecūniā multāvit; Asiā aliīsque prōvin- ciīs quās occupāverat dēcēdere paternīsque fīnibus contentum esse coēgit.

sulla propter mōtūs urbānōs cum victōre exercitū Rōmam properāvit; eōs quī Mariō favēbant omnēs superāvit. Nihil autem eā victōriā fuit crūdēlius. Sulla, urbem ingressus et dictātor creātus, vel in eōs quī sē sponte dēdiderant jussit animadvertī. Quattuor mīlia dēditōrum inermium cīvium in circō interficī jussit. Quis autem illōs potest ēnumerāre quōs in urbe passim quisquis voluit occīdit? Dēnique admonuit eum Fūfidius quīdam vīvere aliquōs dēbēre, ut essent quibus imperāret. Novō et inaudītō exemplō tabulam prōscrīptiō- nis prōposuit, quā nōmina eōrum quī occīdendī essent con- tinēbantur; cumque omnium orta esset indignātiō, postrīdiē plūra etiam nōmina adjēcit. Ingēns caesōrum fuit multitū-

16. pecūniā multāvit, cracted an indemnity from.

17. vel: this word alone means even, while vel... vel mean cither..

in eōs animadvertī: for the translation eonsult the note on 23, 56.

25. quisquis voluit occīdit, any one killed who wanted to.

26. ut essent quibus imperāret, in order that there might be people to rule; an idea of possibility is involved in the subjunctive imperūret, whom he could rule.

27. tabulam prōscrīptiōnis, a proscription list.

28. quī occīdendī essent: subjunetive in implied indireet diseourse; with eōrum, such as were to be killed, App. 109.

. Or.

here and thnere, in every direc- tion.

quisquis, quicquid, indef. pron., who- ever, whatever, everyone vwhno, everything that.

18. quāliscumque, quālecumque, indef. pron., of any kind whatever.

19. multō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. Imulta, a fine], punish, fine.

1ī. paternus, -a, -um, adj. Ipater],

of a father, paternal.

19. mōtus, -ūs, m. Imoveō], move- ment; disturbanee, tumult.

20. inermis, -e, adj. Iin-tarmal, unarmed, defenseless.

21. ē-numerō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr., reckon up, reeount.

22. passim, adv. [pandō], seattered,

ad-moneō, -monēre, -monuī, -mo- nitum, tr., remind, admonish.

27. in-audītus, -a, -um, adj., un- heard of, unusual.

tabula, -ae, f., board, plank; tablet, list, record.

prōscrīptiō, -ōnis, f. I[prōscrībōl, pro- scription, outlawry.

1

20

25 40

214 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

dō. Nec sōlum in eōs saevīvit quī armīs contrā sē dīmicā- verant, sed etiam quiētōs cīvēs propter pecūniae māgnitū- dinem prōscrīptōrum numerō adjēcit. Cīvis quīdam in- noxius, cui fundus in agrō Albānō erat, legēns prōscrīptōrum nōmina sē quoque vīdit adscrīptum. “Vae,” inquit, ‘“miserō mihi! mē fundus Albānus persequitur.” Neque longē prō- gressus ā quōdam quī eum āgnōverat interfectus est.

Sulla, oppressīs inimīeōrum partibus, Fēlīcem sē ēdictō ap- pellāvit; cumque ejus uxor geminōs eōdem partū ēdidisset, puerum Faustum puellamque Faustam nōminārī voluit. Sed paucīs post annīs repente contrā omnium expectātiōnem dictātūram dēposuit. Dīmissīs līetōribus, diū in forō cum amīcīs deambulāvit. Stupēbat populus eum prīvātum vidēns, cujus potestās modo tam metuenda fuerat. Quamquam jam prīvātus erat, nōn sōlum salūs, sed etiam dignitās manēbat, quī tot cīvēs occīderat. ūnus adulēscēns fuit quī audēret querī et Sullam redeuntem usque ad forēs domūs execrārī. Atque ille, cujus īram potentissimī virī maximaeque cīvitātēs nec effugere nec plācāre potuerant, ūnīus adulēscentulī con-

35. Vae miserō mihi, woe to me, unhappy man!

17,47.

Compare vae victīs,

46. quī audēret: a relative clause of description.

[saevus, savagel, be furious, ragc.

33. prō-scrībō, -scrībere, -scrīpsī: -scrīptum, tr., publish; outlaw, proscribe.

in-noxius, -a, -um, adj., harmless, innocent.

34. fundus, -ī, m., farm, estate.

35. ad-scrībō,

-scrībere, -scrīpsī,

-scrīptum, tr., write in addition,

add. 36. per-sequor, -sequī, sum, fr., follow after, pursue. 38. ēdictum, -ī, n. Ip. ēdīcō], ediet.

-secūtus

part. of

39. partus, -ūs, m. [pariō], a bearing, birth..

40. expectātiō, -ōnis, f. l[expectōl, awaiting, expectation.

41. de-ambulō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, intr., walk, stroll.

42. dignitās, -ātis, f. [dignus], worth; authority, prestige.

A13. foris, -is, f., door; frequently pl.

(with reference to the two leaves of a doutble door). -āvī, -ātum, tr., soothe, appease, placate. adulēscentulus, -ī, m. [dim. of adu- lēscēns], a very young man. contumēlia, -ae, f., insult, abuse. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 215

tumēliās aequō animō tulit, id tantum in līmine jam dīcēns: “Hic adulēscēns efficiet nē quis posthāc tāle imperium dē- pōnat.”

Sulla in vīllā voluptātibus dēditus reliquam vītam 2āēgit. Ibi morbō correptus mortuus est, vir ingentis animī, cupidus voluptātum, sed glōriae cupidior; litterīs Graecīs atque Latīnīs ērudītus fuit et virōrum litterātōrum adeō amāns ut dīligentiam etiam malī cujusdam poētae aliquō praemiō dignam exīstimāret; nam cum ille epigramma in Sullam fēcisset eīque mīsisset, Sulla statim praemium eī darī jussit, sed eā lēge, nē quid posteā scrīberet. Ante victōriam lau- dandus erat, sed in iīs quae secūta sunt numquam satis reprehēnsus; urbem enim et Italiam cīvīlis sanguinis flūmini- bus inundāvit. Nōn sōlum in vīvōs saeviit, sed nē mortuīs quidem pepercit. Nam Gaiī Mariī, cujus aliquandō quaestor fuerat, ērutōs cinerēs in flūmen prōjēcit. Quā crūdēlitāte factōrum ēgregiōrum glōriam corrūpit.

50. aequō animō, with composucre. tantum, only: literally, so much (and no more).

51. efficiet nē quis... dēpōnat: literally, will cause that no one, etc.; better, will prevent anyone from laying douwn, etc.

ē6. adeō, to such a degree; a synonym for ila. 57. praemiō: the ablative with dignam, as in 23, 6. 58. in Sullam, in Sulla’s honor.

60. eā lēge, on this condition; explained by the appositive noun clause, nē quid .. . scrīberet.

laudandus, deserving of praise. 63. mortuīs: account for the dative. 64. cujus: with quaestor.

65. ērutōs: past passive participle to be translated by a coōvrdinate verb, unearthed and threw into the river.

66. līmen, -inis, n., threshold, door. judge, think.

67. post-hāc, adv., hereafter, in the epigramma, -atis, n., epigram. future. 63. in-undō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr.,

68. litterātus, -a, -um, adj. ſlitteral, overflow, inundate. of letters, learned, educated. 6. ē-ruō, -ruere, -ruī, -rutum, Ir.,

69. ex-īstimō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. dig out, cast forth.

lex4-aestimō, estimate], estimate; cinis, cineris, m., ashes.

tn 2x

ēt 10

1

20

216 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

25. GNAEUS POMPEIUS MACGNUS

Gnaeus Pompeius bellō cīvīlī annōs vīgintī trēs nātus partēs Sullae secūtus est brevīque tempore sē ducem perītum praebuit. Imprīmīs mīlitibus cārus erat, quod nūllum labō- rem vītābat atque cum omnibus saltū, cursū, lūctandō certābat. Coāctīs reliquiīs ejus exercitūs cui pater praefuerat ad Sullam ex Asiā advenientem contendit, et in itinere trēs hostium exercitūs aut superāvit aut sibi adjūnxit. Sulla imperātōrem eum salūtāvit semperque maximō honōre habuit.

Posteā Pompeius Siciliam reciperāvit atque Carbōnem, Sullae inimīcum, quī eam īnsulam occupāverat, ad sup- plicium dūcī jussit. Multō clēmentior fuit in Sthenium, prīncipem cīvitātis cujusdam quae sibi adversāta erat. Cum enim dē omnibus cīvibus supplicium sūmere cōnstituisset, Sthenius clāmāvit inīquum esse ob ūnīus culpam in omnēs animadvertere. Interrogantī Pompeiō quis ille ūnus esset, Sthenius respondit: “Ego, quī cīvibus ut resisterent per- sūasī.” Hāc audācī vōce mōtus Pompeius omnibus et Stheniō ipsī pepercit.

Paulō post cum Numidiam intrā diēs quadrāgintā dēvīcis- set, ā Sullā jussus est exercitum dīmittere atque cum ūnā legiōne successōrem expectāre. Quamquam aegrē id ferēbat,

2. partēs, party, faction.

3. habuit, held, treated.

4. Carbōnem: like Cinna, 23, 61, a political leader prominent in the troubled period of Marius and Sulla.

5. sibi: as to the case of sibi, observe that adversor is a verb of resist- ing.

6. dē ... sūmere: as if punishment were something “taken from” the vietim; the English idiom is infliet upon.

7. ille ūnus, that one person of whom he spoke.

8. saltus, -ūs, m. [saliō, leap], leap- relinquōJ, remains, remnants. ing, a leap. 11. clēmēns, -entis, adj., merciful.

lūctor, -ārī, -ātus sum, intr., wrestle, 12. adversor, -ārī, -ātus sum, inir. contend, struggle. ladversus] (takes dative), resist,

6. reliquiae, -ārum, f. pl. leompare oppose. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 217

pāruit tamen et Rōmam rediit. Eī advenientī incrēdibilis hominum multitūdō obviam iit; Sulla quoque laetus eum excēpit et Magnī cognōmine salūtāvit. Nihilō minus Pom- peiō triumphum petentī restitit; neque vērō Pompeius eā rē ā prōpositō dēterritus est aususque dīcere plūrēs adōrāre sōlem orientem quam occidentem; quae vōx significābat Sullae potentiam minuī, Pompeiī crēscere. Eā vōce audītā Sulla audāciā adulēscentis percussus “Triumphet! Triumphet! Triumphet!” clāmāvit.

Dum in Hispāniā mīlitat adversus Sertōrium, quī Sullae adversābātur, in proeliō quōdam maximum perīculum subiit; cum enim mīles ingentī corporis magnitūdine impetum in eum fēcisset, Pompeius ejus manum abscīdit; sed multīs in eum concurrentibus vulnus in femore accēpit et ā suīs fugientibus dēsertus in hostium potestāte erat. At praeter spem ēvāsit; barbarī enim equum ejus aurō phalerīsque

22. Eī: obviam īre, go to meet, takes a dative somewhat in the manner of verbs compounded with ob.

23. Magnī: an explanatory genitive instead of an appositive, as in 11, ī6.

24. prōpositō, purpose; a past participle as a noun; how is the meaning “purpose” developed from the literal meaning of the verb prōpōnō?

25. Pompeiī: potentiam is understood; we may say that of Pompeius. Latin, however, does not use a demonstrative pronoun with a genitive in dependence uponiit.

26. Triumphet: a volitive subjunctive, App. 92.

27. Sertōrium: a follower of Marius. Afterwards as governor of Spain

he set up a government of his own and for a number of years maintained his independence of Rome.

23. ob-viam, adv., in the way, to cadō], fall, set (referring to the meet. sun); occidēns, -entis, pres. part.
24. prōpositum, -ī, n. Ip. part. of as adj., setting.

prōpōnōl, plan, intention, purpose. significō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, ir. Isig- numfaciōl, point out; signify. 31. mīlitō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, intr. mīles], serve as a soldier, wage 27. orior, orīrī, ortus sum, intr., war. rise, .arise; break out; oriēns, 35. femur, femoris, n., thigh.

-eniis, pres. pant. as adj. , rising. 37. phalerae, -ārum, f. pl., decora- occidō, -cidere, -cidī, intr. [ob4 tions of metal (for the breast).

ad-ōrō, -āre, -āvī, ēēāē: tr., wor- ship.

t2ō ē 45

50

218 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

eximiīs īnstrūctum cēperant. tant, Pompeius effūgit.

Paucīs post annīs imperium extraōrdinārium Pompeiō dēlātum est, ut opprimeret praedōnēs, quī omnia maria īnfesta reddēbant et quāsdam etiam Italiae urbēs dīripuerant. Hoc bellum tantā celeritāte cōnfēcit ut intrā quadrāgintā diēs omnēs praedōnēs aut interficerentur aut sē dēderent.

Statim in Asiam magnō exercitū missus est contrā Mith- ridātem, Ponticum rēgem, quōcum Rōmānī aliquot annōs contendēbant. Rēx diū castrīs sē continuit neque pugnandī facultātem dedit. Cum autem frūmentum dēficere coepisset, fugere cōnātus est. At Pompeius secūtus hostem tertiā nocte in saltū quōdam intercēpit lūnāque adjuvante fūdit. Nam cum Rōmānī lūnam ā tergō habērent, hostēs longīs umbiīs corporum Rōmānōrum dēceptī in umbrās tēla conjēcērunt. Victus Mithridātēs in Pontum profūgit. Posteā dēspērātīs fortūnīs venēnō vītam fīnīre frūstrā cōnātus est; adversus enim venēna multīs anteā medicāmentīs corpus firmāverat. Impetrāvit inde ā mīlite Gallō ut sē gladiō interficeret.

Cum Tigrānēs, rēx Armeniae, celeriter sē dēdidisset atque ad genua victōris prōcubuisset, Pompeius eum benignīs

Dum dē praedā inter sē cer-

46. aliquot annōs: this phrase, like jam diū and jam dūdum, is used with an imperfeet where we employ a past perfect; with contendēbant, had been contending for some years. See note on Per. 24.

47. castrīs, in camp; with contineō, a camp is regarded merely as the means of confinement; hence no preposition is used.

48. lūnā adjuvante, by the favoring light of the moon.

49. ā tergō, at their back.

50. īmpetrāvit... ā, prevailed upon; the verb has for object the noun clause ut.. . interficeret.

51. eximius, -a, -um, adj., unusual, distinguished.

52. extra-ōrdinārius, -a, -um, adj., extraordinary, uneommon.

53. praedō, -ōnis, m. [praedal, pi- rate.

54. saltus, -ūs, m., ravine, moun- tain pass, mountain valley.

intercipiō, -cipere, -cēpī, -ceptum, tr. linter4capiō], intereept.

55. medicāmentum, -ī, n. Imedeor, heal], drug, antidote.

56. genū, -ūs, n., knee.

prōcumbō, -cumbere, -cubuī, -cu- bitum, intr. [prō-4cumbō, reclinel, fall forwards, fall prostrate. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 219

verbīs allocūtus est et diadēma, quod abijēcerat, capitī repōnere jussit. Inde Rōmānōrum prīmus Jūdaeōs vīcit Hierosolymaque, caput gentis, cēpit sānctissimamque partem templī jūre victōris ingressus est.

Regressus in Italiam triumphum ex Asiā ēgit, cum anteā ex Āfricā et ex Hispāniā triumphāvisset. Triumphus illūs- trior fuit grātiorque populō, quod Pompeius nōn armātus, sīcut Sulla, ad Rōmam subigendam, sed dīmissō exercitū redīsset.

Posteā, ortā inter Pompeium et Caesarem gravī dissēnsiōne, quod hic superiōrem, ille parem ferre nōn poterat, bellum cīvīle exārsit. Caesar īnfestō exercitū in Italiam vēnit. Pompeius, relictā urbe ac deinde Italiā ipsā, Thessaliam petīvit et cum eō cōnsulēs senātūsque magna pars; quem īnsecūtus Caesar apud Pharsālum aciē fūdit. Victus Pom- peius ad Ptolemaeum, Aegyptī rēgem, cui tūtor ā senātū datus erat, profūgit; ille Pompeium interficī jussit. Ita Pompeius sub oculīs uxōris et līberōrum interfectus est,

63. triumphum 2ēgit =triumphdvit. ex, over; literally, from. The country over which the victory is won is thought of as the source from which the triumph is derived.

cum... triumphāvisset: a descriptive cum clause where English wonuld employ a participle, having already celebrated a triumph.

68. dissēnsiōne: Pompcius, Caesar, and Marcus Crassus had in the vear 60 s.C. formed a political combination known as The First Trium- virate. Caesar spent the years 5S-0 s.c. in the subjugation of Gaul. The great military reputation won thereby, coupled with the widespread belief that he was planning the overthrow of the home government, aroused Pompeius’s jealousy and distrust. The break in friendship between the

two men was rendered easier through the death of Crassus and of lulia,

Caesar’s daughter and the wife of Pompeius.

89. diadēma, -atis, n., diadem. 66. sīc-ut, adv., just as, as.

C3. regredior, -gredī, -gressus sum, intr. Ire-4gradior, stepl, go back, return.

64. illūstris, -e, adj.. bright; distin- guished, illustrious. 76. oculus, -ī, m., eye.

subigō, -igere, -ēgī, -āctum, fr. [sub 4acōl, drive under. reduce, sub- due.

60

ē ct

70

75 80

10

220 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

caput praecīsum, truncus in Nīlum conjectus. Deinde caput ad Caesarem dēlātum est, quī eō vīsō lacrimās nōn continuit.

Is fuit Pompeiī vītae exitus post trēs cōnsulātūs et totidem triumphōs.

T77. praecīsum, conjectus: est is to be supplied.

T7ī. praecīdō, -cīdere, -cīdī, -cīsum, trunk, body. tir. Iprae, in front, 4caedōl, eut off.

truncus, -ī, m., trunk (of a tree);

79. exitus, -ūs, m. lexeō], outcome, end, elose.

80. GaArus Jurrus CAEsSAR

C. Jūlius Caesar, nōbilissimā Jūliōrum familiā nātus, agēns annum sextum et decimum patrem āmīsit. Ā puerō vidētur populārem factiōnem in rē pūblicā secūtus esse, eō magis quod Marius Jūliam, Caesaris amitam, in mātrimōnium dūx- isset. Ipse Cornēliam dūxit uxōrem, fīliam Cinnae, quī Sullae inimīcissimus erat. Cum Sulla victor Caesarem, sīcut multōs aliōs, jussisset uxōrem repudiāre, ille recūsāvit. Bonīs deinde spoliātus cum etiam ad necem quaererōtur, mūtātā veste nocte urbe ēlāpsus est. Quamquam tum quārtānae morbō labōrābat, prope per singulās noctēs latebrās commūtāre cōgēbātur et dēnique ā Sullae lībertō comprehēnsus est. Fī vix, datā pecūniā, persuāsit ut sē dīmitteret. Postrēmō

1. agēns annum, etc., in his sixteenth year. Caesar was born 100 s. c.

2. in rē pūblicā: with the same meaning as in 23, 34.

3. dūxisset: the subjunctive is due to the indirect diseourse implied in vidētur.

T. aliōs: i.e., men of the “popular” or “radical” faction.

9. morbō: ablative of cause; morbō is explained by the genitive qudrtūnaec.

10. datā pecūniā, by a bribe.

i1. familia, -ae, f. [famulus, servant], oceurring everv fourth day, quart- household, establishment, slaves an; subst., quārtāna, -ae, f. (supply in a household; family. febris, fever), quartan ague.

4. amita, -ae, f., a (paternal) aunt. 10. latebrae, -ārum, f. pl. llateōl,
5. quārtānus, -a, -um, adj. l[quārtus], hiding-place. : A JUNIOR LATIN READER 221

per propinquōs et affīnēs suōs veniam impetrāvit. satis tamen cōnstat Sullam monuisse eōs quī adulēscentī veniam petēbant eum aliquandō nōbilium partibus exitiō futūrum esse; nam Caesarī multōs Mariōs inesse.

Stīpendia prīma in Asiā fēcit, ubi in expugnātiōne Myti- lēnārum corōnā cīvicā dōnātus est. Mortuō sullā, Rhodum sēcēdere statuit, ut per ōtium Apollōniō Molōnī, tum clāris- simō dīcendī magistrō, operam daret. Hūc dum trānsit, ā praedōnibus captus est mānsitque apud eōs prope qua- drāgintā diēs. Per omne autem illud spatium ita sē gessit ut praedōnibus pariter terrōrī venerātiōnīque esset. Redēmptus inde ab amīcīs classem contrāxit captōsque praedōnēs cruce affēcit, quod supplicium saepe inter jocum minātus erat.

Quaestōrī ulterior Hispānia obvēnit. Dum pauperem

15

20

25

vīcum Alpīnum trānsit, comitēs per jocum inter sē dis—

13. Satis cōnstat, it is well known.

14. exitiō: a dative of purpose, to be translated as if a predicate nomi- native.

15. Caesarī.. . inesse, in Caesar there was many a Marius; Caesarī is a dative with the compound inesse.

16. corōnā cīvicā: the civic wreath was bestowed upon one who had saved the life of a fellow-countryman in battle.

17. dīcendī, of oratory.

18. terrōrī: the same dative as exitiō, l. 15.

19. Quaestōrī... obvēnit, fell to his lot as quaestor. A quaestor, whose duties were connected with state finances, was assigned to the staff of each provincial governor. Spain was divided into two provinces, Hispania citerior and Hispania ulterior.

20. propinquus, -a, -um, adyj. [prope], near; subst., propinquī, -ōrum, m. pl., relatives, kinsmen.

cīvicus, -a, -um, adj. Icīvis], of citi- zens; civic.

19. sē-cēdō, -cēdere, -cessī, -ces- sum, intr., go apart, retire, with-

affīnis, -e, adj. lad4fīnis], related by marriage; subst., affīnis, affīnis, -ium, m. and f., a relative by marriage.

16. exitium, -ī, n., destruction, ruin.

17. expugnātiō, -ōnis, f. lexpugnōl, a taking by storm, capture.

18. corōna, -ae, f., garland, wreath, crown.

draw.

23. pariter, adv. [pārl], equally, in lice manner, as much.

venerātiō, -ōnis, f. [veneror, rever- ence], deep respect, reverence, veneration.

24. crux, crucis, f., gallows, cross.

25. jocus, -ī, m., jest, joke. A JUNIOR LATIN READER

JULIUS CAESAR

A JUNIOR LATIN READER

223

putābant, num illīc etiam esset ambitiōnī locus; tum Caesar sēriō dīxit sē mālle ibi prīmum esse quam Rōmae secundum. Dominātiōnis cupidus ā prīmā aetāte fuisse exīstimātur; dictus autem est semper hōs versūs Eurīpidis, Graecī poētae,

in ōre habuisse:

“Nam sī violandum est jūs, rēgnancī grātiā Violandum est, aliīs rēbus pietātem colās.” Aedīlis praeter comitium ac forum etiam Capitōlium ōrnā-

vit porticibus.

cum collēgā M. Bibulō et sēparātim ēdlidit.

Vēnātiōnēs autem lūdōsque apparātissimōs et

Hīs rēbus patri-

mōnium effūdit tantumque aes aliēnum cōnflāvit ut ipse

dīceret sibi opus esse mīlliēs sēstertium,

ut habēret nihil.

30. ā prīmā aetāte: comparc ū puerō, l.2

31. grātiā: has the same meaning as causā, for the sake of, and is accom- panied by a genitive, which always precedes.

32. aliīs rēbus, in other circumstances. :

colās: a volitive subjunctive in a dircct mui

35. Aedīlis, as aedile.

The Roman acdiles had supervision of police

regulations, of certain public games, of markets, isns of the maintcnance

of strects and public buildings.

39. sibi opus esse mīlliēs sēstertium, that he needed a hundred million sesterces; with opus the thing necded may be expressed by an ablative, or, as here, it may be the subicct of est, opus then being used in the predicate; in either case the dative is used of the person who necds the thing named.

sēstertium: a genitive plural; centēna mīūlia is to be understood; with mālliēs the full phrase means literally, a thousand times a hundred thousand

sesterces.

28. ambitiō, -ōnis, f. around], ambition.
29. sēriō, adv. [sērius, serious], scri-

ously, in earnest. 30. dominātiō, -ōnis, f. [dominorl, rule, supremacy.

31. versus, -ūs, m. verse.

32. pietās, -ātis, f. [pius, pious], de- votion, piety.

33. porticus, -ūs, f. Iporta], colon- nade, portico.

apparātus, -a, -um, adj.

[vertō], line;

lambiō, go

lapparō,.

preparc], preparcd, splendid.

37. sēparātim, adv. [sēparātus, sep- arate], separately, severally.

patrimōnium, -ī, n. pater], paternal estate, patrimony.

38. cōn-flō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr., blow together, kindle; aes aliē- num cōnfiāre, to contract a debt.

39. mīlliēs, adv. mīlle], a thousand times.

sēstertius, -ī, gen. pl., sēstertium, sesterce, a small silver coin worth four and one-tenth cents.

30 40

4

50

224 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

Posteā societātem cum Gnaeō Pompeiō et Mārcō Crassō jūnxit, nē quid agerētur in rē pūblicā, quod displicēret ūllī ex tribus. Cōnsul deinde creātus cum M. Bibulō prīmus omnium cōnsulum īnstituit ut diurna ācta et senātūs et populī perscrīberentur atque ēderentur. Aliquot lēgēs prō Pompeiō et Crassō sociīs pertulit, praecipuēque effēcit ut ipse prōvinciam QGalliam obtinēret. Bibulus, cum frūstrā lēgibus obstitisset, per reliquum annī tempus domō abditus cūriā abstinuit. Nōnnūllī igitur, cum tabulās signārent, per jocum addidērunt nōn Caesare et Bibulō, sed Jūliō et Caesare cōnsulibus.

Caesar, cōnsulātū perāctō, novem annīs Galliam in potes- tātem populī Rōmānī redēgit. Germānōs quoque aggressus est atque prīmus imperātōrum Rōmānōrum in Britanniam

three.

43. diurna: from thīs word the English word “journal” is indirectly derived.

44. ēderentur, be published. Despite the lack of printing, copies of a document were multiplied at a comparatively small cost, owing to the use of slaves as copyists. The reference here, however, is merely to the act of posting as a bulletin, from which anyone might have copies made.

societātem: the triumvirate, described in the note on 25, 6S. ūllī: adjective used as pronoun, with ex tribus dependent, any of the

47. domō: with abdō the ablative with or without in may be used of the place where.

48. Caesare et Bibulō cōnsulibus, in the consulship of Caesar and Bibu- lus; an ablative absolute, the form of expression regularly employed in designating the Roman year. Caesar and Bibulus were consuls in the yvear ō9 B.C.

49. displiceō, -ēre, -uī, -itum, intr. 48. abstineō, -tinēre, -tinuī, —, intr.

[dis-4placeō], displease. labs teneō], keep or remain 43. diurnus, -a, -um, adj. l[compare away. diēs], of the day, daily. nōn-nūllus, -a, -um, adj., some,

āctum, -ī, n. Ip. part. of agōl, deed, transaction. 47. ob-sistō, -sistere, -stitī, -stitum,

several.

signō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, fr. [signum],

intr., resist, opposc. ab-dō, -dere, -didī, -ditum, ir., put away, hide, conceal.

affix a seal to, seal.

61. per-agō, -agere, -ēgī, -āctum, ir. (drive through); finish, complete. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 225

trānsiit. Ipse commentāriōs rērum gestārum cōnfēcit, quibus aliōs ūtī in serībendā historiā voluit. Sed, ut ait Cicerō, “sānōs quidem hominēs ā scrībendō dēterruit; nihil est enim in historiā pūrā et illūstrī brevitāte dulcius.”

Cum intereā Crassus apud Parthōs interfectus esset, et mortua Jūlia, Caesaris fīlia, quae nūpta Pompeiō generī socerīque concordiam tenēbat, statim aemulātiō ērūpit. Jam prīdem Pompeiō suspectae Caesaris opēs erant, et Caesarī Pompeiāna dignitās gravis. Dēnique Caesar, ut sē tuerētur,

54. quibus aliōs ūtī... voluit: i.e., Caesar did not regard his com- mentaries as finished history, but inerely as material from which historians might draw.

5ō. ait: for the forms of the defective verb aiō, see App. 37 (1. ōī. pūrā et illūstrī brevitāte, an unembellished and luminous breviti v; ablative of comparison.

58. apud Parthōs: Crassus, who was envious of-the military reputation of Caesar and Pompeius, conducted an expedition against the Parthians, but was defeated and killed by them in ō3 s c.

59. generī socerīque, between the father-in-law and the son-in-law. Waat is it literally?

60. Jam prīdem... erant: the use of tenses with jam prīdem is the same as with jam dūdum, explained in the note on Per. 24.

61. Pompeiō, Caesarī: these words are datives of reference after suspectae and gravis.

62. commentārius, -ī, m., note- cover, veil; of a bride, veil onc- book, memorandum; pl., memoirs, self, mar ry, be married. records. gener, -erī, m., son-in-law.

ā: historia, -ae, f., narrative, his- 460. socer, -erī, m., father-in-law. ory.

iō : aemulātiō, -ōnis, m aiō, defeetive verb, say, affirm. : f., laemulor, to

rival], rivalry.

56. sānus, -a, -um, adj., sound, ē-rumpō, -rumpere, -rūpī, -ruptum, healthy; sane, sensible. intr., break out, burst forth.

57. pūrus, -a, -um, adj., clean, pure; s641. prīdem, adv., long ago. unadorned.

brevitās, -ātis, f. brevis], shortness, brev ity.

dulcis, -e, adj., sweet, agreeable.

suspectus, -a, -um, adj. Ip. part. of suspiciō, suspect], mistrusted, suspected.

62. tueor, -ērī, tūtus sum, tr., gaze

63. nūbō, -ere, nūpsī, nūptum, intr., upon; watch over, protect.

60 65

70

Sō

2g20 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

postulāvit ut ex lēge ante lātā sibi absentī alterum cōnsulā- tum petere licēret. Hoc inimīcī, Pompeiō probante, negā- vērunt atque jussērunt Caesarem ante certam diem exercitum prōvinciamque trādere.

Injūriā incēnsus ad Rubicōnem flūmen, quī prōvinciae fīnis erat, cum exercitū prōcessit. Ibi lmīen morātus, ut fāma fert, “etiam nunc,” inquit, “regredī possumus; quod sī hoc flūmen trānsierimus, omnia armīs agenda erunt.” Pos- trēmō exclāmāvit: ‘“Jacta est ālea.” Tum, exercitū flūmen trāductō bellōque cīvīlī inceptō, Brundisium profectus est, quō Pompeius cum magnā parte senātūs profūgerat. Pompe- ium trānsīre in Ēpīrum prohibēre frūstrā cōnātus iter in Hispāniam fēcit, ubi validissimās Pompeiī cōpiās vīcit.

Deinde in Ēpīrum profectus Pompeium Pharsālicō proeliō superāvit et fugientem ad Aegyptum persecūtus est. Ptole- maeum rēgem, quī Pompeium interficī jusserat īnsidiāsque Caesarī tendēbat, vīcit atque rēgnum Cleopātrae frātrīque minōrī permīsit. Pharnacem, Mithridātis fīlium, quī occāsi-

63. ex lēge ante lātā, in accordance with a law previously enacted. This was a law of the year 52 n.C., by which Caesar was to be allowed to be a candidate for a second consulship without coming to Rome or surrendering his provinces and army. These he hoped also to hold, in the event of his election, until the time to enter upon office. In this way he would step directly from a provincial office to office in Rome and so avoid a period of private life, in which his opponents might prosecute him on trumped-up charges and perhaps send him into exile. Their refusal to abide by this law resulted in civil war and the overthrow of the republic. The crossing of the Rubicon, l. 67 ff., occurred in January, 49 n.C.

T70. agenda erunt, will have to be decided.

71. flūmen: a transitive verb compounded with trūns may take an accusative governed by the preposition in the compound; in the active, this passage would read, exercitum flūmen trūdūxit.

72. quō: adverb.

Pompeium trānsīre: object of prohibēre, to prevent Pompeius from crossing.

80. occāsiōne temporum, the favorable opportunity.

81. 2lea, -ae, f., a game with dice; ambuscade, ambush; plot. a die. 79. tendō, -ere, tetendī, tentum, fr.,

82. īnsidiae, -ārum, f. pl., snare; stretch, aim, direct. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 227

ōne temporum ad rebellandum ūtēbātur, tam citō fūdit ut celeritātem victōriae posteā tribus verbīs significāret, “vēnī, vīdī, vīcī.” Deinde Scīpiōnem et Jubam, Numidiae rēgem, quī reliquiās Pompeiānārum partium in Āfricā coēgerat, dēvīcit. Postrēmō Pompeiī fīliōs in Hispāniā superāvit; quod proelium tam ācre tamque dubium fuit ut Caesar equō dēscenderet cōnsistēnsque ante suōs cēdentēs fortūnam incre- pāret, quod sē in eum exitum servāsset, dēnūntiāretque mīlitibus vestīgiō sē nōn recessūrum. Verēcundiā magis quam virtūte aciēs restitūta est. Rōmam inde rediit, ubi quater triumphāvit.

Bellīs cīvīlibus cōnfectīs conversus jam ad administrandam rem pīūblicam fāstōs corrēxit annumque ad cursum sōlis accommodāvit. Senātum supplēvit, comitiīsque cum populō dīvīsīs sibi sūmpsit jūs nōminandae dīmidiae partis candi- dātōrum. Eōs quī lēge Pompeii dē ambitū damnātī erant

87. suōs cēdentēs, his men who were giving way.

88. fāstōs corrēxit, ete.: the Roman year prior to Caesars reform of the calendar consisted of 355 days. The diserepancy between this number and the true solar year was made up by inserting extra days every other vear. For a decade, however, this intercalation, as it was called, had been almost entirely neglected. Caesar corrected the ealendar, fūstōs, by insert- ing three extra months in the vear 46 n.C., and further deereed that the vear henceforth should count 365 days, with one day added to February every fourth year.

89. ambitū: the word means literally a going around (to asl for votes); since money would often be used, the word eame to mean bribery.

90. citō, adv. citus, swift], quickly, speedily.

91. in-crepō, -crepāre, -crepuī, -crepitum, tr., resound; upbraid.

92. re-cēdō, -cēdere, -cessī, -ces- sum, intr., retire, withdraw.

verēcundia, -ae, f. compare vereori, shame, sense of shame.

91. quater, adv. Iquattuorl, times.

92. fāstī, -ōrum, m. pl., calendar. corrigō. -rigere, -rēxī, -rēctum, fr. fcom- +regōl, correct, reform.

four

94. accommodō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, fr. [ad commodō, lend], fit to, adapt.

suppleō, -ēre, -ēvī, -ētum, tr. sub H pleō, fill]. fill up, fill out; reeruit.

95. dīmidius, -a, -um, adj. [dis- H medius], half.

candidātus, -ī, m. [candidus, whitel, candidate.

96. ambitus, -ūs, m. [ambiō, go around], eanvassing for votes, bribery.

damnō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, ir. [dam- num, loss], condemn, convict.

90 100

228 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

restituit atque admīsit ad honōrēs etiam prōscrīptōrum līberōs. Sānxit nē eī quī pecuāriam facerent minus tertiā parte pūberum ingenuōrum inter pāstōrēs habērent. Ōmnīs medicīnam Rōmae professōs et līberālium artium doctōrēs cīvitāte dōnāvit. Jūs labōriōsissimē ac sevērissimē dīxit. Dē repetundīs damnātōs etiam ē senātū mōvit. Pere- grīnārum mercium portōria īnstituit. Lēgem praecipuē sūmp- tuāriam exercuit, dispositīs cireā macellum custōdibus quī obsōnia vetita retinērent.

Dē ōrnandā īnstruendāque urbe multa cōgitābat, imprīmīs ingēns Mārtis templum extruere theātrumque summae mag- nitūdinis sub Tarpeiō monte. Habēbat in animō etiam haec: jūs cīvīle ad certum modum redigere atque ex ingentī cōpiā

97. honōrēs, political offices.

98. pecuāriam facerent, engaged in stock raising.

tertiā parte: ablative of comparison after minus.

The conversion of

farming īand into ranches with slaves as cattle-herders had long been a serious evil, inasmuch as slaves displaced the free farmers of old.

102. Dē repetundīs, for extortion; with especial reference to provincial governors, who often oppressed their subjects; the full phrase is dē pecūniīs repetundīs and means literally concerning the recovery of money.

103. Lēgem sūmptuāriam: a law regulating the amount that might be

spent upon the table.

97. ad-mittō, -mittere, -mīsī, -mis- sum, tr., send to, let go; admit.

98. sanciō, -īre, sānxī, sānctum, tfr., make sacred; decree, enact.

pecuārius, -a, -um, adj. Ipecū, cattle], of cattle; subst., pecuāria, -ae, f. (rēs, understood), cattle- breeding.

99. pūbēs, gen. -eris, adj., grown up, adult; subst., pūberēs, -um, m. pl., adults, men.

ingenuus, -a, -um, adj., free-born.

101. labōriōsē, adv. labōriōsus, toil- some], laboriously.

sevērē, adv. Isevērus, serious], scri- ously, severely, strictly.

102. re-petō, -petere, -petīvī, -petī-

tum, tr., demand back; rēs repe- tere, to demand reparation.

103. merx, mercis, f., goods, mer- chandise.

portōrium, -ī, n. portus], tax, duty, toll.

sūmptuārius, -a, -um, adj. [sūmp- tus], sumptuary.

104. dis-pōnō, -pōnere, -posuī, -po- situm, tr., place here and there, distribute.

macellum, -ī, n., a meat-market.

10ē8. obsōnium, -ī, n., victuals, viands.

106. cōgitō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tftr. [com-4agitō], ponder; plan.

107. theātrum, -ī, n., theater. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 229

lēgum optima quaeque in paucissimōs librōs cōnferre; bib- liothēcās Graecās Latīnāsque quās maximās posset īnsti- tuere; siccāre Pomptīnās palūdēs; ēmittere Fūcinum lacum; viam mūnīre ā marī Superō per Appennīnī dorsum ad Ti- berim; perfodere Isthmum Corinthium; Dācōs, quī sē in Pontum et Thrāciam effūderant, coērcēre; mox Parthīs īn- ferre bellum per Armeniam.

Eum talia agentem et meditantem mors praevēnit. Dictā- tor enim in perpetuum creātus agere īnsolentius coepit: senātum ad sē venientem sedēns excēpit et quendam ut assurgeret monentem īrātō vultū respexit. Cum Antōnius, comes Caesaris in omnibus bellīs et tum cōnsulātūs collēga, capitī ejus in sellā aureā sedentis prō rōstrīs diadēma, īnsigne rēgium, imposuisset, id ita ab eō est repulsum ut nōn of- fēnsus vidērētur. Quārē amplius sexāgintāvirī, Cassiō et

110. optima quaeque, all the best things; when masculine or feminine, quisque with a superlative is usually singular; e.g., optimus quisque, all the best men.

111. Pomptīnās palūdēs: a marshy region on the western coast of Italy, about forty miles south of Rome.

112. marī Superō: the upper sea was the Adriatic; mare īnferum was the Ētruscan sea, that part of the Mediterranean to the west of Italy.

113. ut assurgeret: a noun clause, object of monentem.

114. amplius sexāgintā virī: anplius, minus, and plūs may either have an ablative of comparison, as minus in 1, 98, or may be used as equivalent to amplius quam, minus quam, plūs quam, and so have no effeot on the ease,

as here.

prae-veniō, -venīre, -vēnī, -ventum,

110. bibliothēca, -ae, f., library. intr. and tr., come before, pre-

111. dorsum, -ī, n., back; ridge.

112. perfodiō, -fodere, -fōdī, -fos-

sum, tr., dig through; transfix. istamus, -ī, m., an isthmus; the Isthmus of Corinth. 116. coērceō, -ercēre, -ercuī, -er-

citum, tr. [com-4arceō, enclosel, restrain, curb.

117. meditor, -ārī, -ātus sum, intr. and tr., reflect; meditate, plan.

cede; anticipate.

118. īnsolenter, adv. ſīnsolēns, in- solent], haughtily, insolently.

119. assurgō, -surgere, -surrēxī, -surrēctum, intr. lad4surgō, rise], rise up.

120. amplē, adv. lamplus, ample], abundantly, liberally; compar., amplius, more.

sexāgintā, indecl. num., sixty.

110

120 130

135

A JUNIOR LATIN READER

230

Brūtō ducibus, in eum conjūrāvērunt atque cōnstituērunt eum īdibus Mārtiīs in senātū interficere.

Quamquam prōdigia eum dēterrēbant, et harūspex Spūrinna monēbat ut cavēret perīculum, quod nōn ultrā Mārtiās īdūs prōferrētur, statuit tamen eō diē senātum habēre. Dum cūriam intrat, Spūrinnam irrīsit, quod sine ūllā suā noxā īdūs Mārtiae adessent. “Vēnērunt quidem,” inquit Spū- rinna, ‘“sed nōn praeteriērunt.” Caesarem assīdentem con- jūrātī speciē officiī circumstetērunt; ūnus deinde quasi aliquid rogātūrus propius accessit et, cum Caesar renueret, ab utrōque humerō togam apprehendit. Dum Caesar clāmat “ista qui- dem vīs est,” Casca eum adversum vulnerat paulum īnfrā jugulum. Caesar Cascae bracchium arreptum graphiō trājēcit cōnātusque prōsilīre aliō vulnere tardātus est. Deinde ut animadvertit undique sē strictīs pūgiōnibus petī, togā caput

126. īdibus: the Ides were the 15th of March, May, July, v!ūā the 13th of the other months.

127. quod: a relative pronoun.

128. prōferrētur: why subjunctive? the warning.

129. rogātūrus: the future participle expressing intention.

ab: oecasionally, as here, to be translated on or at.

136. adversum, in front, an adjective in agreement with (cum) cla- mantem.

Observe that its clause is part of

126. īdūs, īduum, f. pl., the Ides, the middle of the month.

-hēnsum, i(r. l[ad4prehendōl, take hold of, seixe.

127. harūspex, -icis, m., soothsayer.

128. noxa, -ae, f. Inoceō], harm, injury.

129. praetereō, -īre, -iī, -itum, tr. and intr., go by, go past, pass; praeteritus, -a, -um, p. part. as adj., gone by, past.

assīdō, -sīdere, -sēdī, —, intr. lad sīdō, sit], take a seat, sit down.

134. re-nuō, -nuere, -nuī, —, intr., shake the head, refuse.

135. apprehendō, -hendere, -hendī,

136. īnfrā, prep. with acc., below. underneath.

137. jugulum, -ī, n. [jugum], throat, neck.

graphium, -ī, n., stylus, pen.

138. prōsiliō, -silīre, -siluī, —, intr. [prō4saliō, leapl], leap forward, spring up.

tardō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. Itardus, slow], hinder, retard.

139. pūgiō, -ōnis, m., poniard.

dagger, A JUNIOR LATIN READER 231

obvolvit et tribus et vīgintī plāgīs cōnfossus est. Cum Mārcum Brūtum, quem fīliī locō habēbat, in sē irruentem vīdisset, dīxisse fertur: “Tū quoque, mī fīlī!”

Percussōrum autem nēmō ferē trienniō amplius supervīxit. Damnātī omnēs variīs cāsibus periērunt, pars naufragiō, pārs proeliō; nōnnūllī sēmet interfēcērunt eōdem illō pūgiōne, quō Caesarem cōnfōderant.

Quō rārior in rēgibus et prīncipibus virīs moderātiō, hōc laudanda magis est. Caesar vīctōriā cīvīlī clēmentissimē ūsus est; cum enim scrīnia dēprehendisset epistulārum ad

140

145

Pompeium missārum ab iīs quī vidēbantur aut in dīversīs iso

aut in neutrīs fuisse

nē forte in multōs gravius cōnsulendī locum darent.

partibus, legere nōluit, sed combussit,

Cicerō

hanc laudem eximiam Caesarī tribuit, quod nihil oblīvīscī

solēret nisi injūriās.

141. fīliī locō, as a son; literally in the place of a son.
142. trienniō: for the case with amplius see the note on l. 124.
143. Quō, hōc: ablatives of degree of difference with rūrior and laudanda

magis; they correspond to English “the.. . the more deserving of praise.

more rare ..

. the” with comparatives, the

162. gravius cōnsulendī locum, occasion for harsher measures (than he

desired).

163. quod. . . solēret: quod, that (conjunction), sometimes introduces a

substantive clause, here explanatory to laudem.

Wny the subijunctive

solēret? It is of course part of what Cicero said.

140. ob-volvō, -volvere, -volvī, -vo- lūtum, tr., wrap round, enfold.

plāga, -ae, f., blow, wound.

cōnfodiō, -fodere, -fōdī, -fossum, tr., stab, pierce. īīs

141. irruō, -ruere, -ruī, —, intr., rush in, rush upon.

142. percussor, -ōris, m. percutiōl, assassin.

triennium, -ī, n. Itrēs4annus], a period of three years, three years’ time.

super-vīvō, -vīvere, -vīxī, —, intr., outlive, survive.

144. naufragium,

-ī, n. [compare

nāvis and frangōl, shipwreck. 146. -met, an enclitic suffix, self, own. 147. rārus, scarce. moderātiō, -ōnis, f. moderor, to control], moderation, self-control. 148. clēmenter, adv. [clēmēns], mercifully. 149. scrīnium, -ī, n., book-box, let- ter-case. dē-prehendō, -hendere, -hen dī, -hēnsum, fr., seize upon; discover. 161. combūrō, -ūrere, -ussī, -ustum, tr. [com-4ūrōl, burn up, consume.

-a, -um, adj., rare, 160

232 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

Fuisse trāditur excelsā statūrā, ōre paulō lēniōre, nigrīs vegetīsque oculīs, capite calvō; quam dēfōrmitātem, quod saepe obtrectātōrum jocīs obnoxia erat, aegrē ferēbat. Ideō ex omnibus honōribus sibi ā senātū populōque dēcrētīs nōn alium aut recēpit aut ūsūrpāvit libentius quam jūs laure- ae perpetuō gestandae. Viīnī parcissimum eum fuisse nē ini- mīcī quidem negāvērunt. Verbum Catōnis est, ūnum ex om- nibus Caesarem ad ēvertendam rem pūblicam sōbrium acces- sisss. Armōrum et equitandī perītissimus, labōris ultrā fidem patiēns; in agmine nōnnumquam equō, saepius pedibus anteībat, capite dētēctō, seu sōl, seu imber erat. Longissi-

155. ōre paulō lēniōre, with a rather kindly expression.
156. dēcrētīs: a participle, with honōribus.
157. laureae: the victor’s laurel crown served partly to hide Caesar’s

baldness. 164. fidem, belief. in agmine, on the march. equō, on horseback.

155. excelsus, -a, -um, adj. Ip. part. of excellōl, lofty, tall; distin- guished.

statūra, -ae, f. Istatus, a standingl, height, stature.

lēnis, -e, adj., mild, gentle.

166. vegetus, -a, -um, adj., lively. animated.

calvus, -a, -um, adj., bald.

dēfōrmitās, -ātis, f. [dēfōrmis, mis- shapen], deformity, disfigurement, unsightliness.

15ī. obtrectātor, -ōris, m. lobtrectō, disparage], traducer, disparager.

ob-noxius, -a, -um, adj., liable, exposcd.

ideō, adv., for that reason, there- fore.

158. dē-cernō, -cernere, — -crēvī, -crētum, tr., decide, decrec.

159. ūsūrpō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tIr., makec usc of, use.

laurea, -ae, f., laurel-tree; laurel wreath.

160. perpetuō, adv. [perpetuus], con- tinually.

gestō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. Ifreq. of gerō], bear, carry, wear.

parcus, -a, -um, adj. [parcō], spar- ing, frugal.

162. ē-vertō, -vertere, -vertī, -ver- sum, tr., overturn, overthrow. sōbrius, -a, -um, adj. [sē-4ēbrius,

drunk], sober. 163. equitō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, intr. leques], ride.

164. patiēns, -entis, adj. [pres. part.

of patior], enduring, tolerant, pa- tient.

agmen, -inis, n. lagōl, a marching army, a column.

nōn-numquam, adv., sometimes, a few times.

165. ante-eō, -īre, -iī, or -īvī, intr.,

go before or ahead.

dētēctus, -a, -um, adj. [p. part. of dēte gō, uncover], uncovered, bare. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 233

mās viās incrēdibilī celeritāte cōnficiēbat, ut persaepe nūnti- ōs dē sē praevenīret; neque eum morābantur flūmina, quae vel nandō vel innīxus īnflātīs ūtribus trānsībat. /

168. nandō: gerund, ablative of ineans.

169. per-saepe, adv., very often. īn-flō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, fr., blow 1 j into, inflate.

170. in-nītor, -nītī, -nīxum, intr.. qvter, ūtris, m., a vessel of skin, lean upon, support oneself by. leather bottle.

171. MaRCUs TCULLIUS CICERO

Mārcus Tullius Cicerō, equestrī genere, Arpīnī, quod est Volscōrum oppidum, nātus est. Nōndum adultus ā patre Rōmam missus est, ut celeberrimōrum magistrōrum scholīs interesset atque eās artēs disceret, quibus aetās puerīlis ad hūmānitātem solet īnfōrmārī; quod magnō successū magnā- que admīrātiōne et praeceptōrum et cēterōrum discipulōrum fēcit; cum enim fāma dē Cicerōnis ingeniō et doctrīnā ad aliōs perlāta esset, multī repertī esse dīcuntur quī ejus videndī et audiendī grātiā scholās adīrent.

Cum nūllā rē magis ad summōs in rē pūblicā honōrēs viam mūnīrī posse intellegeret quam arte dīcendī et ēloquentiā, tōtō animō in ejus studium incubuit; in quō quidem ita ver-

2. nātus est: in 106 s.C.

ō. quod, and this; referring to the purpose in the sentence preceding.

8. quī... adīrent: a relative elause of deseription.

9. grātā: what ease do grūtiū and causūā meaning for the sake of take, and what is their position?

10. mūnīrī: mūnāre with viam as objeet means construct; this passage may be translated freely, entrance into public life was made possitle.

11. equester, -tris, -tre, adj. lequesl, Tī. doctrīna, -ae, f. ldoceōl, teach- of a horseman, equestrian, cav- ing, learning, erudition. alry (as adj.).

12. īn-fōrmō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr., shape, mold; instruet, educate.

13. praeceptor, -ōris, m. [praecipiōl, teaeher, instructor. versor, -ārī, -ātus sum, intr. Idep. ūscipuius, -ī, m. [discō], learner, and freq. of vertōl, occupy one- pupil. self, engage, conduct oneself.

14. incumbō, -cumbere, -cubuī, -cubitum, intr. lean upon; bend to, apply oneself to.

[ēīl

10 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

234

jgus; huss

2ernī ī v

Nusut

MARCUS TULLIUS CICERO A JUNIOR LATIN READER 235

sātus est ut nōn sōlum cōs quī in forō et jūdiciīs causās dīcerent studiōsē sectārētur, sed prīvātim quoque dīligen- tissimē sē exercēret. Prīmum ēloquentiam et lībertātem ad- versus Sullānōs ostendit. Erat enim Rōscius quīdam, dē parricīdiō accūsātus, quem ob potentiam Chrȳsogonī, Sullae lībērtī, quī in ejus adversāriīs erat, nēmō alius dēfendere audēbat; Cicerō tamen tantā ēloquentiae vī eum dēfendit ut jam tum in arte dīcendī nēmō eī pār esse vidērētur. Posteā Athēnās studiōrum grātiā petiit, ubi Antiochum philosophum studiōsē audīvit. Inde ēloquentiae causā Rhodum sē con- tulit, ubi Molōnem, Graecum rhētorem tum disertissimum, magistrum habuit. Quī cum Cicerōnem dīcentem audīvis- set, flēvisse dīcitur, quod per hunc Graecia ēloquentiae laude prīvārētur.

Rōmam reversus quaestor Siciliam habuit. Nūllīus vērō quaestūra aut grātior aut clārior fuit; cum enim magna tum esset annōnae difficultās, initiō molestus erat Siculīs, quōs cōgeret frūmenta in urbem mittere; posteā vērō, dīligentiam

13. in forō: i.e., in political discussions.

14. sectārētur: attendance upon the law courts and upon political debates was a common method of studying law and the art of public speaking in Cicero’s time.

15. jam tum, even then; Cicero was only 26 years old.

16. prīvārētur: account for the subjunctive.

17. Siciliam habuit: i.e., as a province; see note on 26, 20.

18. initiō, at first.

quōs cōgeret, since he forced them; a relative clause of reason or cause, as explained in the note on 23, 54.

14. studiōsē, adv. [studiōsus], eag- erly, devotedly.

sector, -ārī, -ātus sum, tr. Ifreq. of sequor], follow after, attend.

prīvātim, adv. lprīvātus], in a private capacity, privately.

17. parricīdium, -ī, n. leompare pa-

ter and caedō], parricide, murder of a father.

18. adversārius, -a, -um, adj. lad-

versor], opposed, hostile; subst.,

adversārius, -ī, m., an opponent, adversary.

23. rhētor, -oris, m., a teacher of oratory, rhetorician.

disertus, -a, -um, adj. from p. puri. of disserōl, fluent, eloquent. weep, cry.

29. annōna, -ae, f. year's produce; supplies, sions.

intr.,

lannus], the provi-

20 ; 2

tē [2īī

30 40

236 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

et jūstitiam et comitātem ejus expertī, honōrēs quaestōrī suō majōrēs quam ūllī umquam praetōrī dētulērunt. Ē Siciliā reversus Rōmam in causīs dīcendīs ita flōruit ut inter omnēs causārum patrōnōs et esset et habērētur prīnceps. Cōnsul deinde factus L. Sergiī Catilīnae conjūrātiōnem ēgregiā virtūte, cōnstantiā, cūrā compressit. Catilīna reī familiāris, quam profūderat, inopiā et dominandī cupiditāte incēnsus erat indignātusque quod in petītiōne cōnsulātūs repulsam passus esset; conjūrātiōne igitur factā senātum interemere, cōnsulēs trucīdāre, urbem incendere, dīripere aerārium cōnstituerat. Cicerō autem in senātū, praesen- te Catilīnā, vehementem ōrātiōnem habuit et cōnsilia ejus patefēcit; tum ille, incendium suum ruīnā sē restīnctūrum

34. habērētur, was regarded.

35. Catilīnae: Catiline was of an aristocratic family, but of a depraved character. He was ambitious to gain political power, and succeeded in attaehing to himself the discontented and unprincipled of all elasses. Cicero tāhrough a sort of seeret serviee of friends and political associates kept informed of his plans and finally aroused the senate to the adoption of energetic measures.

36. habuit, delivered.

37. ruīnā: an allusion to the practice of demolishing houses in order to prevent the spread of a fire.

38. experior, -perīrī, -pertus sum, inopia, -ae, f. linops], want, lack;

tr., prove, test. poverty. 33. flōreō, -ēre, -uī, —, intr. [flōs], dominor, -ārī, -ātus sum, intr., rule. blossom; flourish, be eminent. 38. petitiō, -ōnis, f. lcompare petōl, 34. patrōnus, -ī, m. Ipater], protec- (vseeking), candidaey, canvass. tor, patron; defender, advoeate. 39. repulsa, -āe, ī. lppqreleūges 35. conjūrātiō, -ōnis, f. lconjūrōl, pellēō], repulse, defeat. conspnacy. l Tn 40. interimō, -imere, -ēmī, -ēmp- 3ī. familiāris, -e, adj. [familial, of tum, Ir. linteremō, take outl, a houschold; rēs familiāris, pri- destroy, sīay, kill.

vate property, estate; subst. i l I familiāris, -is, m., a friend, an 41. praesēns, gen. -entis, adj. pr.

intimate ācquaimtance. part. of praesum], at hand, pres-

-- ent, in person. pro-fundō, -fundere, -fūdī, -fūsūm, p

ir., pour out; spend freely, squan- 143. incendium, -ī, n. lincendōl, fire, der. conflagration. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 237

esse minitāns, Rōmā profūgit et ad exercitum, quem parā- verat, profectus est signa illātūrus urbī. Sed sociī ejus, quī in urbe remānserant, comprehēnsī in carcere necātī sunt.

Neque eō magis ab inceptō Catilīna dēstitit, sed īnfestīs signīs Rōmam petēns exercitū Antōniī, Cicerōnis collēgae, opprimitur. Quam 3ātrōciter dīmicātum sit exitus docuit: nemō hostium bellō superfuit; nam quem locum quisque in pugnandō cēperat, eum mortuus tegēbat. Catilīna longē ā suīs inter hostium cadāvera repertus est — pulcherrima mors, sī prō patriā sīc concidisset! Senātus populusque Rōmānus Cicerōnem patrem patriae appellāvit.

Paucīs post annīs Cicerōnī diem dīxit Clōdius, tribūnus plēbis, quod cīvēs Rōmānōs indictā causā necāvisset. Senā- tus maestus, tamquam in pūblicō lūctū, veste mūtātā, prō eō dēprecābātur. Cicerō, cum posset armīs salūtem suam dē- fendere; māluit ex urbe cēdere quam suā causā caedem ferī.

44. Rōmā: ablative of the place from which, App. 65.

4ō. signa: with illūtūrus; literally intending to advance the standards, i.e., to attack.

16. carcere: the prison said to have been built by Ancus Marcius; com- pare S, 7 and note.

17. eō magis, the more; eō is an ablative of degree of difference.

18. Quam ātrōciter dīmicātum sit, how desperate the decisive battle was; dīmicātum sit is an impersonal passive. Why the subjunctive?

19. quem ... locum, eum: in English order this should be, eum locum quem.

20. sī... concidisset: but he did not so fall; what sort of condition?

21. diem dīxit: a legal expression, literally, appointed a day (for ap- pearance in court), equivalent to pr ferred a charge. The accomplices of Catiline who were strangled in prison had no trial, but were put to death by the order of the consul at the advice of the senate.

22. veste mūtātā, having put on mourning.

23. suā causā: the genitive with causā, for the sake of, may be replaced by a possessive adjective.

24. minitor, -ārī, -ātus sum, Ir. dertaking. [freq. of minor, threatenl, 49. ātrōciter, adr. [ātrōx, savage], threaten, menace. fiercely.

25. re-maneō, -manēre, -mānsī, 5s. concidō, -cidere, -cidī, —, intr. -mānsum, intr., remain. [com-tcadō], fall, be slain.

26. inceptum, -ī, n. [p. part. of 5ōī. lūctus, -ūs, m. [lugeō, mourn], incipiōl], beginning; attempt, un- sorrow, mourning, affiiction.

ōt \ōt 65

238 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

Proficīscentem omnēs bonī flentēs prōsecūtī sunt. Deinde Clōdius ēdictum prōposuit, ut Māreō Tulliō ignī et aquā interdīcerētur; illīus domum et vīllās incendit. Sed vīs illa nōn diūturna fuit; mox enim tōtus ferē populus Rōmānus ingentī dēsīderiō Cicerōnis reditum flāgitāre coepit, et māx- imō omnium ōrdinum studiō Cicerō in patriam revocātus est. Nihil per tōtam vītam Cicerōnī itinere, quō in patriam rediit, accidit jūcundius. Obviam eī redeuntī ūniversī iērunt; domus ejus pūblicā pecūniā restitūta est.

Gravissimae inimīcitiae illā tempestāte inter Caesarem et Pompeium ortae sunt, ut rēs nisi bellō compōnī nōn posse vidērētur. Cicerō quidem summō studiō ēnītēbātur ut eōs inter sē reconciliāret et ā bellī cīvīlis calamitātibus dēterrē- ret; sed cum neutrum ad pācem ineundam movēre posset, Pompeium secūtus est. Tamen ā Caesare victōre veniam accēpit. Cum Caesar occīsus esset, Octāviānō, Cāesaris hērēdī, fāvit Antōniōque adversātus est, atque effēcit ut ille ā senātū hostis jūdicārētur.

61. ignī et aquā: ablatives of separation with interdīcerētur; literally, should be interdicted (the use of) fire and water; since fire and water are absolute necessities of life, the phrase is equivalent to should go into exile. The name of the person so interdicted is put in the dative, here Mūreō Tulliō; interdācerētur is an impersonal passive.

62. itinere: ablative of comparison with jūcundius.

63. eī: the dative with obviam iērunt, as in 25, 22, explained in the note there.

64. Octāviānō: Octavianus was a grandnephew of Julius Caesar. He is best known under his later title Augustus, first Roman emperor.

T76. Antōniō... adversātus est: Marcus Antonius after Caesar’s death endeavored to seize the power which Caesar had held. Cicero showed favor to Octavian, in the hope, however, that the free republic might be restored. The course of events brought him into sharp conflict with Antonius.

62. inter-dīcō, -dīcere, -dīxī, -dic- T70. com-pōnō, -pōnere, -posuī, tum, tr., forbid, interdict. -positum, tr., place together; com-
63. diūturnus, -a, -um, adj. ldiūl, pose, scttle. lasting, long. 71. ē-nītor, -nītī, -nīxus or -nīsus
64. inimīcitia, -ae, f. linimīcus], sum, intr., struggle out; strug-

enmity, hostility. gle, strive. A JUNIOR LATIN

Sed Antōnius,

READER 239

initā cum Octāviānō societāte, Cicerōnem jam diū sibi inimīcum prōscrīpsit.

Quā rē audītā, Cicerō

trānsversīs itineribus in vīllam, quae ā marī nōn longē

aberat, fūgit indeque nāvem cōnscendit, Cum aliquotiēns in

trānsitūrus.

in Macedoniam altum prōvectus ventīs

adversīs relātus esset, neque jactātiōnem maris patī posset, taedium tandem eum et fugae et vītae cēpit; aliquandō re-

3

gressus ad vīllam “moriar, vātā.”

inquit, Adventantibus percussōribus, servī parātī ad dīmican-

“in patriā saepe ser-

dum erant; sed ipse eōs dēpōnere lectīcam et quiētōs patī quod

sors inīqua cōgeret jussit.

cervīcem praebentī caput praecīsum est. caput relātum est ad Antōnium jussūque

praecīsae sunt;

Prōminentī ex lectīcā et immōtam

Manūs quoque

ejus inter duās manūs in rōstrīs positum. Quamdiū rēs pūblica lībera stābat, Cicerō in eam cūrās cōgitātiōnēsque ferē omnēs suās cōnferēbat et plūs operae

pōnēbat in agendō quam in scrībendō. potestāte ūnīus C. Jūliī Caesaris tenērentur,

Cum autem omnia nōn sē angōri-

80. vīllam: this was situated not far from the little city of Formiae, on

the Gulf of Gaeta. this was probably his favorite.

Cicero possessed several eountry houses, of which

82. trānsitūrus: the participle has the same force as illūtūrus, l. 45.

8ī. ipse

= Cicero: subjccet of jussit.

8ē8. Prōminentī, praebentī: supply eī,; the dative of reference (App. 54) is not infrequently employed where we should expect a possessive genitive;

here, e.g. (Cicerōnis) prōminentis. est.

.et cervīcem prachentis caput praecīsum Translate with a clause, when 28 leaned out.

. his head was cut off.

93. plūs operae pōnēbat in agendō, he devoted more attention to action.

94. trānsversus, -a, -um, adj., lying across, cross (as an adjective).

95. aliquotiēns, adv. [aliquot], sev- eral times.

96. jactātiō, -ōnis, f. [jactō]l, tossing, motion.

97. taedium, -ī, n. taedet, it wea- ries], weariness, loathing.

98. adventō, -ventāre, —, —, intr. lintens. of adveniō], advance, ap- proach.

8ī. lectīca, -ae, f. llectus], a litter, sedan.

88. prōmineō, -minēre, -minuī, intr., stand out; project, lean out.

immōtus, -a, -um, adj. lin-+mōtus], unmoved, unaffected.

89. cervīx, -īcis, f., neck, throat.

90. cōgitātiō, -ōnis, f. Icōgitōl, re- flection, meditation.

91. angor, -ōris, m., anguish, tor- ment; pl. melaneholy.

sō

85

90 100

105

110

240 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

bus dēdidit nec indignīs homine doctō voluptātibus. Vītāns cōnspectum forī urbisque rūra peragrābat abdēbatque sē, quantum licēbat, et sōlus erat. Cum animus autem nihil agere nōn posset, sē ad philosophiam referre cōnstituit atque ita honestissimē molestiās dēpōnere. Huic studiō Cicerō adulēscēns multum temporis tribuerat, et jam senex omnem. cūram ad scrībendum convertit. Volēbat quoque etiam ōtiōsus aliquid cīvibus prōdesse eōsque doctiōrēs et sapien- tiōrēs facere. Eō modō plūra brevī tempore ēversā rē pūblicā scrīpsit, quam multīs annīs eā stante scrīpserat. Sīc pāruit virōrum sapientium praeceptō, quī docent hominēs nōn sōlum ex malīs ēligere minima oportēre, sed etiam excerpere ex hīs ipsīs, sī quid īnsit bonī.

Multa extant facētē ab eō dicta. Cum Lentulum, gene- rum suum, exiguae statūrae hominem, vīdisset longō gladiō accīnctum, “quis,” inquit, ‘“generum meum ad gladium alli- gāvit?”— Mātrōna quaedam jūniōrem sē quam erat simu-

98. nihil agere nōn posset: the two negatives are to be taken closely with the two verbs (not a case of two negatives making an affirmative), was unabvle to be idle.

99. aliquid prōdesse, to benefit, to be of some use; aliquid is an accusa-

tive of extent.

106. hominēs ...

ēligere: an infinitive clause, subject of oportēre, App.

108. sī quid īnsit bonī, whatever good there is in them.

109. in-dignus, -a, -um, adj., worthy, undeserving.

110. rūs, rūris, n., the country; pl., the fields, the country.

peragrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. Iper ager], wander through, traverse.

99. philosophia, -ae, f., philosophy.

100. honestē, adv. honestus], hon- orably, properly.

101. ōtiōsus, -a, -um, adj. at leisure, unoccupied.

102. praeceptum, -ī, n. Ip. part. of praecipiōl, maxim, precept, order.

103. ēligō, ligere, -lēgī, -lēctum, tr.

un-

[ōtium],

[ē4legōl, choose, select.

excerpō, -cerpere, -cerpsī, -cerptum, tr. lcarpōl, pick out, select.

109. facētē, adv. [facētus, wittyl, wittily, humorously.

110. exiguus, -a, -um, adj., scanty, small.

111. accingō, -cingere, -cīnxī -cīnctum, tr. lad4cingōl, gird to, gird.

112. mātrōna, -ae, f. I[māter], mar- ried woman, wife, matron.

jūnior, adj. compar. of juvenis], younger. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 241

lāns dictitābat sē trīgintā tantum annōs habēre; cui Cicerō “vērum est,” inquit, ‘“nam hoc vīgintī annōs audiō.— Caesar, alterō cōnsule mortuō diē Decembris ultimā, Canīni- um cōnsulem hōrā septimā in reliquam diēī partem renūn- tiāverat; quem cum plērīque īrent salūtātum dē mōre, “festīnēmus,” inquit Cicerō, ‘“priusquam abeat magistrātū.” Dē eōdem Canīniō scrīpsit Cicerō: ‘“Fuit mīrā vigilantiā Canīnius, quī tōtō suō cōnsulātū somnum nōn vīderit.”

115. alterō cōnsule, one of the consuls; the eonsuls went out of office the last day of December. v īus salūtātum: the aecusative of the supine expressing purpose, App.

116. abeat: what name is given to the subjunetive with words meaning before, until?

117. quī... vīderit: a relative clause of eause or reason; another oc- curred in 1, 29.

118. dictitō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, tr. adj, a very great part, verv and intr. lintens. of dictō, die- manvy, the greater part of, most of. tatel], say often, maintain. 118. festīnō, -āre, -āvī, -ātum, intr.

119. septimus, -a, -um, adj. [septem], [festīnus, hasty], hasten. seventh. 119. vigilantia, -ae, f. Ivigilāns,

120. plērīque, plēraeque, plēraque, watehful], watehfulness, vigilance.

115

120 GAITUS JULIUS CAESAR

Gaius Julius Caesar, the conqueror of Gaul, was born at Rome in the year 100 (some authorities give 102), s.C. He held the office of quaestor in 68, aedile in 65, praetor in 62, and consul in 59. At the end of his consulship he was made governor of Gaul for a period of five vears, his term of office being afterward extended for five years longer.

About the time of his arrival in Gaul, the Helvetians, a warlike tribe of the Gauls occupying a region roughly cor- responding to modern Swituserland, began a migration from their homes with the intention of settling in a more desirable location. As a result of their attempt to cross territory which was under Roman protection Caesar made war upon them and thoroughly defeated them. Following this he came into conflict with the German king Ariovistus, who with his people had taken possession of a part of Gaul. He inflicted a erushing defeat upon the Germans and drove them back across the Rhine. This was the beginning of a series of campaigns which lasted through the greater part of nine years, and which resulted in the whole of Gaul being brought under Roman control.

During Caesar’s absence from Rome his political enemies succeeded in organizing strongly the opposition to him, and his return to Rome was followed by civil war, in which his enemies were defeated. Caesar was made dictator for life, and the foundation for the Roman imperial government was laid. But a conspiracy was formed against him and he was assassinated in the year 44 s.C.

He wrote a history of his campaigns in Gaul in seven Books. The first, which is here given (with some changes), describes the campaign against the Helvetians and the Ger- mans under Atriovistus.

tō

tē ō a nlt.a b

Supx CX : Hisxs, 5 5 H 7? 5,

A MANZ-CHICAQŌ

GAU in CAEĒSAR’S time

BRaken wiīth some chauges trom H. Meusel.

sō ioo 5 5l n 2so

2BBnmX: 1 I-.1

Romsun ialles

, —- sc uuūt:

Sī-cō m nī !

a;

CAESAR’S ARMY

In the earlier periods of Roman history a Roman army consisted of citizens serving without pay. They were there- fore not professional soldiers, and like the soldiers who made up our own army in the World War, they went back to their ordinary occupations when relieved of their military duties.

Late in the seccond century B. c. the well-to-do citizens began to look upon service in the army as something to be avoided. As a result the army came to be recruited from the lower classes, although only citizens were enrolled in the legions, and a professional class of soldiers developed. In Caesar’s time the period of service of the legionary soldier was twenty vears. These soldiers might be enlisted from all parts of Italy. Caesar’s troops, however, were doubtless composed of inhabitants of the valley of the Po, in northern Italy, which was one of the provinces he was given to govern at the end of his consulship in ō58 B. c. The military age was from seven- teen to forty-five.

1. The Legion: The most important division of the army was the legion. It corresponded more nearly to the regiment than to any other division in modern armies, but legions were not grouped into larger units of the nature of brigades. The exact number of men in one of Caesar’s legions is not known but it was somewhere between 3400 and 6000.

A legion was divided into ten cohorts (cohortēs), each cohort was divided into three maniples (manipulī), and each maniple was again divided into two centuries (centuriae).

2. Auxiliaries: Besides the tegions, which as we have seen were made up of Roman citizens, the army included other forces which were not citizens. These included both infantry and cavalry. Caesar’s cavalry, in fact, was made up entirely of these non-citizen troops. Infantry auxiliaries were supplied by the Roman provinces and by peoples allied with, or friendly to, the Roman people. They were light-armed troops, eg., slingers (funditōrēs) and archers (sagittāriī). Caesar’s cavalry

243 244 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

was of Gallic, Spanish, and German origin, and numbered from 4000 to 5000 men.

3. Officers: The officers of the army were the commander- in-chief (dux, imperātor), lieutenants (1ēgātī), military tribunes (tribūnī mīlitum), centurions (centuriōnēs), and prefects (praefectī). Of the subordinate officers, the lieutenants were the most important. They commanded divisions of the army or single legions, at the will of the commander-in-chief. Ēach legion had six tribunes, who were assigned duties of various kinds by the commander-in-chief, and commanded smaller bodies of troops than a legion. The officers most closely in touch with the rank and file were the centurions, who had risen from the ranks themselves. There were sixty in each legion. Caesar set great store by his centurions and he often mentions their faithful and important services. The prefects commanded auxiliary troops.

4. Engineers and Musicians: A Roman army had a body of engineers (fabrī), commanded by a prefect. There were also musicians, who gave signals with various instruments, such as the trumpet (tuba), the horn (cornū), and the clarion (lituus).

5. The Quaestor: The army was accompanied by an officer known as quaestor, who attended to the pay of the troops, to the sale of booty and prisoners, and had charge of provisions.

6. Dress and Arms: A Roman legionary soldier wore a short-sleeved woolen tunic (tunica), something like a long sweater, fastened at the waist by a belt, and extending to a point midway between the hips and knees. For protection in bad weather he wore in addition a woolen cloak (sagum). His shoes (caligae) were of thick leather soles, hob-nailed, with uppers of open-work leather strips.

The soldier’s defensive armor comprised a metal helmet (galea), a coat-of-mail (lōrīca) composed of metal plates on a leather backing, and a concave shield (scūtum) consisting A JUNIOR LATIN READER 245

of wooden boards covered with cloth and leather. The dimen- sions of the shield were about two feet by four.

Offensive weapons were a heavy javelin (pīium) and a sword (gladius). The former was approximately six and one-half feet long, consisting of a wooden shaft ending in an iron head. The sword, which was about two feet long, was straight and pointed, Roman tactics calling for the use of the sword as a dagger rather than for slashing. It was a deadly weapon in the hands of trained legionaries.

T. The Soldiers Pack: On the march the legionary car- ried, in addition to arms and armor, a certain amount of provisions, a cooking utensil, and tools for entrenching. All but arms and armor were held together in a pack (sarcinae) fastened to a forked pole, which was carried over the shoulder.

8. Cavalry Equipment: The cavalryman was protected by a round shield (parma) and by a metal helmet. He carried a sword, longer than that of the legionary, and a spear (trāgula).

9. The Baggage Train: Extra arms, clothing, provisions, and all tents were carried by pack-animals (jūmenta) and in wagons. The baggage train was appropriately called impedīmenta (compare impedīre, to impede).

10. Artillery: We are apt to think of artillery as depend- ing exclusively on the use of explosives. The Romans em- ployed instead of explosives twisted strands of rope or hair attached to a frame-work in such a way as to propel stones of considerable size or large arrows. The name for artillery, tormenta (compare torquēre, fo tuwist), suggests the form of the propelling power used in these machines. The names of the machines were ballista, employed in hurling stones, catapulta, and scorpiō, employed to shoot arrows.

11. Standards: The large flags of modern times were not in use in Caesar’s time. The standard of the Roman legion was a silver eagle (aquila), held up at the top of a pole. There were also standards for the maniples, consisting of streamers attached to a cross-bar on a pole, with silver ornaments of 246 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

various sorts below. A small, square, banner-like flag (vexillum) served as a standard for the cavalry, and also as a signal for battle when raised above the commanding general’s tent.

12. A Roman Camp: When in an enemy’s country, a Roman army built a fortified camp (castra) after each day’s march, a work in which the Roman legionary was an adept. A rampart (vāllum) was thrown up enclosing a square space large enough to quarter the whole army. The excavation of course left a trench (fossa) outside, which afforded addi- tional protection. On the rampart, in addition, was planted a row of heavy wooden stakes. On each of the four sides of the camp was a gateway (porta) through an elbow-shaped turn in the rampart, which exposed to attack the right side of an enemy who attempted to enter.

13. The Army on the March: On the march the army was divided into a vanguard (prīmum agmen), then the legions in column, followed each by its heavy baggage, and a rear guard (novissimum agmen). In case there was danger of an attack, all the heavy baggage might be placed together in the center of the column, amply protected front and rear, and sometimes by detachments at the sides. Occasionally it was necessary to have the troops march even without their packs, ready for speedy formation in battle array.

14. The Battle Line: Caesar placed his chief reliance in battle on the legions. To the auxiliaries he seems to have given no very definite part, using them as circumstances dictated. The legions in battle array were formed in three lines (triplex aciēs) usually, the third line constituting a reserve. Each line was scveral, perhaps eight, ranks deep. Upon charging the enemy, javelin volleys were first delivered by the soldiers in the first line. The ranks back of the first two lines may have had to hurl their javelins over the heads of those in front. Then followed the hardest and most effect- ive fighting, that with the deadly short swords. The battle A JUNIOR LATIN READER 247

from that point on consisted of individual combats, man to man. The men in the second line mixed in the fray as those in the first line fell out from the casualties of battle. The third line, acting as reserves, performed whatever duties became necessary, and were of course especially entrusted with repelling flanking movements of the enemy.

15. Attacks on Fortified Places: The Gallic towns which Caesar attacked were often fairly well fortified by walls and trenches. The army was sometimes able, however, to take a town by quick assault (oppugnātiō repentīna). In such cases the trench would be filled with earth and other ma- terials, after which the wall or gates would be broken down, or the wall scaled with the help of ladders (scālae). Here the light-armed troops came into play in driving defenders from the wall with arrows and sling-shots.

Towns with stronger fortifications were taken by siege (oppugnātiō) or by blockade (obsidiō). In siege operations the devices employed were: the battering-ram (ariēs), used to demolish a wall; movable sheds of various sorts, which enabled attacking parties to come close to the wall in order to breach it; wheeled towers filled with soldiers, which could be pushed close to the wall, thus making it easier to strip the wall of defenders; and finally, where the ground was broken, the siege-mound (agger), a broad causeway run up to the foot of the wall and affording a smooth road on which to operate the various devices mentioned above.

The blockade was employed where the two methods of attack already described were impossible or inadvisable. Its purpose was to cut off the defenders from supplies and thus force a surrender. Strong lines of entrenchments (circumvāllātiōy were constructed around the town, with redoubts (castella) at intervals. In one case Caesar had to construct double lines of entrenchments, the outer one to ward off outside forces of the enemyv who sought to raise the blockade. 248 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

16. The World War and Caesar: The World War, so recently concluded, was fought, along its western front, over ground traversed by Caesar’s legions. If the great Roman general could have come to life, he would have needed no guide to find his way over the terrain which he had so often traveled. He would have been surprised by the novel instru- ments of destruction devised by modern ingenuity. VYet with his versatility and adaptability he would doubtless have been able quickly to play a large part in the defense of the Gallic land which he won for Italy; for the larger elements of strategy remain what they have always been.

In more than a few details Caesar would have found re- semblances between the methods of war of his own time and of the present. He would have found, for example, the helmet once more come into its own. The highly developed technique of bayonet fighting would have reminded him of the skill which his own legionaries displayed with the sword, a weapon with which he himself was very proficient. Defenses below the level of the ground would not have con- fused him, for they were in relation to modern weapons of offense what his own ramparts were to the short-range weapons of his day.

Whnile Caesar would not have been able to understan the languages of the allied armies immediately, a great mul- titude of the printed words would have looked familiar, since French is only a modernized Latin, while our English vocabu- lary is indebted for its important words to Latin more than to any other language. Doubtless it would have afforded him no little satisfaction to find preserved in the name Rheims a reminiscence of the Remi, the Gallic tribe that made friends with him at an opportune moment and whom he frequently mentions; while Paris would have recalled to him another Gallic tribe, the Parisii, and Soissons the Suessiones. PART IV

CAESAR’S GALLIC WAR BOOK I

GEOGRAPHY AND PEOPLES OF GAUL

1. Callia est omnis dīvīsa in partēs trēs; ūnam partem in- colunt Belgae, aliam Aquītānī, tertiam quī ipsōrum linguā Celtae, nostrā Gallī appellantur. Hī omnēs linguā, īnstitūtīs, lēgibus inter sē differunt. Gallōs ab Aquītānīs Garunna flūmen, ā Belgīs Matrona et Sēquana dīvidit. Hōrum omnium fortissimī sunt Belgae, proptereā quod ā cultū atque hūmānitāte prōvinciae longissimē absunt, minimēque ad eōs mercātōrēs saepe commeant atque ea quae ad effēminandōs animōs pertinent important, proximīque sunt Germānīs, quī

2. est dīvīsa, is divided; an instance of the perfect participle to be taken as a predicate adjective with est.

omnis, as a whole; including the three parts mentioned immediately after.

2. quī = iī quī, those who. ipsōrum, their own.

linguā: ablative of means.

3. nostrā: supply linguā. linguā: ablative of respect; also īnstitūtīs and lēgibus.

4. inter sē, from one another.

Gallōs: object of dīvidit. Latin order may often be retained by trans- lating an active verb by a passive; the object then becomes subiect.

6. dīvidit: singular, because the two rivers are conceived of as con- stituting one boundary.

T7. prōvinciae: Rome’s province of Transalpine Gaul (in southern France) is meant. It had been brought under Roman authority and organized about sixty years before Caesar’s invasion of northern Gaul.

minimē: with saepe.

8. effēminandōs: the gerundive in a prepositional phrase; translate ad ... pertinent, tend to break down character.

9. Germānīs: dative with proximī.

249

ct 10

15

20

250 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

trāns Rhēnum incolunt, quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt. Quā dē causā Helvētiī quoque reliquōs Gallōs virtūte prae- cēdunt, quod ferē cotīdiānīs proeliīs cum Germānīs conten- dunt, cum aut suīs fīnibus eōs prohibent, aut ipsī in eōrum fīnibus bellum gerunt. Eōrum ūna pars, quam Gallī obtinent, initium capit ā flūmine Rhodanō; continētur Garunnā flū- mine, ōceanō, fīnibus Belgārum; attingit etiam ab Sēquanīs et Helvētiīs flūmen Rhēnum; vergit ad septentriōnēs. Belgae ab extrēmīs Galliae fīnibus oriuntur; pertinent ad īnferiōrem partem flūminis Rhēnī; spectant in septentriōnēs et orientem sōlem. Aquītānia ā Garunnā flūmine ad Pȳrēnaeōs montēs et eam partem ōceanī quae est ad Hispaniam pertinet; spectat inter occāsum sōlis et septentriōnēs.

THE CONSPIRACY OF ORGETORIX

2. Apud Helvētiōs longē nōbilissimus fuit et dītissimus Or- getorīx. Is, M. Messālā M. Pīsōne cōnsulibus, rēgnī cupidi- tāte inductus conjūrātiōnem nōbilitātis fēcit et cīvibus persuāsit ut dē fīnibus suīs cum omnibus cōpiīs exīrent: “Per- facile est,” inquit, cum virtūte omnibus praestēmus, tōtīus Galliae imperiō potīrī.” Id hōc facilius iīs persuāsit, quod

3. suīs fīnibus: ablative of separation. eōrum = Germānōrum.

4. Eōrum: we should expect the name of the country, Galliae, rather than a pronoun referring to the people.

Gallī: those who in the Gallic language were called Celts; see I. 3.

16. ab, on the side of.

17. Galliae: central, or Celtic, Gaul is meant, as described in ll. 14-17.

18. est ad, is next to.

19. M. Messālā M. Pīsōne cōnsulibus, in the consulship of, ete.; ablative absolute. The year was 61 s.cC.

20. ut... exīrent: a noun clause, object of persudsit, to be translated by an infinitive.

. est: the subject of this verb is the infinitive potīī.

6. Id iīs persuāsit, he persuaded them to this. Here the object of per- sudsit is the pronoun Id; in l. 4 it was a clause.

hōc facilius, the more easily; hēc is ablative of degree of difference, and at the same time ablative of cause in anticipation of the causal clause, quod ... continentur. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 2531

undique locī nātūrā Helvētiī continentur: ūnā ex parte flū- mine Rhēnō lātissimō atque altissimō, quī agrum Helvētium ā Germānīs dīvidit, alterā ex parte monte Jūrā altissimō, quī est inter Sēquanōs et Helvētiōs, tertiā ex parte lacū Lemannō et flūmine Rhodanō, quī prōvinciam nostram ab Helvētiīs dīvidit. Itaque et minus lātē vagābantur et minus facile fīnitimīs bellum īnferre poterant; quā dē causā hominēs bel- landī cupidī magnō dolōre afficiēbantur. Prō multitūdine

10

autem hominum et prō glōriā bellī atque fortitūdinis angus- 15

tōs sē fīnēs habēre arbitrābantur, quī in longitūdinem mīlia passuum ccxī5, in lātitūdinem cLxXxX patēbant.

THE HELVETIANS PREPARE TO MICRATE

3. Hīs rēbus adductī et auctōritāte Orgetorīgis permōtī cōnstituērunt ea quae ad proficīscendum pertinērent comparāre, jūmentōrum et carrōrum quam maximum numerum coeēemere, sēmentēs quam maximās facere, ut in itinere cōpia frūmentī suppeteret, cum proximīs cīvitātibus pācem et amīcitiam cōnfirmāre. Ad eās rēs cōnficiendās biennium sibi satis esse dūxērunt; in tertium annum profectiōnem lēge cōnfir- mant. Orgetorīx dux dēligitur. Is lēgātiōnem ad cīvitātēs suscipit. In eō itinere persuādet Casticō, Sēquanō, ut rēg- num in cīvitāte suā occupāret; pater enim ejus rēgnum in Sēquanīs multōs annōs obtinuerat et ā senātū populī Rōmānī amīcus appellātus erat; itemque Dumnorīgī Haeduō, quī eō

T7. ūnā ex parte, on one side.

13. fīnitimīs, on their neighbors; dative with the compound verb īnferre, which as a transitive verb takes also the direct object bellum; contrast the intransitive praestēmus, l. 5, which has only the dative omnibus.

14. Prō, in proportion to.

15. ea, those things, explained in the following lines, jūmentōrum ... cōn- firmāre.

16. quam maximum numerum, the greatest number possible.

17. Ad eās rēs cōnficiendās, for the accomplishment of these things; the gerundive in a prepositional phrase expressing purpose.

T. dūxērunt: here in the sense of regqarded, thought.

10 15

20

252 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

tempore prīncipātum in cīvitāte obtinēbat ac maximē plēbī acceptus erat, ut idem cōnārētur persuādet, eīque fīliam suam in mātrimōnium dat. “Perfacile factū est,” inquit, ‘“cōnāta perficere, proptereā quod ipse meae cīvitātis imperium obten- tūrus sum; nōn est dubium quīn tōtīus Galliae plūrimum Helvētiī possint; meīs cōpiīs meōque exercitū vōbīs rēgna conciliābō. Hāc ōrātiōne adductī inter sē fidem et jūs jūrandum dant et, rēgnō occupātō, per trēs potentissimōs ac firmissimōs populōs tōtīus Galliae sēsē potīrī posse spērant.

THE DEATH OF ORCETORIX

4. Ea rēs est Helvētiīs per indicium ēnūntiāta. Mōribus suīs Orgetorīgem ex vinculīs causam dīcere coēgērunt; sī dam- nārētur, ignī eum cremātūrī erant. Diē cōnstitūtā causae dic- tiōnis Orgetorīx ad jūdicium omnem suam familiam, ad ho- minum mīlia decem, undique coēgit et omnēs clientēs obaerā- tōsque suōs, quōrum magnum numerum habēbat, eōdem con- dūcit; per eōs, nē causam dīceret, sē ēripuit. Cum cīvitās ob eam rem incitāta armīs jūs suum exequī cōnārētur multi-

5. plēbī: dative with acceptus, acceptable.

6. factū, to do; the supine, ablative of respect.

7. quīn, that, with the subjunctive, is regularly employed after expres- sions of doubt, when these are accompanied by a negative.

plūrimum possint, are the strongest (people).

19. inter sē dant, they exchange; the phrase inter sē denotes mutual or reciprocal action, as in 1, 4.

20. Galliae: with potiī, āsis sometimes governs the genitive instead of the ablative.

21. indicium: translate as if indicēs, informers.

22. ex vinculīs, in chains; how, literally?

sī damnārētur, if he should be convicted.

3. causae: objective genitive after dictiōnis.

4. ad (hominum): used adverbially, about.

5. coēgit: here and in I. 9 with the meaning collected, while in 1. 2 meant compelled.

T7. per eōs, through their help. sē ēripuit, he escaped. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 253

tūdinemque hominum ex agrīs magistrātūs cōgerent, Orge- torīx mortuus est; Helvētiī arbitrantur ipsum sibi mortem cōnscīvisse.

THE HELVETIANS COMPLETE THEIR PREPARATIONS

8. Post ejus mortem nihilō minus Helvētiī ē fīnibus suīs exīre cōnantur. Ubi jam sē ad eam rem parātōs esse arbitrātī sunt, oppida sua omnia numerō ad duodecim, vīcōs ad quad- ringentōs, reliqua prīvāta aedificia incendunt, frūmentum omne, praeter quod sēcum portātūrī erant, combūrunt; haec fēcērunt, ut, domum reditiōnis spō sublātā, parātiōrēs ad omnia perīcula subeunda essent; trium mēnsum molita cibāria sibi quemque domō efferre jubent. Persuādent Rauracīs et Tulingīs et Latobrīgīs, fīnitimīs, ut, oppidīs suīs vīcīsque exustīs, ūnā cum iīs proficīscantur; Boiōs, quī trāns Rhēnum incoluerant et in agrum Nōricum trānsierant Nōreiamque oppugnābant, ad sē sociōs recipiunt.

Two ROUTES OPEN TO THE HELVETIANS

6. Erant omnīnō itinera duo, quibus itineribus domō exīre possent; ūnum per Sēquanōs, angustum et difficile, inter montem Jūram et flūmen Rhodanum, vix quā singulī carrī

7. Ubi jam, when at last.

8. numerō: ablative of respect. ad: see the note on ad, 4, 4.

9. prīvāta aedificia: scattered dwellings not in towns and villages.

10. spē sublātā, by destroying the hope; ablative absolute. expressing means.

ad... subeunda, to undergo all dangers.

T7. trium mēnsum, for three months; genitive of measure.

10. Boiōs: the word Boii survives in the modern name Bohemisa.

11. ad sē sociōs recipiunt, they admit to their numbers as allies.

12. quibus ... possent: a relative clause of description, hence the sub- junctive.

itineribus: the antecedent in Latin is occasionally repeated in the rela- tive clause; it may be omitted in translation.

10

[ēīl

10 10

15

224 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

dūcerentur; mōns autem altissimus impendēbat, ut facile per- paucī prohibēre possent; alterum per prōvinciam nostram, multō facilius atque expedītius, proptereā quod inter fīnēs Helvētiōrum et Allobrogum Rhodanus fluit, isque nōn nūllīs locīs vadō trānsītur. Extrēmum oppidum Allobrogum est proximumque Helvētiōrum fīnibus Genava. Ex eō oppidō pōns ad Helvētiōs pertinet. Cōnsilium erat Helvētiōrum vel persuādēre Allobrogibus, quī nūper pācātī erant et nōndum bonō animō in populum Rōmānum vidēbantur, vel vī cōgere ut per suōs fīnēs iter darent. Omnibus rēbus ad profectiōnem comparātīs, diem dīcunt, quā diē ad rīpam Rhodanī omnēs conveniant. Is diēs erat a. d. v. Kal. Apr., L. Pīsōne, A. Gabīniō cōnsulibus.

CAESAR DETERMINES TO STOP THE HEĒLVETIANS

T. Caesarī cum id nūntiātum esset, eōs per prōvinciam nos- tram iter facere cōnārī, mātūrat ab urbe proficīscī et quam maximīs potest itineribus in Galliam ulteriōrem contendit et

4. dūcerentur, could be drawn; the clause vir quā... dūcerentur is somewhat different from the one in ll. 1-2, in that the idea of possibility enters into the subjunctive itself.

altissimus, very high.

ut.... possent: a clause of result.

5. prohibēre: supply eōs as obiect.

6. vadō trānsītur, is crossed by fording.

7. fīnibus: dative with proximum.

8. bonō animō, kindly disposed; ablative of description in the predicate after vidēbantur.

9. ut... darent: a noun clause, object of persuādēre and cōqgere.

10. quā diē.... conveniant, on which (day) they are to assemble; a rela- tive clause of purpose; diē may be omitted in translation, as itineribus, l. 1.

11. a. d. v. Kal. Apr., = ante diem quīntum Kalendās Aprīlēs, five days before the Kalends of April, i.e., Mar. 2S8th.

12. id, it, explained by the indirect discourse following, eōs ... cōnūrī.

13. quam maximīs potest itineribus, by the longest journeys possible; the plural itineribus is employed with reference to the daily distance; potest might have been omitted, since quam and a superlative alone express the highest degree possible, as in 3, 3.

14. Galliam ulteriōrem: the Roman province north of the Alps. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 2ōō

4 wY“oī- s0 z - ss. neg: iĒi wu. 5 ē S 5 4 n5“S sHImS: e*

2)0 ē2ā : v

2 S 35ttete,, 42 Nīēā ā: q55 4

MAP SHOWING FORTIFICATIONS ON THE RHONE

ad Genavam pervenit. ā prōvinciā tōtā quam maximum potest mīlitum numerum postulat (erat omnīnō in QGalliā ulteriōre legiō ūna), pontem quī erat ad Genavam jubet rescindī. Ubi dē ejus adventū Helvētiī certiōrēs factī sunt, lēgātōs ad eum mittunt nōbilissimōs cīvitātis. Hī dīxērunt Helvētiōs habēre in animō sine ūllō maleficiō iter per prō- vinciam facere, proptereā quod aliud iter habērent nūllum; rogāvērunt ut ejus voluntāte id sibi facere licēret. Caesar memoriā tenēbat L. Cassium cōnsulem occīsum exercitumque ejus ab Helvētiīs pulsum et sub jugum missum; concēdendum

4. ad, into the neighborhood of. No preposition would be employed if the meaning were “to Geneva.”

5. ad, near, at.

6. habērent: subjunctive in a subordinate clause in indirect discourse.

7. ejus voluntāte, with his approual.

8. L. Cassium... occīsum: in 107 n c.

9. concēdendum (esse), the privilege should be granted; the verb is used impersonally, i.e., its subject is the fundamental idea in the verb itself, to be represented in English by a noun; in like manner pugnātum est means a battle was fought.

10 15

10

256 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

igitur nōn putābat; neque hominēs inimīcō animō temperā- tūrōs ab injūriā et maleficiō exīstimābat. Tamen, quod mīlitēs quōs imperāverat nōndum convēnerant, lēgātīs re- spondit diem sē ad dēlīberandum sūmptūrum; sī quid vellent, ad īd. Apr. reverterentur.

CAEĒSAR DENIES THE HELVETIANS RIGHT OF Way THROUGH THE ROMAN PROVINCE

8. Intereā ā lacū Lemannō ad montem Jūram mīlia pas- suum xvrIrm mūrum secundum flūmen in altitūdinem pedum sēdecim fossamque perdūcit. Eō opere perfectō, praesidia dispōnit, castella commūnit, quō facilius, sī sē invītō trānsīre cōnārentur, prohibēre posset. Ubi lēgātī ad eum diē cōn- stitūtō revertērunt, negat sē mōre et exemplō populī Rōmānī posse iter ūllī per prōvinciam dare et, sī vim facere cōnentur, prohibitūrum ostendit. Helvētiī eā spē dējectī nōn numquam interdiū, saepius noctū, perrumpere cōnātī sunt. Eōrum aliī nāvēs jūnxerant ratēsque complūrēs fēcerant; aliī vadīs Rhodanī, quā minima altitūdō flūminis erat, trānsīre cō- nābantur. Sed operis mūnītiōne et mīlitum concursū et tēlīs repulsī hōc cōnātū dēstitērunt.

9. diem, time.

10. ad, by.

reverterentur, let them return; a subjunctive of indirect discourse, repre- senting an imperative of the direet.

2. mūrum: not a stone wall, but an earthwork made in greater part by cutting down the banks of the river steeply. The trench is shown in the sectional view on the accompanying map (p. 249).

3. quō: this word, it is to be remembered, is employed to introduce a elause of purpose in connection with a comparative; it is in reality an ablative of degree of difference.

4. negat: the usual Latin for “say not,” as has before been pointed out; in translating take the negative with posse.

5. prohibitūrum: the full expression would be sē eōs prohibitūrum esse.

eā spē dējectī, disappointed in that hope; spē is ablative of separation, as also cōnātū, 1. 13. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 257

THE HELVETIANS ARRANGE TO MARCH THROUGH THE COUNTRY OF THE SEQUANI

9. Relinquēbātur ūna per Sēquanōs via, quā Sēquanīs invītīs propter angustiās īre nōn poterant. Hīs cum suā sponte persuādēre nōn possent, lēgātōs ad Dumnorīgem Hae- duum mittunt, ut eō dēprecātōre ā Sēquanīs impetrārent. Dumnorīx grātiā et largītiōne apud Sēquanōs plūrimum poterat et Helvētiīs erat amīcus, quod ex eā cīvitāte Orge- torīgis fīliam in mātrimōnium dūxerat, et cupiditāte rēgnī adductus novīs rēbus studēbat et quam plūrimās cīvitātēs suō beneficiō habēre obstrictās volēbat. Itaque rem suscipit et ā Sēquanīs impetrat ut per fīnēs suōs Helvētiōs īre patian- tur, obsidēsque utī inter sēsē dent perficit: Sēquanī, nē itinere Helvētiōs prohibeant; Helvētiī, ut sine maleficiō et injūriā trānseant.

CAESAR SECURES REINFORCEMENTS AND PURSUES THE HELVETIANS

10. Caesarī nūntiātur Helvētiōs habēre in animō per agrum Sēquanōrum et Haeduōrum iter in Santonum fīnēs facere; hī nōn longē ā Tolōsātium fīnibus absunt, quae cīvitās est in

11. Relinquēbātur, there was left. ūna via, only the road. Sēquanīs invītīs, against the wish of the Sequani, an ablative absolute.

12. angustiās: the narrow passage along the bank of the Rhone describerl in 6, 2-5.

cum, since.

5. plūrimum poterat, had the greatest influence; the adverb plūrimum is in reality the accusative neuter of plūrimus expressing degree.

6. novīs rēbus, revolution; dative with studēbat.

7. habēre obstrictās, to have bound (to him).

8. ā Sēquanīs impetrat ut... patiantur, prevails upon the Sequani to allow; ut... patiantur is a noun elause, object of impetrat.

11-13. nē.... prohibeant, ut... trānseant: these clauses contain the purpose of the exchange of hostages; translate freely, the Sequani agree not to prevent etc., the Helvetii agree to pass through, etc.

10 10

1

2358 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

prōvinciā. Id sī fieret, hominēs bellicōsī, populī Rōmānī inimīcī, partī prōvinciae patentī maximēque frūmentāriae fīnitimī futūrī erant. Ob eās causās eī mūnītiōnī quam fēcerat T. Labiēnum lēgātum praeficit; ipse in Italiam magnīs itineribus contendit duāsque ibi legiōnēs cōnscrībit et trēs, quae circum Aquileiam hiemābant, ex hībernīs ēdūcit et prox- imō itinere in ulteriōrem Galliam per Alpēs cum hīs quīnque legiōnibus īre contendit. Ibi Ceutronēs et Graiocelī et Ca- turīgēs, locīs superiōribus occupātīs, itinere exercitum pro- hibēre eōnantur. Complūribus hīs proeliīs pulsīs, ab Ocelō, quod est oppidum citeriōris prōvinciae extrēmum, in fīnēs Vocontiōrum ulteriōris prōvinciae diē septimō pervenit; inde in Allobrogum fīnēs, ab Allobrogibus in Segusiāvōs exercitum dūcit. Hī sunt extrā prōvinciam trāns Rhodanum prīmī.

SEVERAL GALLIC TRIBES APPEAL TO CAESAR FOR PROTECTION

11. Helvētiī jam per angustiās et fīnēs Sēquanōrum suās cōpiās trādūxerant et in Haeduōrum fīnēs pervēnerant eōrum- que agrōs populābantur. Haeduī, cum sē suaque ab iīs dē- fendere nōn possent, lēgātōs ad Caesarem mittunt rogātum auxilium: “Ita nōs,” inquiunt, “omnī tempore dē populō Rōmānō meritī sumus, ut paene in cōnspectū exercitūs vestrī agrī vāstārī, līberī in servitūtem abdūcī, oppida expugnārī

12. Id sī fieret, if this should be done.

13. eī mūnītiōnī: dative with the compound verb praeficit, with Labiē- num as direct object.

14. itinere: ablative of separation, with prohibēre.

15. Complūribus: with proeliīs, while hīs and pulsīs go together and form an ablative absolute.

16. citeriōris prōvinciae: the Roman province in northern Italy, also called Gallia Cisalpīna.

17. rogātum, to beg; the accusative of the supine expressing purpose; it governs the object, auxilium.

18. Ita nōs ... meritī sumus, we have always so deserved of the Roman people. :

19. ut... nōn dēbuerint: a negative clause of result. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 259

nōn dēbuerint.” Eōdem tempore Ambanrrī, necessāriī et cōn- sanguineī Haeduōrum, Caesarem certiōrem faciunt sēsē, dē- populātīs agrīs, nōn facile ab oppidīs vim hostium prohibēre. Item Allobrogēs, quī trāns Rhodanum vīcōs possessiōnēsque habēbant, fugā sē ad Caesarem recipiunt et dēmōnstrant sē praeter agrī solum nihil habēre reliquum. Quibus rēbus adductus Caesar nōn expectāre statuit dum, omnibus fortūnīs sociōrum cōnsūmptīs, in Santonōs Helvētiī pervenīrent.

CAESAR DEFEATS 5 PORTION OF THE HELVETIANS

12. Flūmen est Arar, quod per fīnēs Haeduōrum et Sēqua- nōrum in Rhodanum īnfluit, incrēdibilī lēnitāte, ita ut oculīs in utram partem fluat jūdicārī nōn possit. Id Helvētiī ratibus ac lintribus jūnctīs trānsībant, trēsque jam partēs cōpiārum trādūxerant. Caesar dē tertiā vigiliā cum legiōnibus tiibus ē castrīs profectus ad eam partem pervēnit quae nōndum flū- men trānsierat. Eōs impedītōs et inopīnantēs aggressus mag- nam partem eōrum concīdit; reliquī sēsē fugae mandārunt atque in proximās silvās abdidērunt. Is pāgus appellābātur Tigurīnus; nam omnis cīvitās Helvētia in quattuor pāgōs dīvīsa est. Hic pāgus ūnus, cum domō exīsset patrum nos- trōrum memoriā, L. Cassium cōnsulem interfēcerat et ejus

13. dēpopulātīs: although deponent verbs are regularly active in mean- ing, the perfect participles are sometimes used as passives.

14. pervenīrent, should come; an anticipatory subjunctive with dum, until.

15. lēnitāte: ablative of description. in utram partem fluat: an indirect question.

16. dē tertiā vigiliā, in the third watch; literally, dē would mean out of.

T. aggressus: the perfect participle of a deponent verb is regularly active; it can therefore be used in agreement with the subject to denote an act of the subject. Wwith the perfect participle of a non-deponent verb, the ablative absolute is the construction necessary to denote an act of the subjcct.

8. mandārunt: a form contracted from mandārērunt.

9. abdidērunt (sēsē), hid in; the accusative silrūs with in is used in- stead of the ablative owing to the motion implied in abdidērunt.

10. memoriā: ablative denoting the time when.

10

19 260 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

exercitum sub jugum mīserat. Ita sīve cāsū sīve cōnsiliō deōrum immortālium, quae pars cīvitātis Helvētiae īnsignem

15 calamitātem populō Rōmānō intulerat, ea prīnceps poenās persolvit. Quā in rē Caesar nōn sōlum pūblicās, sed etiam prīvātās injūriās ultus est; nam Tigurīnī interfēcerant L. Pīsōnem lēgātum, avum L. Pīsōnis, socerī Caesaris, eōdem proeliō quō Cassium.

NEGOTIATIONS BETWEEN CAESAR AND THE HELVETIANS

13. Hōc proeliō factō, reliquās cōpiās Helvētiōrum ut cōn- sequī posset, pontem in Ararī faciendum cūrat atque ita exercitum trādūcit. Helvētiī repentīnō ejus adventū com- mōtī sunt; ille enim ūnō diē flūmen trānsierat, id quod ipsī

5 diēbus xx aegerrimē cōnfēcerant. Lēgātōs igitur ad eum mittunt, cujus lēgātiōnis Dīvicō prīnceps fuit, quī bellō Cas- siānō dux Helvētiōrum fuerat. Is ita cum Caesare ēgit: “Sī pācem populus Rōmānus cum Helvētiīs faciet, in eam partem ībunt Helvētiī atque ibi erunt ubi eōs cōnstitueris atque esse

10 volueris; sīn bellō persequī persevērābis, reminīscere et vete-

14. quae pars... ea: translate as if ea pars quae.

15. intulerat: with bellum as object this verb means make (war) on; with such a word as calamitūs or injūria as object it means inflict... on. Why the dative populō?

prīnceps, first, (was the) first.

1. ut: introducing a clause of purpose, and to be translated before cōpiūs.

2. pontem faciendum cūrat, he causes a bridge to be built; the gerundive in agreement with an object noun is employed after dō, cūrō, and similar verbs, to express purpose.

in Ararī: observe that “over’ a tiver, with reference to a bridge, is expressed by in and the bttve; “across” and “over,” in the sense of “to,” or “on, the other side of,” are expressed by trūns and the accusative.

Ararī: several i-stem nouns of the third declension have an ablative end- ing in -īand an accusative in -im. Tiberim has previously occurred, R. 3, 4.

6. bellō Cassiānō: the campaign of 107 s.c., in which Cassius was defeated by the Tigurini. It is plain that Divico was an old man when he met Caesar.

T. cum Caesare ēgit, he addressed Caesar; literally, ēgit would mean ireated, dealt.

10. reminīscere: imperative. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 261

ris incommodī populī Rōmānī et prīstinae virtūtis Helvēti- ōrum. Quod imprōvīsō ūnum pāgum adortus es, cum iī quī flūmen trānsierant suīs auxilium ferre nōn possent, nōlī ob eam rem aut tuae magnopere virtūtī tribuere aut nōs dēspicere. Nōs ita ā patribus majōribusque nostrīs didicimus, ut magis virtūte contendāmus quam dolō aut īnsidiīs nītāmur. Quārē nōlī committere ut is locus ubi cōnstiterimus ex calami- tāte populī Rōmānī et interneciōne exercitūs nōmen capiat aut memoriam prōdat.

THuE HELVETIANS REFUSE CAESAR’S TERMS

14. Hīs Caesar ita respondit: ‘“Eō mihi minus dubitātiōnis datur, quod eās rēs quās commemorāvistis memoriā teneō, atque eō gravius ferō quō minus meritō populī Rōmānī acci- dērunt; quī sī alicujus injūriae sibi cōnscius fuisset, nōn fuit difficile cavēre; sed eō dēceptus est, quod sō causam timendī habēre nōn intellegēbat. Quod sī veteris contumēliae obilī-

15. incommodī: the genitive, depending upon a verb of remembering.

16. Quod, as to the fact that.

17. nōlī. .. tribuere, do not on that account attribute much to your own valor. Nōlī, imperative of nōlō, with an infinitive, is the eommon and polite form of expressing a negative eommand in Latin.

18. virtūte: ablative of means.,

dolō, īnsidiīs: nītor takes an ablative of the thing relied upon.

17. ut is locus... prōdat: a noun clause, object of committere, bring about, cause.

18. Eō minus, the less; eō is a combination of ablative of degree of dif- ference and ablative of cause.

19. eō gravius, quō minus, the more seriously, the less; eō and quō are ablatives of degree of difference.

meritō: ablative of aecordance.

4. sī fuisset, if they had been; a condition eontrary to faet.

sibi: with cōnscius, but to be omitted in translation.

5. eō, quod, by the fact that; quod here introduces a noun elause of faet.
6. Quod sī vellem, but if I were willing; another eondition contrary to aet.

contumēliae: for the genitive with verbs of remembering and forgetting, eompare incommodī, 13, 11.

ēt 10

1

20

262 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

vīscī vellem, num etiam recentium injūriārum, quod mē invītō iter per prōvinciam per vim temptāvistis, quod Hae- duōs, quod Ambarrōs, quod Allobrogas vexāvistis, memoriam dēpōnere possum? Quod vestrā victōriā tam īnsolenter glōriāminī quodque tam diū vōs impūnē injūriās tulisse ad- mīrāminī eōdem pertinent. Cōnsuēvērunt enim deī immor- tālēs, quō gravius scelerātī hominēs ex commūtātiōne rērum doleant, hīs secundiōrēs interdum rēs et diūturniōrem im- pūnitātem concēdere. Cum ea ita sint, tamen, sī obsidēs mihi dabitis, et sī Haeduīs sociīsque eōrum, item sī Allobro- gibus, dē injūriīs satisfaciētis, vōbīscum pācem faciam.” Dīvicō respondit: “Ita Helvētiī ā majōribus suīs īnstitūtī sunt ut obsidēs accipere, nōn dare, cōnsuērint; ejus reī populus Rōmānus est testis.” Hōc respōnsō datō discessit.

DEFEAT OF CAESAR’S CAVALRY

18. Posterō diē castra ex eō locō movent. Idem facit Cae- sar equitātumque omnem ad numerum quattuor mīlium, quem ex omnī prōvinciā et Haeduīs atque eōrum sociīs coāc-

T. quod... temptāvistis, that you attempted; this and the following quod clauses are noun clauses of fact in apposition with injūriārum; the latter word depends on memoriam. The quod clauses in ll. 10-12 are also noun clauses, subjects of pertinent.

9. Allobrogas: the ending -as is a Greel accusative plural ending some- times found in nouns of the third declension, particularly in names of peoples.

10. vōs ... tulisse admīrāminī, are surprised to have inflicted.

11. quō, in order that; see the note on S, 4.

12. secundiōrēs rēs, extraordinary prosperity.

13. concēdere: depending on cōnsuēvērunt.

14. cōnsuērint: contracted from cōnsuērerint, perfect subjunctive.

15. coāctum habēbat, had colleeted; the participle coāctum agrees with quem; the combination of the partic iple with the imperfect haōēbat is to be translated in the same way as coēgerat, past perfect of cōgō; it makes of habēbat, however, almost an auxiliary corresponding to English “had”

as an auxiliary. The present of habeō ean be used with a participle in the same way as the imperfect. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 263

tum habēbat, praemittit, quī videant quās in partēs hostēs iter faciant. Quī cupidius novissimum agmen īnsecūtī aliēnō locō cum equitātū Helvētiōrum proelium committunt; et paucī dē nostrīs cadunt. Quō proeliō sublātī Helvētiī, quod quīngen- tīs equitibus tantam multitūdinem equitum prōpulerant, au- dācius subsistere nōn numquam et novissimō agmine proeliō nostrōs lacessere coepērunt. Caesar suōs ā proeliō continēbat ac satis habēbat in praesentiā hostem rapīnīs populātiōni- busque prohibēre. Ita diēs circiter xv iter fēcērunt, ut inter novissimum hostium agmen et nostrum prīmum nōn amplius quīnīs aut sēnīs mīlibus passuum interesset.

CAESAR CENSURES THE HAEDUANS FOR FAILING TO FURNISH SUPPLIES

16. Interim cotīdiē Caesar frūmentum quod Haeduī essent pūblicē pollicitī flāgitābat. Nam propter frīgora, quod Gallia sub septentriōnibus posita est, nōn modo frūmenta in agrīs mātūra nōn erant, sed nē pābulī quidem satis magna cōpia suppetēbat; eō autem frūmentō quod flūmine Ararī nāvibus subvexerat, proptereā ūtī minus poterat, quod iter ab Ararī Helvētiī āverterant, ā quibus discēdere nōlēbat. Diem ex diē dūcunt Haeduī; cōnferrī, comportārī, adesse dīcunt. Ubi sē

17. quī videant: relative clause of purpose.

quās in partēs, etc.: indirect question.

9. novissimō agmine, from their rear line; agmine is ablative of means.

10. satis habēbat prohibēre, reqarded it as sufficient to prevent.

11. prīmum: supply agmen.

nōn amplius .. . interesset, there was a distance of not more than five or six miles (a day).

1. essent pollicitī: subjunctive of informal indirect discourse.

2. posita, situated; see the note on dīīsa, 1, 1.

3. frūmentō: object of ūfī, l. C.

flūmine Ararī: ablative of the way or route.

6. proptereā: take with quod, for the reason that.

T7. Diem ex diē, day after day.

8. dūcunt, put off; eum is to be understood as object.

cōnferrī, comportārī, adesse: supply frūmentum as subjiect.

4n

10 10

15

10

264 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

diūtius dūcī intellēxit et diem īnstāre, quō diē frūmentum mīlitibus mētīrī oportēret, convocāvit eōrum prīncipēs, quō- rum magnam cōpiam in castrīs habēbat. In hīs erant Dīvi- ciācus et Liscus, quī summō magistrātuī praeerat, quem ver- gobretum appellant Haeduī, quī creātur annuus et vītae necisque in suōs habet potestātem. Tum Caesar graviter eōs accūsat, quod, cum frūmentum neque emī neque ex agrīs sūmī possit, hostibus tam propinquīs, ab iīs nōn sublevētur, praesertim cum magnā ex parte eōrum precibus adductus bellum suscēperit.

Two FaCTIONS AMONG THE HAEDUANS PRO-ROMAN AND ANTI-ROMAN

17. Tum dēmum Liscus ōrātiōne Caesaris adductus quod anteā tacuerat prōpōnit: “Sunt nōn nūllī, quōrum auctōritās apud plēbem plūrimum valeat, quī prīvātim plūs possint quam ipsī magistrātūs. Propter hōrum sēditiōsam atque im- probam ōrātiōnem multitūdō frūmentum nōn cōnferunt quod dēbent: ‘Praestat,” inquiunt, ‘sī jam prīncipātum Qalliae obtinēre nōn possumus, Gallōrum quam Rōmānōrum imperia perferre; sī Helvētiōs superāverint Rōmānī, ūnā cum reliquā Galliā Haeduīs lībertātem sine dubiō ēripient. Ab īsdem tua cōnsilia quaeque in castrīs geruntur hostibus ēnūntiantur;

18. diūtius, too long.

19. magistrātuī: dative with the compound verb praeerat.

20. in suōs, over his fellow-citiens.

21. quod... nōn sublevētur: the same explanation applies to the sub- junctive here as in l. 1.

22. hostibus tam propinquīs, with the enemy so near.

23. magnā ex parte, to a great extent.

24. quod: for id quod.

25. plūs possint, have more influence.

26. Praestat: the subject is the infinitive perferre, l. S.

inquiunt: the subject is “they,” referring to the trouble-makers of the preceding lines.

9. Haeduīs, from the Haedui; dative of separation with ēripient. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 265

A i hōs coeērcēre nōn possum. Quīn etiam intellegō quantō cum perīculō hanc necessāriam rem tibi ēnūntiāverim, et ob eam causam quam diū potuī tacuī.”

DUMNORIX THE LEADER OF THE ANTI-ROMAN FACTION

18. Caesar hāc ōrātiōne Liscī Dumnorīgem, Dīviciācī frā- trem, dēsignārī sentiēbat, sed quod plūribus praesentibus eās rēs jactārī nōlēbat, celeriter concilium dīmittit, Liscum retinet. Quaerit ex sōlō ea quae in conventū dīxerat. Dīcit līberius atque audācius. Eadem sēcrētō ab aliīs quaerit, quī ita s respondērunt: “Ipse est Dumnorīx, summā audāciā, magnā apud plēbem propter līberālitātem grātiā, cupidus rērum novārum. Complūrēs annōs portōria reliquaque omnia Hae- duōrum vectīgālia parvō pretiō redēmpta habet, proptereā quod, illō licente, contrā licērī audet nēmō. Hīs rēbus et i0 suam rem familiārem auxit et facultātēs ad largiendum mags- nās comparāvit; magnum numerum equitātūs suō sūmptū semper alit et circum sē habet, neque sōlum domī, sed etiam apud fīnitimās cīvitātēs largiter potest, atque hujus potentiae causā mātrem in Biturīgibus hominī illīe nōbilissimō ac po- 15 tentissimō collocāvit; ipse ex Helvētiīs uxōrem habet, sorōrem ex mātre et propinquās suās nūptum in aliās cīvitātēs col- locāvit. Favet et cupit Helvētiīs propter eam affīnitātem;

19. Quīn etiam, nay more, more than that; this phrase has a corrective force.

20. quam diū potuī, as long as I could.

21. plūribus praesentibus, in the presence of too many, ablative absolute.

22. sōlō: supply eō, referring to Liscus.

Dīcit: supply Liscus as subiect.

6. magnā: with grūtiā.

7. redēmpta habet, has bought in; see the note on coūctum habētat, 15, 3S. Allusion is made here to the ancient practice of letting out on contract to private individuals the collection of taxes. Dumnorix’s prestige in his

state was so great that none dared compete with him even though he offered low bids to the state officials.

14. largiter potest, is very influential.
15. uxōrem: the daughter of Ōrgetorix, as told in 3, 14. 20

ct

266 A JUNIOR EATIN READER

ōdit etiam suō nōmine Caesarem et Rōmānōs, quod eōrum adventū potentia ejus dēminūta et Dīviciācus frāter in antī- quum locum grātiae atque honōris sit restitūtus. Sī quid accidat Rōmānīs, summam spem per Helvētiōs rēgnī obtinendī habet; imperiō populī Rōmānī nōn modo dē rēgnō, sed etiam dē eā quam habet grātiā dēspērat.” Initium fugae equitātūs paucīs ante diēbus, ut Caesar in quaerendō repperit, factum erat ā Dumnorīge atque ejus equitibus (nam equitātuī quem auxiliō Caesarī Haeduī mīserant Dumnorīx praeerat); eōrum fugā reliquus erat equitātus perterritus.

CAESAR PLANS TO PUNISH DUMNORIX

19. Ad hās suspīciōnēs certissimae rēs accēdēbant, quod per fīnēs Sēquanōrum Helvētiōs trādūxerat, quod obsidēs in- ter eōs dandōs cūrāverat, quod ea omnia nōn modo injussū Caesaris et cīvitātis, sed etiam īnscientibus ipsīs fēcerat, quod ā magistrātū Haeduōrum accūsābātur. Statuit igitur Caesar in eum aut ipse animadvertere aut cīvitātem animadvertere jubēre. Hīs omnibus rēbus ūnum repugnābat, quod Dtvi-

20. suō nōmine, on his own account; a book-keeping term.

quod, etec.: this clause contains a reason attributed to Dumnorix bv the speaker, and so on the principle of informal indirect discourse has its verbs, dēminūta sit and restitūta sit, in the subjunctive.

22. accidat, should befall.

23. imperiō, under the sovereignty; ablative of attendant circumstance.

24. eā: with grāūtiāa.

25. in quaerendō, upon investigation.

26. auxiliō Caesarī, to the aid of Caesar; auxiliō is dative of purpose, Caesarī dative of reference.

27. quod trādūxerat, that, ete.; a noun clause in apposition with rēs, as in 14,7.

28. obsidēs dandōs cūrāverat: the use of the gerundive with cūrō is explained in the note on 13, 2.

29. īnscientibus ipsīs, without their knouledge; ablative absolute.

30. in eum animadvertere, inflict punishment upon; literally, turn the attention to.

31. rēbus: dative with repugnābat, which as a verb of opposing belongs to the list of special verbs governing the dative. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 267

ciācī frātris summum in populum Rōmānum studium, sum- mam in sē voluntātem, ēgregiam fidem, jūstitiam, temperan- tiam cognōverat; nam nē ejus suppliciō Dīviciācī animum offenderet verēbātur. Itaque priusquam quicquam cōnārētur, Dīviciācum ad sē vocārī jubet et, cotīdiānīs interpretibus remōtīs, per C. Valerium Troucillum, prīncipem Galliae prō- vinciae, familiārem suum, cui summam omnium rērum fidem habēbat, cum eō colloquitur; simul commonefacit quae ipsō praesente in conciliō dē Dumnorīge sint dicta, et ostendit quae sēparātim quisque dē eō apud sē dīxerit. Petit atque hortātur ut sine ejus offēnsiōne animī vel ipse dē eō, causā cognitā, statuat, vel cīvitātem statuere jubeat.

CAESAR YIELDS TO THE PLEAS OF DIVICIACUS, BROTHER OF DUMNORIX

20. Dīviciācus multīs cum lacrimīs Caesarem complexus ob- secrāre coepit nē quid gravius in frātrem statueret: “Sciō,” inquit, “illa esse vēra, neque quisquam ex eō plūs quam ego dolōris capit, proptereā quod, cum ipse grātiā plūrimum possem domī atque in reliquā Galliā, ille minimum propter adulēscentiam posset, per mē crēvit; quibus opibus ac nervīs nōn sōlum ad minuendam grātiam, sed paene ad perniciem meam ūtitur. Commoveor tamen et amōre frāternō et ex-

21. in, towards.

22. nē, that; how is ut to be translated after a verb of fearing”

23. cōnārētur, should attempt; the anticipatory subjunctive with prius- quam.

24. cui, in whom; dative with fidem habēbat.

25. ipsō praesente, in his own presence; ipsō refers to Diviciacus.

26. ipse: refers to Caesar; translate, that either he himself (be allowed to) decide, or to order the state to decide.

27. nē, not io; the clause is a noun clause, object of obsecrūre.

gravius, too scvere.

4. dolōris: genitive of the whole after plūs.

plūrimum possem, I was very influential.

6. quibus: to be translated not by a relative, but by a demonstrative.

10

ō 10

268 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

īstimātiōne vulgī. Quod sī quid eī ā tē gravius accidet, cum ipse eum locum amīcitiae apud tē teneō, nēmō exīstimābit nōn meā voluntāte factum; quā ex rē tōtīus Galliae animī ā mē āvertentur.” Haec cum plūribus verbīs flēns ā Caesare peteret, Caesar ejus dextram prēndit; cōnsōlātus. rogat fīnem ōrandī faciat; tantī ejus apud sē grātiam esse ostendit ut et reī pūblicae injūriam et suum dolōrem ejus voluntātī ac precibus condōnet. Dumnorīgem ad sē vocat, frātrem ad- hibet; quae in eō reprehendat ostendit; quae ipse intellegat, quae cīvitās querātur prōpōnit; monet ut in reliquum tempus omnēs suspīciōnēs vītet; praeterita sē Dīviciācō frātrī con- dōnāre dīcit. Dumnorīgī custōdēs pōnit, ut quae agat, quibuscum loquātur scīre possit.

CAESAR PLANS TO SURPRISE THE HELVETIANS

21. Eōdem diē ab explōrātōribus certior factus hostēs sub monte cōnsēdisse mīlia passuum ab ipsīus castrīs octō, quālis esset nātūra montis et quālis in circuitū ascēnsus quī cog- nōscerent mīsit. Renūntiātum est facilem esse. Dē tertiā

22. Quod sī quid, but if anything.

ā tē, from you, at your hands.

i3. rogat.. . faciat: translate as if rogat ut faciat; ut is sometimes miss- ing in noun clauses after verbs of requesting and commanding.

14. tantī: of so much value, worth so much; the genitive of this word (in the neuter) as well as pariī, magnī, quantī, plūris, is employed to express indefinite value. ;

15. voluntātī ac precibus, to meet his wish and prayers; the datives are dependent upon condōnet. Explain the mood of this last word.

16. in reliquum tempus, for the future.

17. frātrī, for the sake of his brother.

20-21. agat, loquātur: subjunctives in indirect questions, while possit is subjunctive in a clause of purpose.

1. certior factus: remember that this phrase takes the construction of indirect discourse, hostēs cōnsēdisse.

2. in circuitū, on all sides.

quī cognōscerent: relative clause of purpose; supply explōrātōrēs as antecedent of quī; the verb has for object the indirect question quālis esset nūātūra. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 269

vigiliā T. Labiēnum, lēgātum prō praetōre, cum duābus legiōnibus et iīs ducibus quī iter cognōverant summum jugum montis ascendere jubet; quid suī cōnsiliī sit ostendit. Ipse dē quārtā vigiliā eōdem itinere quō hostēs ierant, ad eōs con- tendit equitātuamque omnem ante sē mittit. P. Cōnsidius, quī reī mīlitāris perītissimus habēbātur et in exercitū L. Sullae et posteā in M. Crassī fuerat, cum explōrātōribus prae- mittitur.

THE SURPRISE FaILS, OWING TO THE MISTAKĒ OF AN OFFICER

22. Prīmā lūce summus mōns ā Labiēnō tenēbātur; ipse ab hostium castrīs nōn longius mīlle et quīngentīs passibus aberat, neque, ut posteā ex captīvīs comperit, aut ipsīus adventus aut Labiēnī cognitus erat; sed Cōnsidius equō ad- missō ad eum accurrit, dīcit montem quem ā Labiēnō occupārī voluerit ab hostibus tenērī; id sē ā Gallicīs armīs atque īnsignibus cognōvisse. Caesar suās cōpiās in proxi- mum collem subdūcit, aciem īnstruit. Labiēnus monte occu- pātō nostrōs expectābat proeliōque abstinēbat. Caesar enim

23. prō praetōre, with praetorian ranlk. Labienus was Caesar’s most trusted lieutenant. He had been assigned to Caesar’s staff with the honorary designation prō praetōre, as if he had held the office of praetor in Rome.

24. iīs ducibus, those men as guides.

T. quid suī cōnsiliī sit, what his plan is; cōnsiliī is genitive of the whole with quid.

10. reī mīlitāris, in military affairs; the genitive is dependent on the adjective perītissimus.

11. M. Crassī: supply exercitāū.

12. summus mōns, the top of the mountain; “the highest mountain” would be mōns altissimus.

13. neque: take with aut... aut, and neither... nor.

ut, as.

4. equō admissō, with his horse at a g4allop.

ē. accurrit: connect this verb with dīcit by supplying et. Look for another instance below of an omitted conjunction.

6. id, this fact; object of cognōvisse.

7. proeliō: what kind of ablative?

5]

10 10

1ō

270 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

eum adventum suum expectāre jusserat, ut undique ūnō tempore in hostēs impetus fieret. Multō dēnique diē per ex- plōrātōrēs Caesar cognōvit et montem ā suīs tenērī et Hel- vētiōs castra mōvisse et Cōnsidium timōre perterritum quod nōn vīdisset prō vīsō sibi renūntiāsse. Eō diē quō cōnsuērat intervāllō hostēs sequitur et mīlia passuum tria ab eōrum castrīs castra pōnit.

CAĒSAR TURNS ASIDE TOWARD BIBRACTE, PURSUED BY THE HEĒLVETIANS

23. Postrīdiē ejus diēī, quod omnīnō bīduī frūmentum su- pererat, reī frūmentāriae prōspiciendum exīstimāns, iter ab Helvētiīs āvertit ac Bibracte, oppidum Haeduōrum, īre con- tendit. Nam hoc oppidum longē maximum et cōpiōsissimum erat atque nōn amplius mīlibus passuum xvr aberat. Ea rēs per fugitīvōs L. Aemiliī, decuriōnis equitum Gallōrum, hostibus nūntiātur. Helvētiī, commūtātō cōnsiliō atque itinere conversō, nostrōs ā novissimō agmine īnsequī ac lacessere coepērunt.

BorH SIDES PREPARE FOR BATTLE

24. Postquam id animum advertit, cōpiās suās Caesar in proximum collem subdūxit equitātumque quī sustinēret hos-

25. Muitō diē, well on in the day; this need not imply anything more than “well on into the morning.”

26. quod: for id quod.

27. prō vīsō, as seen.

quō cōnsuērat intervāllō, at the customary interval.

1. ejus diēī: this phrase may be omitted in translation. bīduī frūmentum, a tuo days’ supply of grain.

2. reī frūmentāriae: dative with prōspiciendum (esse), must look out for; the verb is used impersonally.

3. ā novissimō agmine, on the rear line; the positions were now reversed, with the Helvetians following the Roman army.

4. animum advertit: this phrase is equivalent to animadvertit and takes id as a direct obijcct.

5. quī sustinēret: relative clause of purpose. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 271

tium impetum mīsit. Ipse interim in colle mediō triplicem aciem īnstrūxit legiōnum quattuor veterānārum; in summō jugō duās legiōnēs quās in Galliā citeriōre proximē cōnscrīp- serat et omnia auxilia collocāvit; impedīmenta sarcināsque in ūnum locum cōnferrī, et eum ab hīs quī in superiōre aciē cōnstiterant mūnīrī jussit. Helvētiī cum omnibus suīs carrīs secūtī impedīmenta in ūnum locum contulērunt; ipsī cōnfer- tissimā aciē, rejectō nostrō equitātū, phalange factā, sub prīmam nostram aciem successērunt.

THE BATTLE BECINS

28. Caesar prīmum suum, deinde omnium ex cōnspectū re- mōvit equōs, ut aequātō omnium perīculō spem fugae tolleret; cohortātus inde suōs proelium commīsit. Miīlitēs, ē locō superiōre pīlīs missīs, facile hostium phalangem perfrēgērunt. Eā disjectā, gladiīs dēstrictīs, in eōs impetum fēcērunt. Gal- līs magnō ad pugnam erat impedīmentō quod plūra eōrum scūta ūnō ictū pīlōrum trānsfīxa et colligāta erant; nam cum

29. in colle mediō, half way up the hill; medius, like summus, is one of the adjectives denoting a part.

triplicem aciem: these lines were arranged one behind another; cach line consisted of about eight ranks.

T7. eum: supply locum. 9. cōnfertissimā aciē, in closest array.

10. phalange: a close formation, in which the mass was protected by the shields of the front rank held out before them and by the shields of the ranks behind held overhead.

11. suum: supply equum. omnium: the officers only are meant.

12. aequātō ... perīculō, by making the danger of all equal.

13. gladiīs: the most effective part of a Roman attack was with the sword, which was short and necessitated close fighting.

Gallīs ... erat impedīmentō, it was a great hindrance to the Gauls in the battle; impedīmentō is a dative of purpose or end; the subject of erat is the noun clause following, quod ... eolligāta erant, that, etc.

6. plūra, in many cases; the word limits seūta. In the phalanx forma- tion the shields overlapped, thus making it possible for a javelin to pierce two shields at one time.

r

‘ēt

10 10

20

272 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

ferrum sē īnflexisset, neque id ēvellere neque sinistrā impedītā satis commodē pugnāre poterant; multī igitur, diū jactātō bracchiō, praeoptāvērunt scūtum manū ēmittere et nūdō cor- pore pugnāre. Tandem vulneribus dēfessī et pedem referre et, quod mōns suberat circiter mīlle passuum spatiō, eō sē recipere coepērunt. Captō monte et succēdentibus nostrīs, Bōī et Tulingī, quī hominum miīlibus circiter xv agmen hostium claudēbant et novissimīs praesidiō erant, ex itinere nostrōs ab latere apertō aggressī circumveniēbant; id cōn- spicātī Helvētiī, quī in montem sēsē recēperant, rūrsus īnstāre et proelium redintegrāre coepērunt. Rōmānī signa bipertītō intulērunt; prīma et secunda aciēs, ut victīs ac sum- mōtīs resisteret, tertia, ut venientēs sustinēret.

DEFEAT AND FLIGHT OF THE HELVETIANS — CaESsAR PvURSUES 26. Ita ancipitī proeliō diū atque ācriter pugnātum est. Diūtius cum sustinēre nostrōrum impetūs nōn possent, alterī

8. ferrum: this refers to the iron head of the javelin, the neck of which was of softer metal than the tip.

sinistrā impedītā, with the left hand encumbered, ablative absolute; the shīeld was carried on the left arm.

9. jactātō bracchiō, after tossing their arms about; ablative absolute.

10. nūdō corpore, with unprotected bodies.

11. eō: an adverb.

12. Captō: the verb is here used in the sense of reach, gain.

13. agmen claudēbant, brought up the rear.

14. novissimīs praesidiō erant, served as a rear guard; two datives, one of reference, the other of purpose.

ex itinere, forthwith, at once; literally, from their march, i.e., without waiting to effeet the usual battle formation.

16. ab, on.

17. signa bipertītō intulērunt, advanced in tuo divisions; how is it lit- erally?

18. victīs ac summōtīs: referring to the Helvetians, while venientēs refers to the Boii and Tulingi.

19. pugnātum est: translate as if pugnāvērunt, they fought; or eombine with procliō and translate, a long and stubborn double battīe was waged.

20. alterī... alterī, the one party .. . the other, referring respectively to the Helvetians and to the Boii and Tulingi. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 273

sē, ut coeperant, in montem recēpērunt, alterī ad impedī- menta et carrōs suōs sē contulērunt. Nam hōc tōtō proeliō, cum ab hōrā septimā ad vesperum pugnātum sit, āversum hostem vidēre nēmō potuit. Ad multam noctem etiam ad impedīmenta pugnātum est, proptereā quod prō vāllō carrōs objēcerant et ē locō superiōre in nostrōs venientēs tēla conjiciēbant, et nōn nūllī inter carrōs raedāsque matarās ac trāgulās subiiciēbant nostrōsque vulnerābant. Diū cum esset pugnātum, impedīmentīs castrīsque nostrī potītī sunt. Ibi Orgetorīgis fīlia atque ūnus ē fīliīs captus est. Ex eō proeliō circiter hominum mīlia cxxx superfuērunt eāque tōtā nocte continenter iērunt; in fīnēs Lingonum diē quārtō pervēnērunt, cum et propter vulnera mīlitum et propter sepultūram oc- cīsōrum nostrī eōs sequī nōn potuissent. Caesar ad Lingonas litterās nūntiōsque mīsit, nē eōs frūmentō nēve aliā rē juvārent; aliter sē eōs eōdem locō quō Helvētiōs habitūrum. Ipse, trīduō intermissō, cum omnibus cōpiīs eōs sequī coepit.

SURRENDER OF THE HELVETIANS

27. Helvētiī omnium rērum inopiā adductī lēgātōs dē dēditiōne ad eum mīsērunt. Quī cum eum in itinere con-

28. cum, although.

āversum hostem, an enemy in flight, the back of an enemuy,. 6. Ad multam noctem, till the night was well advanced. ad impedīmenta, at the baggage.

7. prō vāllō, as a rampart.

8. occīsōrum, of the slain; perfect participle as a noun.

9. nē .. . juvārent, not to assist; a noun clausc depending on the idea of ēōmmand īn litierās nūntiōsque mīsit.

nēve: the regular word for and not between subjunctives in clauses of purpose, noun clauses of will, or indircet commands.

18. sē ... habitūrum (esse): indirect discourse depending on the idea of saying suggested by litterās ... mīsit.

eōdem locō quō, in the same position as.

2. Quī cum: translate as if cum iī.

convēnissent: usually an intransitive verb, but transitive here with eum as direct object.

10 10

274 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

vēnissent, sē ad pedēs prōjēcērunt suppliciterque locūtī flentēs pācem petiērunt. Caesar eōs in eō locō quō tum essent suum adventum expectāre jussit. Eō postquam pervēnit, obsidēs, arma, servōs, quī ad eōs perfūgissent, poposcit. Dum ea conquīruntur et cōnferuntur, circiter hominum mīlia vi ejus pāgī quī Verbigenus appellātur prīmā nocte ē castrīs Hel- vētiōrum ēgressī ad Rhēnum fīnēsque Germānōrum conten- dērunt.

TERMS GRANTED THE HELVETIANS

28. Quod ubi Caesar resciit, quōrum per fīnēs ierant, hīs ut conquīrerent et redūcerent, sī sibi pūrgātī esse vellent, imperāvit; reductōs in hostium numerō habuit; reliquōs omnēs, obsidibus armīs perfugīs trāditīs, in dēditiōnem ac- cēpit. Helvētiōs, Tulingōs, Latobrīgōs in fīnēs suōs, unde erant profectī, revertī jussit et, quod omnibus frūgibus āmissīs domī nihil erat quō famem tolerārent, Allobrogibus imperā- vit ut iīs frūmentī cōpiam facerent; ipsōs oppida vīcōsque

29. flentēs, with tears.

30. Eō: an adverb.

31. Dum ea conquīruntur, while these were being hunted up; remember that dum denoting a situation takes the present indicative, whatever the tense of the principal verb.

ea: neuter, because its antecedents are of mixed gender, one of them, arma, being neuter.

8. prīmā nocte, at nightfall.

9. Quod, this, referring to the fact related at the end of the preceding chapter.

quōrum . .. hīs: translate in the order hīs per fīnēs quōrum.

2. conquīrerent, redūcerent: supply as object eēs.

sī.... vellent, if they wished to be free from guilt before him; sibi is dative of reference.

3. reductōs: agreeing with eōs to be supplied.

in hostium numerō habuit, treated them as enemies; i.e., he either put them to death or sold them as slaves.

6. omnibus frūgibus āmissīs: they had burned all the grain except what they were going to take with them, 5, 5.

T. quō famem tolerārent, with which they could prevent starvation; the clause is descriptive, with an added idea of possibility.

8. facerent, furnish. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 275

quōs incenderant restituere jussit. Id eā maximē ratiōne fēcit, quod nōluit eum locum unde Helvētiī discesserant vacāre, nē propter bonitātem agrōrum Germānī, quī trāns Rhēnum incolunt, ex suīs fīnibus in Helvētiōrum fīnēs trāns- īrent et fīnitimī Galliae prōvinciae Allobrogibusque essent. Boiōs in fīnibus Haeduōrum collocāvit; id enim petēbant Haeduī, quī Boiōs ēgregiā virtūte cognōverant; posteā eōs in parem jūris lībertātisque condiciōnem atque ipsī erant recēpērunt.

THE NUMBERS OF THE HELVETIANS AND ALLIES

29. In castrīs Helvētiōrum tabulae repertae sunt litterīs Graecīs cōnfectae et ad Caesarem relātae, quibus in tabulīs nōminātira ratiō cōnfecta erat, quī numerus domō exīssct eōrum quī arma ferre possent, et item sēparātim quot puerī, senēs, mulierēsque. Quārum omnium ratiōnum summa erat capitum Helvētiōrum mīlium ccrxmniī, Tulingōrum mīlium xxxvi, Latobrīgōrum xirmm, Rauracōrum xxin1, Boiōrum xxxīm; ex hīs, quī arma ferre possent, ad mīlia nōnāgintā duo.

30. eā ratiōne, for this reason; ēētāā by the noun elause quod nōluit, that he did not wish, etc.

31. nē, for fear that; introducing a clause of purpose.

32. Galliae prōvinciae: the two words are in apposition.

33. ēgregiā virtūte: ablative of description, in the predicate after cog- nōverant.

34. parem atque, the same as; atque and ac after words of likeness may be employed to mean as.

35. litterīs Graecīs, in the Greek alphabet; the Gauls had devised no alphabet of their ovn. The language of the records was of course Gallic. Familiarity with the Greek alphabet was due to intercourse with traders and with the city of Massilia, modern Marseilles, a Greek settlement in origin.

36. ratiō, list, record.

quī numerus exīsset: an indirect question depending on rati.

4. possent: subjunctive in a relative descriptive clause.

5. capitum, of persons; but the word may be omitted in translation. Compare our use of “head” in speaking of cattle.

6. ad, about; used adverbially here and in 9.

10 276 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

Summa omnium fuērunt ad mīlia cccLxvnr. EĒōrum quī 10 domum rediērunt cēnsū habitō, ut Caesar imperāverat, reper- tus est numerus mīlium c et x

ENVOYS FROM GALLIC STATES CONGRATULATE CAESAR

30. Bellō Helvētiōrum cōnfectō, tōtīus ferē Galliae lēgātī, prīncipēs cīvitātum, ad Caesarem grātulātum convēnērunt et ita locūtī sunt: “Tametsī prō veteribus Helvētiōrum injūriīs populus Rōmānus ab hīs poenās bellō repetiit, tamen ea rēs

5 nōn minus ex ūsū Galliae quam populī Rōmānī accidit; eō enim cōnsiliō flōrentissimīs rēbus domōs suās Helvētiī re- līquērunt, ut tōtī Galliae bellum īnferrent imperiōque potī- rentur locumque domiciliō opportūnissimum ac frūctuōsissi- mum dēligerent reliquāsque cīvitātēs stīpendiāriās habērent.

10 Petimus ut tuā voluntāte nōbīs concilium tōtīus Galliae in

diem certam indīcere liceat: habēmus quāsdam rēs, quās ex commūnī cōnsēnsū ā tē petere volumus.” Eā rē permissa, diem conciliō cōnstituērunt et jūre jūrandō, nē quis ēnūn- tiāret, nisi quibus commūnī cōnsiliō mandātum esset, inter 15 sē sānxērunt.

10. cēnsū habitō, when a count was muadie.

11. grātulātum: supine, expressing purpose. Whaat limitations are there with regard to the use of this construction? See app. 130.

12. prō, in retaliation for.

13. ex ūsū, to the advantaqe.

eō cōnsiliō, with the purpose; eōnsiliō is explained by the clause, ut... habērent.

6. flōrentissimīs rēbus: ablative absolute, which may be translated by a concessive clause, although, etce.

7. domiciliō, for a home, dative of purpose.

8. ut nōbīs liceat, that it be permitted us; a noun clause, object of petimus. The subject of liceat is the infinitive indīcere.

9. ex, by; ex means from, (starting) from, and so easily comes to mean in accordance with, or as here, by; compare ex ūsū, l. 5.

10. jūre jūrandō. .. inter sē sānxērunt, bouna each other by an oath; the substance of the oath is given in the clauses nē quis ēnūntiāret, nisi quibus ... mandūtum esset, that none should announce their conclusions but those commissioned to do so by common consent. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 2āī

GALLIC ENVOYS APPEAL TO0 CAESAR FOR AID AGAINST THE GERMANS

31. Eō conciliō dīmissō, īdem prīncipēs cīvitātum quī ante fuerant ad Caesarem revertērunt colloquiumque sēcrētum petiērunt. Eā rē impetrātā, sēsē omnēs flentēs Caesarī ad pedēs prōjēcērunt: “Nōn minus volumus,” inquiunt, “ea quae dīxerimus cēlāre quam ea quae petimus impetrāre, proptereā quod, sī ēnūntiātum erit, summum in cruciātum veniēmus.” Locūtus est prō hīs Dīviciācus Haeduus: “Gal- liae tōtīus factiōnēs sunt duae; hārum alterīus prīncipātum tenent Haeduī, alterīus Arvernī. Hī cum tantopere dē po- tentātū inter sē multōs annōs contenderent, ab Arvernīs Sēquanīsque Germānī mercēde arcessītī sunt. Hōrum prīmō circiter mīlia xv Rhēnum trānsiērunt; posteāquam agrōs et cultum et cōpiās Gallōrum hominēs ferī ac barbarī adamā- vērunt, trāductī plūrēs; nunc est in Galliā ad c et xx mīlium numerus. Cum hīs Haeduī eōrumque clientēs semel atque iterum armīs contendērunt; magnam calamitātem pulsī accē- pērunt; omnem enim nōbilitātem, omnem senātum, omnem equitātum āmīsērunt. Quibus proeliīs calamitātibusque frāctī, quī et suā virtūte et populī Rōmānī hospitiō atque amīcitiā plūrimum ante in QGalliā potuerant, coāctī sunt Sēquanīs obsidēs dare nōbilissimōs cīvitātis; jūre jūrandō autem cīvitā- tem obstrīnxērunt sēsē neque obsidēs repetītūrōs neque auxilium

32. Caesarī ad pedēs, at Caesar’s feet; Caesarī is a dative of reference, where we should expect a possessive genitive.

33. sī ēnūntiātum erit, if (what we say) is reported.

34. contenderent, had contended; multōs annōs has the same value as jam prīdem and jam diū in giving the present and the imperfect tenses the meanings of perfects and past perfects.

35. mercēde, for hire.

36. ad, about; an adverb.

37. virtūte, hospitiō, amīcitiā: ablatives of cause.

38. ante, before; an adverb.

39. obsidēs, as hostages.

40. sēsē, etc.: the substance of the oath is given in indireet discourse, that they would not ask back their hostages, etc.

10

20 25

35

40

278 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

ā populō Rōmānō implōrātūrōs, sed perpetuō sub illōrum di- ciōne atque imperiō futūrōs esse. ūnus ego sum ex omnī cīvitāte Haeduōrum quī addūcī nōn potuerim, ut jūrārem aut līberōs meōs obsidēs darem. Ob eam rem ex cīvitāte prōfūgī et Rōmam ad senātum vēnī auxilium postulātum, quod sōlus neque jūre jūrandō neque obsidibus tenēbar. Sed pejus victōribus Sēquanīs quam Haeduīs victīs accidit, prop- tereā quod Ariovistus, sēx Germānōrum, in eōrum fīnibus cōnsēdit tertiamque partem agrī Sēquanī, quī est optimus tōtīus Galliae, occupāvit, et nunc dē alterā parte tertiā Sē- quanōs dēcēdere jubet, proptereā quod paucīs mēnsibus ante Harūdum mīlia hominum xxrmnI ad eum vēnērunt, quibus locus ac sēdēs parantur. Futūrum est paucīs annīs ut omnēs Gallī ē fīnibus pellantur atque omnēs Germānī Rhē- num trānseant; neque enim cōnferendus est Gallicus cum Germānōrum agrō, neque haec cōnsuētūdō vīctūs cum Iillā comparanda. Ariovistus autem, ut semel Gallōrum cōpiās proeliō vīcit, superbē et crūdēliter imperat, obsidēs nōbilissimī cujusque līberōs poscit et in eōs omnia exempla cruciātūsque

23. illōrum = Sēquanōrum.

24. quī addūcī nōn potuerim: a relative descriptive clause. ut jūrārem, to take oath; dependent on addūcī.

25. auxilium postulātum: for the supine with a direct object see the note on 11, 4.

26. pejus, a worse fortune; an adjective used as a noun.

27. tertiam partem agrī Sēquanī: this was a part of Alsace.

28. Futūrum est, the result will be; the subject is the noun clause ut ..trūnseant.

37 cōnferendus: with the same meaning as comparanda, l. 39. 38. haec =QGallica. 39. ut semel vīcit, having once defeated; this was probably in 60 s. C.

Gallōrum: it is possible that this word is intended to include the Sequani. If so, it would mean that the Sequani had regretted their alliance with Ariovistus and had combined with the Haedui in an attempt to drive him back across the Rhine.

41. in eōs ēdit, inflicts upon them.

omnia exempla cruciātūsque, cruelties of every kind; literally, all ex- amples and cruelties. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 279

ēdit, sī qua rēs nōn ad nūtum aut ad voluntātem ejus facta est. Homō est barbarus, īrācundus, temerārius; nōn possunt ejus imperia diūtius sustinērī. Nisi quid in tē populōque Rōmānō erit auxiliī, omnēs Gallī gōgentur, ut Helvētiī ante, domō ēmigrāre, aliud domicilium, aliās sēdēs, remōtās ā GCer- mānīs, petere fortūnamque, quaecumque accidet, experīrī. Haec sī ēnūntiāta Ariovistō erunt, nōn dubitō quīn dē omnibus obsidibus quī apud eum sunt gravissimum supplicium sūmat. Tū vel auctōritāte tuā atque exercitūs vel recentī victōriā vel nōmine populī Rōmānī cēterōs Germānōs Galliā prohibēre potes Gallōsque omnēs ab Ariovistī injūriā dēfendere.”

THuĒE SAD PLIGHT OF THE SEQUANI

32. Hāc ōrātiōne ab Dīviciācō habitā, omnēs quī aderant magnō flētū auxilium ā Caesare petere coepērunt. Animad- vertit Caesar ūnōs ex omnibus Sēquanōs nihil eārum rērum facere quās cēterī facerent, sed trīstēs, capite dēmissō, terram intuērī. Ejus reī quae causa esset mīrātus ex ipsīs quaesiit. Nihil Sēquanī respondērunt sed in eādem trīstitiā tacitī per- mānsērunt. Cum ab hīs saepius quaereret neque ūllam

33. ad nūtum aut ad voluntātem, at his nod or in accordance with his wish.

34. auxiliī: genitive of the whole; with quid, some assistance.

35. quīn, that; this is the regular meaning after a word of doubting with a negative.

dē, on; with supplicium sūmat; what is the literal translation? 50. recentī victōriā: the vietory over the Helvetians.

51. Galliā: ablative of separation, with prohibēre.

52. habitā, having been delivered.

53. animadvertit: like some other verbs meaning “see, verb may take indirect discourse, ūnōs Sēquanōs facere.

54. ūnōs, alone.

55. capite dēmissō: ablative absolute.

ē. quae causa esset: indirect question, depending on mīrātus. Remem- ber that the perfeet participles of several deponent verbs are to be trans- lated as present; so mīrūtus, wondering.

T. saepius, again and again.

13r «4

notice,” this 10

15

10

280 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

omnīnō vōcem exprimere posset, īdem Dfīviciācus Haeduus respondit: ‘“Hōc est miserior et gravior fortūna Sēquanōrum quam reliquōrum, quod sōlī nē in occultō quidem querī neque auxilium implōrāre audent absentisque Ariovistī crūdēlitātem sīcut praesentis horrent; “reliquīs enim Gallīs fugae facultās datur, Sēquanīs vērō, quī intrā fīnēs suōs Ariovistum recē- pērunt, quōrum oppida omnia in potestāte ejus sunt, omnēs cruciātūs sunt perferendī.”

CAESAR RESOLVES TO STOP GERMAN ENCROACHMENTS UPON GAUL

33. Hīs rēbus cognitīs, Caesar Gallōrum animōs verbīs cōnfirmāvit pollicitusque est sibi eam rem cūrae futūram: magnam sē habēre spem et beneficiō suō et auctōritāte adduc- tum Ariovistum fīnem injūriīs factūrum. Hāc ōrātiōne habitā, concilium dīmīsit. Secundum ea multae rēs eum hortābantur ad eam rem cōgitandam et suscipiendam: im- prīmīs, quod Haeduī, frātrēs cōnsanguineīque saepenumerō ā senātū appellātī, in servitūte atque in diciōne Germānōrum tenēbantur, eōrumque obsidēs apud Ariovistum ac Sēquanōs erant; quod in tantō imperiō populī Rōmānī turpissimum sibi

34. īdem, again; literally, the same (person).

35. Hōc: for the case see the note on hōc, 2, 6.

36. reliquōrum, that of the remainder.

37. sīcut praesentis, as if (he were) present.

38. Sēquanīs omnēs cruciātūs sunt perferendī, the Sequani have to sub- mit to all cruelties. Sēquanīs is a dative of agent, the regular construction used to express agency with the second periphrastic conjugation.

39. sibi eam rem cūrae futūram c(esse), that he would give attention to their case; sibi and cūrae are datives of reference and purpose respectively.

40. sē habēre: indirect discourse, depending on a verb of saying implied in pollicitus est.

41. Secundum ea, in addition to these things, i.e., the facts alleged by Diviciacus.

T7. quod, the fact that.

10. quod, a thing which; relative pronoun, neuter because referring to the fact contained in the preceding sentence. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 281

et reī pūblicae esse arbitrābātur. Paulātim autem Germānōs cōnsuēscere Rhēnum trānsīre et in Galliam magnam eōrum multitūdinem venīre populō Rōmānō perīculōsum vidēbat; exīstimābat autem hominēs ferōs ac barbarōs, omnī Galliā occupātā, ut ante Cimbrī Teutonīque fēcissent, in prōvinciam atque inde in Italiam exitūrōs esse, praesertim cum Sēquanōs ā prōvinciā nostrā Rhodanus dīvideret; quibus rēbus quam mātūrrimē occurrendum putābat. Ipse autem Atriovistus tantōs sibi spīritūs, tantam arrogantiam sūmpserat ut feren- dus nōn vidērētur.

CAESAR Is REFUSED A CONFERENCE WITH THE GERMAN KINC ARIOVISTUS

34. Quam ob rem, lēgātīs ad Ariovistum missīs, ab eō postulāvit ut aliquem locum medium utrīusque colloquiō dēligeret: velle sēsē dē rē pūblicā et summīs utrīusque rēbus cum eō agere. Eī lēgātiōnī Ariovistus respondit: “Sī quid

35. Germānōs trānsīre: elsewhcre in his commentaries Caesar says that at an earlier time the Gauls had made war on the Germans and had taken possession of territory on the German side of the Rhinc.

36. perīculōsum: predicate adjective after esse (to be supplied); the subject of esse is the infinitives with subject accusative preceding, Germānōs cōnsuēscere et multitūdinem venīāre; translate, he saw that it aas dangerous to the Roman people for the Germans gradually to form the habit of crossing the Rhine and for a large number of them to come into Gaul.

37. ut, as; fēcissent is subjunctive in a subordinate clause in indirect discourse.

Cimbrī Teutonīque: these were the German tribes that Marius con- quered. See his life, page 205s, l. 153 ff.

17. Rhodanus, the Rhone (alone).

quibus rēbus quam mātūrrimē occurrendum putābat, this state of affairs he thought must be met as soon as possible; rēbus is dative with the compound verb occurrendum (esse), which is itself used impersonally.

20. nōn: take with ferendus and translate, unbearable.

21. medium utrīusque, midway between them.

22. velle sēsē, he wished (he said).

rē pūblicā, affairs of state.

summīs utrīusque rēbus, questions of the greatest interest to both. 10

10

282 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

mihi ā Caesare opus esset, ad eum vēnissem; sī quid ille mē vult, illum ad mē venīre oportet. Praetereā neque sine exercitū in eās partēs Galliae venīre audeō quās Caesar pos- sidet, neque exercitum sine magnō commeātū atque mōlī- mentō in ūnum locum contrahere possum. Mihi autem mī- rum vidētur quid in meā Galliā, quam bellō vīcī, aut Caesarī aut omnīnō populō Rōmānō negōtiī sit.”

CAESAR SENDS ENVOYS TO ARIOVISTUS WITH DEMANDS

38. Hīs respōnsīs ad Caesarem relātīs, iterum ad eum Caesar lēgātōs cum hīs mandātīs mittit: “Quoniam in cōn- sulātū Caesaris rēx atque amīcus ā senātū appellātus nunc in colloquium venīre invītātus gravāris atque dē commūnī rē dīcere et cognōscere nōn vīs, haec sunt quae ā tē postulat: prīmum, nē quam multitūdinem hominum amplius trāns Rhēnum in Galliam trādūcās; deinde ut obsidēs quōs habēs ab Haeduīs reddās Sēquanīsque permittās ut idem faciant; nēve Haeduōs injūriā lacessās nēve hīs sociīsque eōrum bel- lum īnferās. Sī id ita fēceris Caesarī populōque Rōmānō perpetua grātia atque amīcitia tēcum erit; sī Caesar nōn impetrāverit, Haeduōrum injūriās nōn negleget. Nam ex

. esset: quid is the subject, opus is predicate nominative; translate, if I needed anything of Caesar, I should have come to him.

sī quid ille mē vult, if he wishes anything of me; volō, like some verbs of asking, may take two accusatives, one of the person, the other of the thing, provided the latter is the accusative of a neuter pronoun or adjective.

10. quid Caesarī... negōtiī sit, what business Caesar has; the clause is an indirect question depending on mārum; Caesarī is dative of possession, and negōtiī a genitive of the whole with quid.

11. rēx atque amīcus appellātus, after receiving the title of king and friend.

12. invītātus, when invited.

13. nē... trādūcās, that you shall not lead, ete.; this and the clauses following are noun clauses defining haec.

14. Caesarī, populō: datives oif possession.

15. impetrāverit: impetrūre is often used without an object, gain one’s request. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 283

senātūs cōnsultō, quod paucīs ante annīs factum est, quīcum- que Galliam prōvinciam obtinet Haeduōs cēterōsque amīcōs populī Rōmānī dēfendere dēbet.” 15

ARIOVISTUS’ DEFIANT REPLY

36. Ad haec Ariovistus respondit: “Jūs est bellī ut victōrēs victīs quem ad modum velint imperent. Item populus Rō- mānus victīs nōn ad alterīus praescrīptum, sed ad suum arbitrium imperāre cōnsuēvit. Sī ego populum Rōēmānum in ejus jūre nōn impediō, nōn oportet mē ā populō Rōmānō in s5 meō jūre impedīrī. Haeduī, bellī fortūnā temptātā, superātī sunt mihique stīpendiāriī sunt factī. Magnam Caesar injū- riam facit, quī suō adventū vectīgālia mihi dēteriōra facit. Haeduīs obsidēs nōn reddam, neque iīs neque eōrum sociīs injūriā bellum īnferam, sī in eō manēbunt quod convēnit io stīpendiumque quotannīs pendent; sī id nōn fēcerint, longē iīs frāternum nōmen populī Rōmānī aberit. Quod mihi Caesar dēnūntiat sē Haeduōrum injūriās nōn neglēctūrum, nēmō mēcum sine suā perniciē contendit. Cum volet, congrediātur ? intelleget quid invictī Germānī, exercitātissimī in armīs, quī 15 inter annōs xi111 tēctum nōn subierint, virtūte possint.”

37. quem ad modum, in what manner.

velint: subjunctive by attraction, since its clause depends upon another clause in the subjunctive.

3. ad, according to.

4. quī dēteriōra facit, in decreasing; how, literally?

5. injūriā, without reason, unjustly; the ablative of some nouns may be used without a preposition to express manner; cūsū, by accident, is another.

sī in eō manēbunt quod convēnit, if they abide by our compact.

11. longē iīs frāternum nōmen populī Rōmānī aberit, the title of brothers of the Roman pcople will be of litile value to them; literally, uill be far away for them; frāternum =frūtrum.

12. Quod, as to the fact that; with dēnūntiat, as for Caesar’s threat that, etc.

13. congrediātur, let him come on, volitive subjunctive. 1ō. quid virtūte possint, how strong they are in talor. 10

a. ēt

284 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

COMPLAINTS BY THE HAEDUANS AND THE TREVERI OF GERMAN ACGGRESSIONS

37. Haec eōdem tempore Caesarī mandāta referēbantur, et lēgātī ab Haeduīs et ā Trēverīs veniēbant; Haeduī querē- bantur, quod Harūdēs, quī nūper in Galliam trānsportātī essent, fīnēs eōrum populārentur: sēsē nē obsidibus quidem datīs pācem Atriovistī redimere potuisse; Trēverī autem dīcē- bant pāgōs centum Suēbōrum ad rīpās Rhēnī cōnsēdisse, quī Rhēnum trānsīre cōnārentur; hīs praeesse Nasuam et Cim- berium frātrēs. Quibus rēbus Caesar vehementer commōtus mātūrandum sibi exīstimāvit, nē, sī nova manus Suēbōrum cum veteribus cōpiīs Ariovistī sēsē conjūnxisset, minus facile resistī posset. Itaque rē frūmentāriā quam celerrimē potuit comparātā, magnīs itineribus ad Ariovistum contendlit.

CAESAR SEIZES THE STRONGHOLD OF VESONTIO

38. Cum trīduī viam prōcessisset, nūntiātum est eī Ario- vistum cum suīs omnibus cōpiīs ad occupandum Vesontiō- nem, quod est oppidum maximum Sēquanōrum, contendere. Id magnopere sibi praecavendum Caesar exīstimābat. Nam- que omnium rērum quae ad bellum ūsuī erant summa erat in eō oppidō facultās, idemque nātūrā locī sīe mūniēbātur, ut magnam ad dūcendum bellum daret facultātem, proptereā

39. sēsē ... potuisse: indircct discourse depending on a verb of saying implied in querēbantur. obsidibus datīs, by giving hostages; ablative absolute.

40. mātūrandum (esse) sibi, that he must make haste; for the dative of agent compare 32, 13, and notc.

41. minus facile resistī posset, resistance could be made less easily; resistī is an impersonal use of the passive.

42. viam: accusative of extent, further defined by the genitive of measure, trīduī.

43. praecavendum (esse), must be forestalled.

b. ūsuī, of use; dative of purposc.

T7. dūcendum: the verb dīacere is sometimes used with the meaning prolong. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 285

quod flūmen Dūbis, ut circinō circumductum, paene tōtum oppidum cingit; reliquum spatium, quod est nōn amplius pedum bc, quā flūmen intermittit, mōns continet magnā altitūdine, ita ut rādīcēs montis ex utrāque parte rīpae flū- minis contingant. Hunc mūrus circumdatus arcem efficit et cum oppidō conjungit. Hūc Caesar magnīs nocturnīs diurnīs- que itineribus contendit occupātōque oppidō ibi praesidium collocat.

CAESAR’S ARMY PANIC-STRICKEN FROM STORIES OF GERMAN PROWESS

39. Dum paucōs diēs ad Vesontiōnem reī frūmentāriae commeātūsque causā morātur, nostrī Gallōs ac mercātōrēs dē Germānīs interrogant; illī ingentī magnitūdine corporum Germānōs, incrēdibilī virtūte atque exercitātiōne in armīs esse praedicābant (saepenumerō sēsē cum hīs congressōs nē vul- tum quidem atque aciem oculōrum dīcēbant ferre potuisse); quibus ex vōcibus tantus subitō timor omnem exercitum oc- cupāvit ut nōn mediocriter omnium mentēs animōsque per- turbāret. Hic prīmum ortus est ā tribūnīs mīlitum, praefec-

40. ut, as if.

41. spatium: object of continet.

42. pedum DC: genitive of measure in the predieate; it is to be noted that the comparative amplius is here used as an adverb and so without the ablative of comparison.

43. mūrus circumdatus, an encireling wall. A modern French fort is loeated at about this point.

44. ad, in the vicinity of.

45. magnitūdine, virtūte, exercitātiōne: ablatives of description, in the predicate.

46. aciem, flash.

47. tribūnīs mīlitum: the military tribunes were officers in the army.

alone, and not to be confused with the tribunes of the people. They were men of less experience than the lēqūtī.

praefectīs: the prefects were officers of auxiliary forces, some of them Romans, some of the same nationality as their troops. The Roman pre- feets are meant in this instance.

10

15 10

20

286 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

tīs, reliquīsque quī ex urbe amīcitiae causā Caesarem secūtī nōn magnum in rē mīlitārī ūsum habēbant; hī, variīs causīs domum proficīscendī illātīs, petēbant ut ejus voluntāte dis- cēdere licēret; nōnnūllī pudōre adductī, ut timōris suspī- ciōnem vītārent, remanēbant. Hī neque vultum fingere neque interdum lacrimās tenēre poterant; abditī in taber- nāculīs aut suum fātum querēbantur aut cum familiāribus suīs commūne perīculum miserābantur. Vulgō tōtīs castrīs testāmenta obsignābantur. Hōrum vōcibus ac timōre paulā- tim etiam iī quī magnum in castrīs ūsum habēbant, mīlitēs centuriōnēsque quīque equitātuī praeerant, perturbābantur. Quī sē ex hīs minus timidōs exīstimārī volēbant, dīcēbant: “Nōn hostem verēmur, sed angustiās itineris et magnitūdi- nem silvārum quae intercēdunt inter nōs atque Ariovistum; timēmus etiam ut rēs frūmentāria satis commodē supportārī possit.” Nōnnūllī etiam Caesarī nūntiābant mīlitēs propter timōrem neque castra mōtūrōs neque signa lātūrōs.

CAESAR HOLDS A COUNCIL OF OFFICERS AND ALLAYS THEIR FEARS

40. Haec cum animadvertisset, convocātō cōnsiliō omni- umque ōrdinum ad id cōnsilium adhibitīs centuriōnibus, vehe-

41. reliquīs: sons of good families who accompanied Caesar without performing military service.

42. illātīs, alleging.

43. ut.. . vītārent, a clause of purpose.

44. tōtīs castrīs, all through the camp; some words in very common use may be employed as locative ablatives without a preposition to express the place where.

45. centuriōnēs: the centurions were seasoned veterans who had been promoted from the ranks.

quīque: for et iī quī. 21. Quī ex hīs, such of them as.

24. ut rēs frūmentāria ... possit, that grain supplies can not be brought up to sufficiently good advantage; what is the meaning of nē after verbs of fearing?

25. omnium ōrdinum: it is evident that grades were recognized among the centurions; what the basis of distinction was is not known. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 287

menter eōs incūsāvit: “Vestrum nōn est,” inquit, “aut quam in partem aut quō cōnsiliō dūcāminī quaerere aut cōgitārc. Ariovistus mē cōnsule cupidissimē populī Rōmānī amīcitiam appetiit; eūr hune tam temere quisquam ab officiō disces- sūrum jūdicat? Equidem exīstimō, cognitīs meīs postulātīs atque aequitāte condiciōnum perspectā, cum neque meam neque populī Rōmānī grātiam repudiātūrum. Quod sī furōre atque āmentiā impulsus bellum intulerit, quid tandem verē- minī aut cūr dē vestrā virtūte aut dē meā dīligentiā dēspē- rātis? Factum est ejus hostis perīculum patrum nostrōrum memoriā, Cimbrīs et Teutonīs ā C. Mariō pulsīs; factum etiam nūper in Italiā servīlī tumultū, quī tamen aliquid ūsūs ac disciplīnae ā nōbīs accēperant. ĒEx quō jūdicārī potest quantum habeat in sē bonī cōnstantia, proptereā quod quī aliquamdiū inermēs sine causā timēbantur, hī posteā armātī ac victōrōs ā mīlitibus Rōmānīs superātī sunt. Dēnique hī sunt eīdem quōs saepenumerō Helvētiī nōn sōlum in suīs sed etiam in illōrum fīnibus superāvērunt; quī tamen parēs esse nostrō exercituī nōn potuērunt. Nēmō adversō proeliō et fugā Gallōrum commoveātur. Ariovistus enim multōs mēn-

3. Vestrum nōn est, it is not for you; literally, it is not yours. The subject of est is quaerere and cōgilūre.

T7. Equidem, for my part. 12. perīculum, trial; with ejus hostis as dependent objeetive genitive.

13. Cimbrīs ... pulsīs, in the defeat of the Cimbri and Teutons by Marius; the ablative absolute defines the occasion.

factum: supply est perīculum.

14. servīlī tumultū, in the uprising of slaves. This was a war in 7ī3-ī71 carried on by an army of runaway slaves led by the gladiator Spartacus. The slaves in many cases were German prisoners of war or their deseendants.

quī: the antecedent is servōrum, implicd in servīlī.

ūsūs, disciplīnae: genitives of the whole, depending on aliquid. 16. quantum bonī, how much good; bonīā is genitive of the whole. quī... hī: translate in the order hī, quī.

20. quī: the Helvetii; the sentence is a reference to the recent suceessful campaign against the Helvetii.

21. Nēmō commoveātur, let no one be disturbed.

160 25

30

40

288 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

sēs castrīs sē ac palūdibus tenuerat neque suī potestātem fēcerat; deinde cum QGallī dēspērārent jam dē pugnā et dis- persī essent, subitō eōs adortus magis ratiōne et cōnsiliō quam virtūte vīcit. Hāc ratiōne nē ipse quidem spērat nos- trōs exercitūs capī posse. Quī suum timōrem in reī frūmen- tāriae simulātiōnem angustiāsque itineris cōnferunt faciunt arroganter, cum aut dē officiō imperātōris dēspērāre vide- antur aut praescrībere audeant. Haec mihi sunt cūrae; frū- mentum Sēquanī, Leucī, Lingonēs subministrant, jamque sunt in agrīs frūmenta mātūra; dē itinere ipsī brevī tempore jūdicābitis. Quod vōs signa nōn lātūrōs dīcitur, nihil eā rē com- moveor; quibuscumque enim exercitus nōn pāruit, aut male rē gestā fortūna dēfuit aut aliquō facinore compertō avāritia est convicta; mea innocentia perpetuā vītā, fēlīcitās Helvē- tiōrum bellō est perspecta. Itaque quod in longiōrem diem collātūrus fuī repraesentābō, et proximā nocte dē quārtā vigiliā castra mōvēbō, ut quam prīmum intellegere possim utrum apud vōs pudor atque officium an timor plūs valeat. Quod sī praetereā nēmō sequētur, tamen cum sōlā decimā legiōne ībō, dē quā nōn dubitō, mihique ea praetōria cohors erit”” Huic legiōnī Caesar et indulserat praecipuē et propter virtūtem cōnfīdēbat maximē.

23. suī potestātem, a chance at him.

24. Quī: for iī quī.

in reī frūmentāriae simulātiōnem, to a pretended concern about the sup- ply of grain.

29. cum, since, in that.

30. Quod, as to the fact that.

nihil, not at all. i

36. dēfuit: supply iīs, dative, has failed them.

aliquō facinore compertō avāritia est convicta, through the disclosure of some misdeed avarice has been proved (against them).

36. fēlīcitās: a Roman general set great store by his “good fortune.”

37. in longiōrem diem collātūrus fuī, what I was going to postponc.

38. legiōnī: dative with indulserat and cōnfīdēbat, both belonging to the class of special verbs that govern the dative. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 289

THE CONFIDENCE OF THE ARMY IS RESTORED — CAEĒESAR MARCHES AGAINST ARIOVISTUS

41. Hāc ōrātiōne habitā, mīrum in modum conversae sunt omnium mentēs summaque alacritās et cupiditās bellī gerendī innāta est, prīncepsque decima legiō per tribūnōs mīlitum eī grātiās ēgit, quod dē sē optimum jūdicium fēcisset, sēque esse ad bellum gerendum parātissimam cōnfirmāvit. Deinde re- liquae legiōnēs cum tribūnīs mīlitum et prīmōrum ōrdinum centuriōnibus ēgērunt, ut Caesarī satisfacerent: sē neque um- quam dubitāsse neque timuisse neque dē summā bellī suum jūdicium, sed imperātōris esse exīstimāvisse. Caesar, eōrum satisfactiōne acceptā et itinere exquīsītō per Dīviciācum, quod ex Gallīs eī maximam fidem habēbat, dē quārtā vigiliā, ut dīxerat, profectus est. Septimō diē, cum iter nōn intermit- teret, ab explōrātōribus certior factus est Ariovistī cōpiās ā nostrīs mīlibus passuum I11ī et xx abesse.

ARRANGEMENTS FOR AN INTERVIEW BETwWEEN CAESAR AND ARIOVISTUS

42. Cognitō Caesaris adventū, Ariovistus per lēgātōs eī nūntiāvit sē jam in colloquium venīre velle; quoniam Caesar propius accessisset, sē id sine perīculō facere posse exīstimāre. Nōn respuit condiciōnem Caesar jamque eum ad sānitātem revertī pertināciāque dēsistere arbitrābātur. Diēs colloquiō

mīrum in modum, in a marvelous manner.

prīnceps, first; an adjective for an adverb.

. cum tribūnīs ēgērunt, urged the tribunes.

. sē... exīstimāvisse: indirect discourse, (saying that) they, etc.

. suum, imperātōris: in the predicate after esse, was their own, but the commander’s.

11. ex Gallīs: dependent upon eī; translate, of the Gauls, Caesar had most confidence in him.

12. cum iter nōn intermitteret, after an unbroken march; i.e., without taking the day of rest that would ordinarily fall within a period of seven or eight days.

13. mīlibus: ablative of measure of difference.

10 10

290 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

dictus est ex eō diē quīntus. Interim saepe cum lēgātī ultrō citrōque inter eōs mitterentur, Ariovistus dīxit sē īnsidiās verērī postulāvitque ut uterque cum sōlō equitātū ad col- loquium venīret; aliā ratiōne sēsē nōn esse ventūrum. Cae- sar hāc condiciōne acceptā, salūtem suam tamen QGallōrum equitātuī committere nōn audēbat; itaque legiōnāriōs mīlitēs legiōnis decimae in equōs Gallōrum equitum imposuit, ut praesidium quam amīcissimum habēret. Quod cum feret, nōn irrīdiculē quīdam ex mīlitibus decimae legiōnis dīxit: “Plūs quam pollicitus est Caesar facit; pollicitus sē in co- hortis praetōriae locō decimam legiōnem habitūrum, ad equum rescrībit.”

THE INTERVIEW —CAESAR’S ADDRESS TO ARIOVISTUS

43. Plānitiēs erat magna et in eā tumulus terrēnus satis grandis. Hic locus aequum ferē spatium ā castrīs utrīusque aberat. Eō, ut erat dictum, ad colloquium vēnērunt. Legiō- nem Caesar quam equīs dēvexerat passibus cc ab eō tumulō cōnstituit. Item equitēs Ariovistī parī intervāllō cōnstitērunt. Ariovistus ex equīs ut colloquerentur et praeter sē dēnōs ut ad colloquium addūcerent postulāvit. Ubi eō ventum est,

44. saepe cum: translate as if cum saepe.

45. aliā ratiōne, otheruise; literally, on other terms.

46. Gallōrum equitātuī: Caesar’s cavalry was composed, at various times, of Gauls, Germans, Spaniards. His infantry legions only were Romans.

47. ad equum rescrībit: the words are capable of two meanings, is enrolling us among the knights, or is enrolling us in the cavalry. chne knights, equitēs, were a social and semi-political order at Rome drawn from the well-to-do middle class that at an earlier period furnished the Roman cavalry. Admission to their ranks would be an honor. Novw, however, as observed above, the cavalry was furnished by non-Romans, so that transfer to that branch of the service was no mark of distinction.

48. equīs, on horseback.

49. ut: twice in this line ut is crowded out of its normal place at the head of its clause in order to emphasize other words, ex equīs in one case and praeter sē dēnōs in the other.

T. ventum est: they had come: impersonal passive. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 291

Caesar initiō ōrātiōnis sua senātūsque in eum beneficia com- memorāvit, quod rēx appellātus esset ā senātū, quod amīcus, quod mūnera amplissimē missa; “haec rēs,” inquit, “et paucīs contigit et prō magnīs hominum officiīs eōnsuēvit tribuī; tū, cum neque aditum neque causam postulandī jūstam habērēs, beneficiō ac līberālitāte meā ac senātūs ea praemia cōnsecūtus es. Veterēs jūstāsque causās necessitūdinis Rōmānī cum Haeduīs habent; multa senātūs eōnsulta honōrifica in eōs facta sunt; omnī tempore tōtīus Galliae prīncipātum Haeduī tenuē- runt, prius etiam quam nostram amīcitiam appetiērunt. Populī Rōmānī haec est cōnsuētūdō, ut sociōs atque amīcōs nōn modo suī nihil dēperdere, sed grātiā, dignitāte, honōre auctiōrēs velit esse; quod vērō ad amīcitiam populī Rōmānī attulērunt, id iīs ēripī quis patī potest?” Postulāvit deinde eadem quae lēgātīs in mandātīs dederat: nē aut Haeduīs aut eōrum sociīs bellum īnferret; obsidēs redderet; sī nūllam par- tem Germānōrum domum remittere posset, at nē quōs amplius Rhēnum trānsīre paterētur.

ARrIOVISTUS CLAIMS THE RIGHTS OF A CONQUEROR

44. Ariovistus ad postulāta Caesaris pauca respondit, dē suīs virtūtibus multa praedicāvit: “īrānsiī Rhēnum, ” inquit, “nōn meā sponte, sed rogātus et arcessītus ā Gallīs; nōn sine magnā spē magnīsque praemiīs domum propinquōsque relīquī; sēdēs habeō in Galliā ab ipsīs eoncessās, obsidēs ipsōrum voluntāte datōs; stīpendium capiō jūre bellī, quod victōrēs

45. quod, etc.: the quod clauses define beneficia.

46. cōnsuētūdō: explained by the clause ut.. . velit, to uish, etc.

47. suī nihil, nothing that belongs to them; suī is a genitive of the whole; literally, of theirs.

48. quod . .. attulērunt, as for what they brought (with them) when they became friends of the Roman people. The antecedent of quod is the follow- ing id.

49. nē.. . īnferret, that he should not make war, ete. This clause and the following explain eadem, l1. 22

50. ipsīs: i. e.. the Gauls.

10

15

20

10

1ō

20

25ō

292 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

victīs impōnere cōnsuērunt. Nōn ego Gallīs sed Gallī mihi bellum intulērunt; omnēs Galliae cīvitātēs ad mē oppugnan- dum vēnērunt ac contrā mē castra habuērunt; eae omnēs eōpiae ā mē ūnō proeliō pulsae ac superātae sunt. Sī iterum experīrī volunt, iterum parātus sum dēcertāre; sī pāce ūtī volunt, inīquum est dē stīpendiō recūsāre, quod suā voluntāte ad hoc tempus pependērunt. Amīcitiam populī Rōmānī mihi ōrnāmentō et praesidiō, nōn dētrīmentō esse oportet, idque hāc spē petiī. Sī per populum Rōmānum stīpendium remit- tētur et dēditīciī subtrahentur, nōn minus libenter recūsābō populī Rōmānī amīcitiam quam appetiī. Quod multitūdinem Germānōrum in Galliam trādūcō, id meī mūniendī, nōn Gal- liae oppugnandae causā faciō; ejus reī testimōniō est quod nisi rogātus nōn vēnī et quod bellum nōn intulī sed dēfendī. Ego prius in Galliam vēnī quam populus Rōmānus. Num- quam ante hoc tempus exercitus populī Rōmānī Galliae prō- vinciae fīnibus ēgressus est. Quid tibi vīs? Cūr in meās possessiōnēs venīs? Prōvincia mea haec est Gallia, sīcut illa vestra. Ut mihi concēdī nōn oportēret, sī in vestrōs fīnēs impetum facerem, sīc item vōs estis inīquī, quod in meō jūre mē interpellātis. Quod frātrēs ā senātū Haeduōs appellātōs

T. ego: supply bellum intulī.

12. dē stīpendiō recūsāre, to refuse to pay the tribute.

13. ōrnāmentō et praesidiō, an honor and a safeguard; datives of pur- pose.

14. Quod: not becausc.

15. meī mūniendī: with the genitives of the pronouns meī, tuī, suī, nostrī, vestrī, the gerundive takes only the form in -endī without attempt to show actual gender; i.e., a woman speaking would say also meī mūniendī causūd.

16. est: the subiject is the following clause, quod ... vēnī.... dēfendī; testimōniō is a predicate dative of purpose or end served. Translate, the proof of this is, that, etc.

17. haec Gallia, this part of Gaull.

18. vestra: used instead of tua to include the Roman nation, not merely Caesar alone.

concēdī nōn oportēret, no concession should be made (me); concēdī is an impersonal passive. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 293

dīcis, neque bellō Allobrogum proximō Haeduī Rōmānīs auxilium tulērunt neque ipsī in hīs contentiōnibus quās Haeduī mēcum et cum Sēquanīs habuērunt auxiliō populī Rōmānī ūsī sunt.

Neque tam barbarus neque tam imperītus sum rērum ut haec

nōn sciam. Dēbeō suspicārī tē, simulātā amīcitiā, exercitum in Galliā meī opprimendī causā habēre. Nisi dēcēdēs atque exercitum dēdūcēs ex hīs regiōnibus, tē nōn prō amīcō sed prō hoste habēbō. Quod sī tē interfēcerō, multīs nōbilibus prīncipibusque populī Rōmānī grātum fēcerō; id ab ipsīs per eōrum nūntiōs compertum habeō, quōrum omnium grātiam atque amīcitiam tuā morte redimere possum. Quod sī dēces- seris et līberam possessiōnem CGalliae mihi trādideris, magnō tē praemiō remūnerābor et quaecumque bella gerī volēs sine ūllō tuō labōre et perīculō cōnficiam.”

CAESAR DEFENDS ROMAN ACGAINST GERMAN CLAIMS

45. Multa ā Caesare in eam sententiam dicta sunt, quārē negōtiō dēsistere nōn posset: “Neque mea,” inquit, “neque populī Rōmānī cōnsuētūdō patitur ut optimē meritōs sociōs dēseram, neque jūdicō Galliam potius esse tuam quam populī Rōmānī. Bellō superātī sunt Arvernī et Rutēnī ā Q. Fabiō Maximō, quibus populus Rōmānus ignōvit neque in prōvin- ciam redēgit neque stīpendium imposuit. Quod sī antīquis-

46. bellō Allobrogum proximō: this war oeeurred in 62-61 s.c.

47. simulātā amīcitiā, while pretending friendship.

48. habēbō, I shall treat.

49. grātum, a welcome thinq, a favor; an adjeetive used as a noun.

50. compertum habeō: translate as if comperī, and see the note on 15, 3.

51. in eam sententiam, quārē, to show why; quūrē ... posset is an indirect question; in eam sententiam means literally, in the direction of the opinion.

52. ut... dēseram: patior may take either an infinitive with subjeet aeeusative or a noun elause; translate as if mē .. dēserere.

53. Bellō: in 121 B.C.

54. quibus: dative with a verb meaning “pardon”; from this dative an aeeusative is to be supplied as the objeet of redēqit.

55. antīquissimum quodque tempus, mere priority; literally, the time furthest baek in each ease. Sinee the Roman eonquest in this region went

back as far as 121 B.C., Caesar argues that Roman elaims were better founded than German.

30

40 10

10

5

294 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

simum quodque tempus spectārī oportet, populī Rōmānī jūs- tissimum est in Galliā imperium; sī jūdicium senātūs obser- vārī oportet, lībera dēbet esse Gallia, quam bellō victam suīs lēgibus ūtī voluit.”

A TREACHEROUS ATTACK BY THE GERMANS ENDS THE INTERVIEW

46. Dum haec in colloquiō geruntur, Caesarī nūntiātum est equitēs Ariovistī propius tumulum accēdere et ad nostrōs adequitāre et lapidēs tēlaque in nostrōs conjicere. Caesar loquendī fīnem fēcit sēque ad suōs recēpit suīsque imperāvit nē quod omnīnō tēlum in hostēs rejicerent. Nam etsī sine ūllō perīculō legiōnis dēlēctae cum equitātū proelium fore vidēbat, tamen nōlēbat hostēs dīcere posse, sī pulsī essent, sē ā Rōmānīs per fidem in colloquiō circumventōs. Ita collo- quium dīrēmptum est. Postquam mīlitēs dē hīs rēbus cer- tiōrēs factī sunt, multō major alacritās studiumque pugnandī majus exercituī injectum est.

ARIOvVISTUS ASKS FOR ANOTHER CONFERENCE — CAESAR SENDS ENVOYS INSTEAD —ARIOVISTUS THROWS THEM INTO CHAINS

47. Bīduō post Ariovistus, ad Caesarem lōgātīs missīs, nūntiāvit sē velle dē iīs rēbus quae inter eōs agī coeptae neque perfectae essent agere cum eō; petīvit ut aut iterum colloquiō diem cōnstitueret aut, sī id minus vellet, ē suīs lēgātīs aliquem ad sē mitteret. Colloquendī Caesarī causa

48. victam, although vanquished.

49. tumulum: aecusative; the adverb propius may govern an accusative.

50. per fidem, through their faith in him; i.e., treacherously.

51. exercituī injectum est, was inspired in the army.

52. agī coeptae essent, had begun to be discussed; with a passive infinitive, coepī itself is most often put in the passive.

53. sī id minus vellet, if he were not quite willing for that. ē suīs lēgātīs aliquem, some one of his lieutenants; lēgātōrum, genitive of the whole, might have been employed. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 295

vīsa nōn est, et eō magis quod Germānī in colloquiō tēla in nostrōs conjōcerant. Lēgātum sēsē magnō cum perīculō ad eum missūrum et hominibus ferīs objectūrum exīstimābat. Mīsit igitur Gallum quendam, C. Valerium Procillum, et propter fidem et propter linguae CGallicae scientiam, quā multā jam Ariovistus longinquā cōnsuētūdine ūtēbātur, et quod in eō peccandī Germānīs causa nōn erat, et ūnā M. Mētium, quī hospitiō Ariovistī ūtēbātur. Hīs mandāvit ut quae dīceret Ariovistus cognōscerent et ad sē referrent. Quōs cum apud sē in castrīs Ariovistus cōnspexisset, exercitū suō praesente conclāmāvit: “Quid ad mē venītis? an specu- landī causā?”’ Cōnantīs dīcere prohibuit et in catēnās conjēcit.

CAESAR OFFERS BATTLE — ARIOVISTUS REFUSES — GERMAN CAVALRY TACTICS

48. Eōdem diē castra prōmōvit et mīlibus passuum vI ā Caesaris castrīs sub monte cōnsēdit. Postrīdiē ejus diēī praeter castra Caesaris suās cōpiās trādūxit et mīlibus pas- suum duōbus ultrā eum castra fēcit eō ocōnsiliō, ut frūmentō commeātūque quī ex Sēquanīs et Haeduīs supportārētur Caesarem interclūderet. Ex eō diē continuōs v Caesar prō castrīs suās cōpiās prōdūxit et aciem īnstrūctam habuit, ut, sī vellet Ariovistus proeliō contendere, eī potestās nōn dees-

49. quā multā Ariovistus ūtēbātur, which Ariovistus spoke fluently.

50. in eō peccandī Germānīs causa nōn erat, in his case the Germans had no reason for doing wrong; Germūnīs is dative of possession.

ūnā, along with him; an adverb, in origin perhaps from ūnā viū.

13. ūtēbātur, enjoyed.

14. dīceret: subjunctive in an ntnm question.

15. an speculandī causā, is it for the sake of spying?

16. Cōnantīs dīcere, when they attempted to speak.

17. eō cōnsiliō, with this purpose; cōnsiliō is explained by the following clause, ut.. . īinterclūderet.

T. ut eī potestās nōn deesset, that he might not lack the opportunity; just as the dative is used with the verb sum to express possession, so it may be employed with the negative or opposite of sum.

10 10

1

206 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

set. Ariovistus hīs omnibus diēbus exercitum castrīs conti- nuit, equestrī proeliō cotīdiē contendit. Genus hoc erat pug- nae quō sē Germānī exercuerant. Equitum mīlia erant vrī, totidem numerō peditēs vēlōcissimī ac fortissimī, quōs ex omnī cōpiā singulī singulōs suae salūtis causā dēlēgerant; cum hīs in proeliīs versābantur, ad eōs sē equitēs recipiēbant; hī, sī quid erat dūrius, concurrēbant; sī quī graviōre vulnere acceptō equō dēciderat, circumsistēbant; sī quō erat longius prōdeundum aut celerius recipiendum, tanta erat hōrum exercitātiōne celeritās ut jubīs sublevātī equōrum cursum adaequārent.

CAESAR FORTIFIES A SECOND CAMP

49. Ubi eum castrīs sē tenēre Caesar intellēxit, nē diūtius commeātū prohibērētur, ultrā eum locum, quō in locō Ger- mānī cōnsēderant, circiter passūs pc ab hīs, castrīs idōneum locum dēlēgit aciēque triplicī īnstrūctā ad eum locum vēnit. Prīmam et secundam aciem in armīs esse, tertiam castra mūnīre jussit. Hic locus ab hoste circiter passūs bc, ut dic- tum est, aberat. Eō circiter hominum xvi mīlia expedīta cum omnī equitātū Ariovistus mīsit, quae cōpiae nostrōs per- terrērent et mūnītiōne prohibērent. Nihilō sētius Caesar, ut

50. quō, to which, in which; ablative.

51. quōs singulī singulōs dēlēgerant, whom they had chosen, one for each of them; singulī agrees with the subject of dēlēgerant, i.e., equitēs under- stood, while singulōs agrees with quōs referring to the pedites.

52. versābantur, would enqage; this and the following imperfects denote

habitual aetion.

15. dūrius, more dangerous than usual; the comparatives in this passage are employed without any definite standard of comparison expressed; they are to be translated by “too,” ‘“more than usual.”

16. sī quō erat prōdeundum, if it was necessary to advance to any place.

17. nē... prohibērētur: the clause states the4purpose of dēlēgit and vēnit.

18. castrīs: dative, dependent on idōneum.

19. expedīta: the adjective limits mālia, but should be translated as if exrpedītōrum, in agreement with hominum. -

20. quae cōpiae... perterrērent: relative clause of purpose. A JUNIOR LATIN READER 297

ante cōnstituerat, duās aciēs hostem prōpulsāre, tertiam opus perficere jussit. Mūnītīs castrīs, duās ibi legiōnēs relīquit et partem auxiliōrum, quattuor reliquās in castra majōra redūxit.

ARIovISTUS CONTINUES TO REFUSE BATTLE

50. Proximō diē īnstitūtō suō Caesar ē castrīs utrīsque cōpiās suās ēdūxit paulumque ā majōribus castrīs prōgressus aciem īnstrūxit, hostibus pugnandī potestātem fēcit. Ubi nē tum quidem eōs prōdīre intellēxit, circiter merīdiem exercitum in castra redūxit. Tum dēmum Atriovistus partem suārum cōpiāum quae castra minōra oppugnāret mīsit. Xcriter utrimque usque ad vesperum pugnātum est. Sōlis occāsū suās cōpiās Ariovistus, multīs et illātīs et acceptīs vulneribus, in castra redūxit. Cum ex captīvīs quaereret Caesar quam ob rem Atriovistus proeliō non dēcertāret, illī respondērunt: “Apud Germānōs ea cōnsuētūdō est, ut mātrēs familiae eōrum sortibus et vāticinātiōnibus dēclārent utrum proelium committī ex ūsū sit necne; eae ita dīcunt: ‘nōn est fās Ger- mānōs superāre, sī ante novam lūnam proeliō contenderint.””

CAESAR BY MARCHING ON THE GERMAN CAMP PROVOKES ARIOVISTUS TO BATTLE

51. Postrīdiē ejus diēī Caesar praesidiō utrīsque castrīs quod satis esse vīsum est relīquit; omnīs ālāriōs in cōnspectū hostium prō castrīs minōribus cōnstituit, quod minus multitū-

52. ĀXcriter... pugnātum est, both sides fought fiercely till evening; pug- nātum est is an impersonal passive.

53. quam ob rem, why, introducing an indirect question.

54. ut... dēclārent: a noun elause explaining cōnsuētūdō, while utrum

.sit is an indircet question.

13. ex ūsū, of advantaqe.

1ō. superāre: here used without an object.

1. praesidiō utrīsque castrīs, as a guard to both camps; two datives, one of purpose, the other of reference.

2. quod satis esse vīsum est, what seemed a large enough force.

3. multitūdine: ablative of respect.

10 298 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

, dine mīlitum legiōnāriōrum prō hostium numerō valēbat, ut

5 ad speciem ālāriīs ūterētur; ipse, triplicī īnstrūctā aciē, usque ad castra hostium accessit. Tum dēmum necessāriō Ger- mānī suās cōpiās castrīs ēdūxērunt generātimque cōnstituē- runt paribus intervāllīs, Harūdēs, Marcomānōs, Tribocōs, Vangionēs, Nemetēs, Sedusiōs, Suēbōs, omnemque aciem suam

10 raedīs et carrīs circumdedērunt, nē qua spēs in fugā relin- querētur. Eō mulierēs imposuērunt, quae ad proelium pro- ficīscentēs mīlitēs passīs manibus flentēs implōrābant nē sē in servitūtem Rōmānīs trāderent.

PROGRESS OF THE BATTLE

52. Caesar singulīs legiōnibus singulōs lēgātōs et quaestō- rem praefēcit, ut eōs testēs suae quisque virtūtis habēret; ipse ā dextrō cornū, quod eam partem minimē firmam hosti- um esse animadverterat, proelium commīsit; et ita nostrī

5 ācriter in hostēs signō datō impetum fēcērunt, itaque hostēs repente celeriterque prōcurrērunt ut spatium pīla in hostēs conjiciendī nōn darētur. Prōjectīs pīlīs, comminus gladiīs pugnātum est. At Germānī, celeriter ex cōnsuētūdine suā phalange factā, impetūs gladiōrum excēpērunt. Repertī sunt

10 complūrēs nostrī quī in phalangem īnsilīrent et scūta manibus

4. prō, in proportion to, in comparison with.

5. ad speciem: the phrase expresses purpose.

6. raedīs, carrīs: ablatives of means.

7. Eō = in raedūs et carrōs.

proficīscentēs: with mīlitēs.

1. singulōs lēgātōs et quaestōrem: Caesar had six legions and one quaestor; five legions were therefore commanded by lieutenants.

2. eōs testēs, these men as witnesses.

ā dextrō cornū, on the right wing.

itaque = et ita.

pīla: object of the gerund conjiciendī, whieh depends on spatium. comminus gladiīs pugnātum est, they fought hand to hand with swords. . ex, accor uiiī to.

0. quī.... vulnerārent: a relative deseriptive clause.

0 n ē ē4 A JUNIOR LATIN READER 299

revellerent et dēsuper vulnerārent. Cum hostium aciēs ā sinistrō cornū pulsa atque in fugam conjecta esset, ā dextrō cornū vehementer multitūdine suōrum nostram aciem premē- bant. Id cum animadvertisset P. Crassus adulēscēns, quī equitātuī praeerat, quod expedītior erat quam iī quī inter aciem versābantur, tertiam aciem labōrantibus nostrīs sub- sidiō mīsit.

GERMAN DEFEAT AND FLICHT—RECOVERY OF CAESAR’S ENVOYS

83. Ita proelium restitūtum est, atque omnēs hostēs terga vertērunt neque prius fugere dēstitērunt quam ad flūmen Rhēnum mīlia passuum ex eō locō circiter v pervēnērunt. Ibi perpaucī aut vīribus cōnfīsī trānāre contendērunt aut lintribus inventīs sibi salūtem repperērunt; in hīs fuit Ariovis- tus, quī nāviculam dēligātam ad rīpam nactus eā profūgit; reliquōs omnēs cōnsecūtī equitēs nostrī interfēcērunt. Duae fuērunt Ariovistī uxōrēs, ūna Suēba nātiōne, quam domō sēcum dūxerat, altera Nōrica, rēgis Vocciōnis soror, quam in Galliā dūxerat, ā frātre missam; utraque in eā fugā periit. Fuērunt duae fīliae; hārum altera occīsa, altera capta est. C. Valerius Procillus, cum ā custōdibus in fugā trīnīs catēnīs vīnctus traherētur, in ipsum Caesarem hostēs equitātū īn- sequentem incidit. Quae quidem rēs Caesarī nōn minōrem

84. ā: with the same meaning as in l.3.

85. P. Crassus: son of the M. Crassus who with Caesar and Pompeius formed the first triumvirate. Publius lost his life in 3 n.cC. at the battle of Carrhae, in which the army commanded by his father was defeated by the Parthians.

86. labōrantibus nostrīs subsidiō, to the relief of our men in distress.

87. prius: with quam; the two are commonly written as one word.

88. vīribus: ablative with cōnfīsī, trusting in; the same verb in the sense of trust, with a person as indirect object, takes the dative.

89. eā, in it; ablative of means.

T7. Duae fuērunt uxōrēs: polygamy was not common among the Ger- mans, being restricted to the chiefs.

13. in Caesarem incidit, fell in with Caesar.

15

10 300 A JUNIOR LATIN READER

15 quam ipsa victōria voluptātem attulit, quod hominem

ōt

honestissimum prōvinciae Galliae, suum familiārem et hospi- tem, ēreptum ē manibus hostium sibi restitūtum vidēbat, neque ejus calamitāte dē tantā voluptāte et grātulātiōne quicquam fortūna dēminuerat. Is sē praesente dē sē ter sortibus cōnsultum dīcēbat utrum ignī statim necārētur an in aliud tempus reservārētur; sortium beneficiō sē esse incolu- mem. Item M. Mētius repertus et ad eum reductus est.

CAESAR PLACES H1S ARMY IN WINTER QUARTERS AND GoOgSs r0 ITALY

54. Hōc proeliō trāns Rhēnum nūntiātō, Suēbī, quī ad rīpās Rhēnī vēnerant, domum revertī coepērunt; ubi iī quī proximī Rhēnum incolunt eōs perterritōs sēnsērunt, īnsecūtī magnum ex iīs numerum occīdērunt. Caesar, ūnā aestāte duōbus maximīs bellīs cōnfectīs, mātūrius paulō quam tem- pus annī postulābat in hīberna in Sēquanōs exercitum dēdūxit; hībernīs Labiēnum praeposuit; ipse in citeriōrem Galliam ad conventūs agendōs profectus est.

55. neque quicquam fortūna dēminuerat, and fortune had not subtracted anything.

56. dē sē ter sortibus cōnsultum dīcēbat, said that the lots had been cast three times with regard to him.

57. utrum.. . necārētur an... reservārētur, as to whether he should be put to death with fire or reserved, etc.

58. Rhēnum: the accusative of a place name may be governed by the adjective proximus; in 46, 2, the accusative with the comparative adverb propius occurred.

59. ad conventūs agendōēs, to hold the (provincial) courts. A governor of a province was also supreme judge in the provincial courts. [OCR skipped on page(s) 325-524]